Isometric Drawing Extraction

702
Reference Guide PDS ISOGEN August 1999 DEA5040A0 For PDS version 06.04.00.** This document replaces DEA504092

Transcript of Isometric Drawing Extraction

Page 1: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Reference GuidePDS ISOGEN

August 1999

DEA5040A0For PDS version 06.04.00.**

This document replaces DEA504092

Page 2: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Warranties and Liabilities

All warranties given by Intergraph Corporation about equipment or software are set forth in your purchase contract,and nothing stated in, or implied by, this document or its contents shall be considered or deemed a modification oramendment of such warranties.

The information and the software discussed in this document are subject to change without notice and should not beconsidered commitments by Intergraph Corporation. Intergraph Corporation assumes no responsibility for anyerror that may appear in this document.

The software discussed in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordancewith the terms of this license.

No responsibility is assumed by Intergraph for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied byIntergraph or its affiliated companies.

TrademarksIntergraph is a trademark of Intergraph Corporation. MicroStation is a trademark of Bentley Systems Inc., anIntergraph affiliate.

Copyright 1999 Intergraph CorporationAll Rights Reserved

Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software licenseagreement; contains confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protectedby copyright and trade secret law and may not be provided or otherwise made available without properauthorization.

RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND

Use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c) (1) (ii) ofThe Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 or subparagraphs (c) (1) and(2) of Commercial Computer Software — Restricted Rights at 48 CFR 52.227-19, as applicable.

Unpublished — rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States.

Intergraph CorporationHuntsville, Alabama 35894-0001

Page 3: Isometric Drawing Extraction

If You Need Assistance

Intergraph Online

Our web site brings you fast, convenient, up-to-the-minute information aboutIntergraph’s products, services, and direction. Our web address is:

http://www.intergraph.com

Telephone Support

All Intergraph products are delivered with a 30-day warranty for fullcoverage of physical media.

In the United States, call Intergraph’s standard support number at1-800-633-7248 from 7:00 AM to 7:00 PM CST, Monday through Friday,except holidays.

If you are outside of the United States, please call your local Intergraphoffice. The most up-to-date list of international offices and distributors isavailable on the web at http://www.intergraph.com.

Please have the following information available when you call:

The product’s serial number. This can be found on the licenseagreement or by using the About command in the product.

Your name and telephone number.

The product’s name.

Your CPIN number and service number.

A brief description of the problem.

Page 4: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Intergraph Directory

The following numbers are only valid in the United States unless otherwiseindicated. If you are outside the United States, please call your localIntergraph office.

Intergraph General Information

U.S. — 1-800-345-4856

Canada — 1-800-461-5297

All countries — 1-256-730-2000

Customer Response Center (U.S. Only)

Customer Support — 1-800-633-7248

U.S. Customer Care Center — 1-888-779-3824

FAX — 1-800-239-2972

Training Registration (U.S. Only)

1-800-240-3000

Regional Sales Information (U.S. Only)

1-800-240-1000

Mailing Address

Intergraph CorporationHuntsville, Alabama 35894-0001U.S.A.

You can also reach us by electronic mail at [email protected].

Page 5: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Educational Media Contacts

We are constantly working on updates and improvements to the documentsand other educational media. If you have any suggestions on where we canimprove the documentation or where you think more information is needed,let us know. You can reach us by:

Mail Intergraph CorporationManager, PBS DocumentationGD3006Huntsville, AL 35894-0001

FAX PBS Documentation1-256-730-3300

ElectronicMail

[email protected]

Page 6: Isometric Drawing Extraction
Page 7: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Table of Contents vii

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Table of Contents

If You Need Assistance .................................................................................. iiiIntergraph Directory ...................................................................................... iv

Preface ......................................................................................................................... xiii

General Conventions ............................................................................................ xv

1. Introduction to ISOGEN ...................................................................................... 1 - 1

1.1 Overview of Isometric Extraction ................................................................ 1 - 3

1.1.1 The Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN ............................................. 1 - 31.1.2 ASCII to Binary Conversion ............................................................ 1 - 41.1.3 ISOGEN ............................................................................................ 1 - 4

2. PDS Environment ................................................................................................. 2 - 1

2.1 PD Shell ........................................................................................................ 2 - 2

2.1.1 PD_Shell Form Conventions ............................................................ 2 - 52.1.2 Batch Processes ................................................................................ 2 - 8

3. Interactive Isometric Extraction .......................................................................... 3 - 1

3.1 Extraction Criteria ....................................................................................... 3 - 9

3.1.1 Model Files ........................................................................................ 3 - 93.1.2 Pipeline Names ................................................................................. 3 - 10

3.2 Iso Design File .............................................................................................. 3 - 123.3 Plot Isometric Drawing ................................................................................ 3 - 143.4 View Isometric Drawing .............................................................................. 3 - 173.5 Conventions and Limitations ...................................................................... 3 - 19

3.5.1 Extraction Conventions .................................................................... 3 - 193.5.2 Extraction Limitations ..................................................................... 3 - 20

4. Batch Software Organization ............................................................................... 4 - 1

4.1 The Batch Job Input File ............................................................................. 4 - 34.2 Line Processing (pdsidf) ............................................................................... 4 - 44.3 The ISOGEN Interface ................................................................................ 4 - 54.4 ISOGEN ........................................................................................................ 4 - 5

4.4.1 Splitting the MTO neutral file (MSPLIT) ....................................... 4 - 6

Page 8: Isometric Drawing Extraction

viii PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

4.5 Generating Title Block Input (TBLOCK) .................................................... 4 - 64.6 Filling in the Title Block (STIB) .................................................................. 4 - 64.7 Plotting ......................................................................................................... 4 - 74.8 Updating the Project Database (pdsidf) ...................................................... 4 - 74.9 Making a Run Log Entry (pdsidf) ................................................................ 4 - 74.10 Investigating Batch Extraction Problems ................................................. 4 - 7

5. Batch Isometric Extraction .................................................................................. 5 - 1

5.1 Initial Setup Considerations ........................................................................ 5 - 35.2 Basic Workflow for Running Batch Isometrics ........................................... 5 - 75.3 Batch Isometric Generation ......................................................................... 5 - 9

5.3.1 Define Default Sets .......................................................................... 5 - 13

5.3.1.1 Add Default Set .................................................................. 5 - 155.3.1.2 Revise Default Set ............................................................. 5 - 185.3.1.3 Delete Default Set .............................................................. 5 - 205.3.1.4 Copy Default Set ................................................................ 5 - 21

5.3.2 Define Project Options ..................................................................... 5 - 225.3.3 Revise Iso Area ................................................................................. 5 - 255.3.4 List Iso Areas .................................................................................... 5 - 275.3.5 Create Drawing ................................................................................ 5 - 285.3.6 Revise Drawing ................................................................................. 5 - 335.3.7 Delete Drawing ................................................................................. 5 - 465.3.8 List Drawings ................................................................................... 5 - 545.3.9 Utilities ............................................................................................. 5 - 56

5.3.9.1 Bulk Load Lines ................................................................. 5 - 57

Load by Area ......................................................................................................... 5 - 60Load by Model ....................................................................................................... 5 - 62Load by Line ......................................................................................................... 5 - 64

5.3.9.2 Bulk Load Lines from ASCII File .......................................................... 5 - 675.3.9.3 Isometric Symbol Editor ........................................................................ 5 - 71

Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment .................................................... 5 - 72Input Area Options ............................................................................................... 5 - 73Assembling an Isometric Symbol ......................................................................... 5 - 76Creating a User-defined Symbol Library ............................................................ 5 - 83Using the Newly-created Symbol Library ........................................................... 5 - 84

5.3.9.4 Delete Drawing Records With Undefined Iso Type .............................. 5 - 855.3.9.5 Generate FrameWorks Reference Dimension File ............................... 5 - 86

5.3.10 Create Batch Job Input .................................................................. 5 - 895.3.11 Schedule Batch Job ........................................................................ 5 - 1005.3.12 Reports ............................................................................................ 5 - 104

6. Interpreting the HITS Report .............................................................................. 6 - 1

Page 9: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Table of Contents ix

6.1 Example HITS Report ................................................................................. 6 - 26.2 Section 1: Basic Input Data and Raw Design File Data ............................ 6 - 126.3 Section 2: Design File Data Sorted by Coordinate ..................................... 6 - 136.4 Section 3: Tracing Data ............................................................................... 6 - 146.5 Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by Topo ............................................... 6 - 156.6 Section 5: Design File Data in IDF Order ................................................... 6 - 226.7 Using the HITS Report to Solve Problems ................................................. 6 - 26

7. The Options File ................................................................................................... 7 - 1

7.1 File Structure ............................................................................................... 7 - 27.2 ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCK ...................................................................... 7 - 47.3 INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK ........................................................... 7 - 67.4 The Files Table ............................................................................................. 7 - 427.5 USER_DEFINED_WELDS ......................................................................... 7 - 457.6 WELD_PREFIX ........................................................................................... 7 - 477.7 DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY ................................................................... 7 - 487.8 PIPELINE_HEADER .................................................................................. 7 - 507.9 ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................ 7 - 567.10 INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................... 7 - 587.11 LINE_ID_DEFINITION ............................................................................ 7 - 597.12 TYPE_1_LABELS ...................................................................................... 7 - 607.13 TYPE_2_LABELS ...................................................................................... 7 - 637.14 TYPE_3_LABELS ...................................................................................... 7 - 667.15 START_POINT_NOTES ............................................................................ 7 - 687.16 END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS ................................................... 7 - 707.17 NOZZLE_NOTE ......................................................................................... 7 - 727.18 SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE .................................................... 7 - 747.19 DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES ................................... 7 - 757.20 NOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUES .............................................................. 7 - 777.21 SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES ................................................. 7 - 787.22 OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES ....................................... 7 - 807.23 MOVABLE_TEXT ...................................................................................... 7 - 817.24 NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS .............................................................................. 7 - 847.25 GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT ...................................................................... 7 - 857.26 ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX ................................................... 7 - 877.27 USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM .............................................. 7 - 897.28 USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM ....................................... 7 - 927.29 USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM .................................................. 7 - 957.30 NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS ........................................................ 7 - 98

8. User-Defined BOM / Material Control File ......................................................... 8 - 1

8.1 Types of Material List .................................................................................. 8 - 2

8.1.1 Operating Requirements .................................................................. 8 - 4

8.2 Material List Definition (MLD) File ............................................................ 8 - 68.3 User-Defined Material Control File (.bom file) ........................................... 8 - 78.4 Offshore Material Category ......................................................................... 8 - 98.5 Transferring Components Between Sort Groups ....................................... 8 - 98.6 Generating an Optional Format for Length Output .................................. 8 - 108.7 Bolt Units (size x length) ............................................................................. 8 - 10

Page 10: Isometric Drawing Extraction

x PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

8.8 Generating a Revised Format of the Cut List ............................................ 8 - 118.9 Welds in the Material List ........................................................................... 8 - 138.10 Style for Fabricated (Pulled) Bends Output ............................................. 8 - 138.11 Style for Material List Output .................................................................. 8 - 138.12 Positioning the Title Block ........................................................................ 8 - 148.13 MLD File Content ...................................................................................... 8 - 148.14 MLD File Format Guidelines .................................................................... 8 - 15

8.14.1 Style 3 Material List .................................................................... 8 - 17

8.15 Example User-defined Material List - Style 2 .......................................... 8 - 198.16 Example User-defined Material List - Style 3 .......................................... 8 - 19

9. Creating Seed Files for Extraction ...................................................................... 9 - 1

9.1 Creating an Isometric Seed File .................................................................. 9 - 19.2 Creating a Plot Request File ....................................................................... 9 - 3

9.2.1 IPLOT Plot Request Files ................................................................ 9 - 3

10. Mapping Attributes to the Title Block ............................................................... 10 - 1

10.1 SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE ..................................................................... 10 - 310.2 DRAWING_DATA_TABLE ..................................................................... 10 - 710.3 SHEET_DATA_TABLE ........................................................................... 10 - 12

11. Creating a Notes Table ....................................................................................... 11 - 1

11.1 Using the isoc.note File ............................................................................ 11 - 2

12. The MTO Neutral File Record Map ................................................................... 12 - 1

12.1 COMMON_RECORD_DATA ................................................................... 12 - 212.2 COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES ................................................................ 12 - 412.3 IMPLIED_ITEMS .................................................................................... 12 - 612.4 GENERATED_ITEMS ............................................................................. 12 - 9

13. The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map .................................................................... 13 - 1

13.1 The PDS Item Name ................................................................................ 13 - 113.2 The ISOGEN Symbol Name .................................................................... 13 - 113.3 The ISOGEN Record Number ................................................................. 13 - 213.4 Number of Connect Points ....................................................................... 13 - 313.5 Tapped Component Name ....................................................................... 13 - 3

13.5.1 Tapped elbows ............................................................................ 13 - 313.5.2 Olets attached to fittings ............................................................ 13 - 4

13.6 Tapped component record number .......................................................... 13 - 413.7 PDS Valve Operator Name ...................................................................... 13 - 413.8 End Prep Low and End Prep High .......................................................... 13 - 513.9 Order of Table Entries ............................................................................. 13 - 5

Page 11: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Table of Contents xi

14. The Valve / Operator Table ................................................................................ 14 - 1

15. Repeatability ....................................................................................................... 15 - 1

15.1 Repeatability Restrictions and Limitations ............................................ 15 - 215.2 Extraction Information in the Database ................................................. 15 - 315.3 Determining the Traversal Start Point .................................................. 15 - 415.4 Determining Sheet Split Points ............................................................... 15 - 415.5 Determining Spool Split Points ............................................................... 15 - 5

16. Welds ................................................................................................................... 16 - 1

Delivered weld symbols ...................................................................................... 16 - 216.1 Dotted Weld Symbols ............................................................................... 16 - 216.2 User-defined Weld Symbols ..................................................................... 16 - 316.3 Codelist Values for Standard Note 180 and 1100 .................................. 16 - 316.4 Weld Types and Mapping ........................................................................ 16 - 316.5 Offshore Fabrication Category ................................................................ 16 - 416.6 Unique Weld Numbering ......................................................................... 16 - 416.7 User-defined Weld Prefix ......................................................................... 16 - 416.8 The Weld Summary Report ..................................................................... 16 - 5

16.8.1 Weld Definition File Format ...................................................... 16 - 516.8.2 Example WDF File ..................................................................... 16 - 9

16.9 Welds Listed in the Bill of Materials ...................................................... 16 - 10

17. Dimensioning and Coordinate Output ............................................................... 17 - 1

17.1 Dimensioning Features ............................................................................ 17 - 117.2 Coordinate Features ................................................................................ 17 - 3

18. Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility .................................................... 18 - 1

18.1 Detail Sketch Entries in the DDF ........................................................... 18 - 218.2 Information Note Entries in the DDF ..................................................... 18 - 3

19. Weight Display ................................................................................................... 19 - 1

19.1 Center of Gravity Calculation ................................................................. 19 - 2

20. Isometric Presentation ....................................................................................... 20 - 1

20.1 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES ....................................................................... 20 - 320.2 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL ..................................................... 20 - 420.3 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED ...................................................... 20 - 420.4 BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION .................................................... 20 - 520.5 FITTINGS-GENERAL ............................................................................. 20 - 520.6 FITTINGS-SPECIAL ............................................................................... 20 - 620.7 FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES ....................................... 20 - 720.8 MISC-ITEMS ........................................................................................... 20 - 820.9 LAYER-NAMES ....................................................................................... 20 - 820.10 Program Defaults ................................................................................... 20 - 9

Page 12: Isometric Drawing Extraction

xii PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

20.11 Example Drawing Definition File ......................................................... 20 - 10

21. Isometric Types ................................................................................................... 21 - 1

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages ............................................................. A - 3

A.1 Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN ...................................................................... A - 4

A.1.1 Information Messages ............................................................................ A - 5A.1.2 Warning Messages ................................................................................. A - 8A.1.3 Error Messages ...................................................................................... A - 15

A.2 ISOGEN .............................................................................................................. A - 22

A.2.1 ISOGEN message file errors ................................................................. A - 22A.2.2 Design File Interface Error Messages ................................................... A - 31

A.3 Batch Extraction Software Error Messages ..................................................... A - 32

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables ......................................................................... B - 3

Appendix C: Example Documents ............................................................................ C - 3

C.1 The Options File (#/dat/isoc.def) ........................................................................ C - 4C.2 Label Library Label Definitions ........................................................................ C - 9C.3 HITS Report (.h file) .......................................................................................... C - 28C.4 Intermediate Data File (.idf file) ....................................................................... C - 37C.5 Interface Error Log (.err file) ............................................................................. C - 54C.6 MTO Neutral File (.b# file) ................................................................................ C - 57C.7 ISOGEN Message File (.msg file) ...................................................................... C - 59C.8 ISOGEN Printed Parts File (.prt file) ............................................................... C - 60C.9 ISOGEN Component versus Sheet Number File (.sed file) ............................. C - 62C.10 ISOGEN Cut Pipe Report (.cut file) ................................................................ C - 63C.11 Title Block Table (.bit, .seg and .dwg files) ..................................................... C - 64

Appendix D: PDS Database Table Formats ............................................................ D - 3

D.1 Piping Design Database Table Format ............................................................. D - 4D.2 Specification/Material Reference Database Table Format .............................. D - 11

Appendix E: ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions ............................................................... E - 3

Glossary ....................................................................................................................... GL - 3

Index ............................................................................................................................ IN - 3

Page 13: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Preface xiii

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Preface

Document Purpose

This document is a reference guide for Intergraph Corporation’s PD ISOGEN softwarepackage. You can use the PD ISOGENTM software to generate piping isometric drawingsfrom 3D models created by PDS. The ISOGEN product is one part of the overall IntergraphPlant Design System.

This document is designed as a reference for the PD ISOGEN software. It includesexplanations and examples of the operation of all the facilities that make up the softwarepackage. Use this guide when you need to reference a specific product function.

Document Prerequisites / Audience

This document is intended for both beginning and advanced users.

The beginning user should:

be familiar with an Intergraph workstation

have Intergraph and MicroStation operating experience

have PDS Piping operating experience.

The advanced user should:

have a good understanding of basic Windows commands and text editors

knowledge of Intergraph software such as EDG and relational databases

be capable of modifying the PDS 3D RDB

have a good understanding of the general PDS environment.

Related Documents/Products

MicroStation 32 software is required to operate in the PDS 2D Graphics software.Information about MicroStation 32 capabilities can be found in the following documents:

MicroStation 32 Reference Guide

MicroStation 32 User’s Guide

Intergraph Corporation’s Relational Interface System (RIS)TM is required to operate PDSISOGEN, along with a relational database management system (RDBMS) supported by RIS.Currently, these include Informix, Oracle, and Ingres. Information about RIScapabilities can be found in the following documents:

Page 14: Isometric Drawing Extraction

xiv PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Relational Interface System (RIS) Reference Manual

Relational Interface System (RIS) Operator Training Guide

For more information on related aspects of the PD ISOGEN products, consult the followingdocuments:

Project Administrator Reference Guide

Piping Design Graphics Reference Guide

Additional Information

The following informational files are delivered with the PDS ISOGEN software in the/usr#/ip32/isogen directory.

File Name Contents

README Describes changes and additions to the product since the last version.Lists the names and dates of the files in the current release. For afixes release, the files which have been modified are appended to thetop of the initial file to provide a history of all changes to the product.Includes Comments and Trouble Report numbers which describewhat problems have been fixed. Provides special notices to thecustomer. Lists any exceptions made to the certification.

product.def Lists all dependencies and related parts for the product.

Page 15: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Preface xv

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________General Conventions

This document contains many visual cues to help you understand themeaning of certain words or phrases. The use of different fonts for differenttypes of information allows you to scan the document for key concepts orcommands. Symbols help abbreviate and identify commonly used words,phrases, or groups of related information.

Typefaces

Italic Indicates a system response, which is an explanation of whatthe software is doing. For example,

The text is placed in the viewing plane.

Bold Indicates a command name, parameter name, or dialog boxtitle. Command paths are shown using an arrow betweencommand names. For example,

Choose File > Open to load a new file.

Sans serif Indicates a system prompt or message, which requires anaction be taken by the user. For example,

Select first segment of alignment

Bold TypewriterIndicates what you should literally type in. For example,

Key in original.dat to load the ASCII file.

Normal TypewriterIndicates an actual file or directory name. For example,

The ASCII report is stored in the layout.rpt file.

Page 16: Isometric Drawing Extraction

xvi PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Symbols

This document uses the following symbols to represent mouse buttons and toidentify special information:

<C> Command button<D> Data button (usually the left mouse button)<R> Reset/reject button (usually the right mouse button)<T> Tentative button (usually the center mouse button)

Note — Important supplemental information.

Warning — Critical information that could cause the loss of data ifnot followed.

Technical tip or information — provides information on whatthe software is doing or how it processes information.

Map or path — shows you how to get to a specific command orform.

More information — indicates there is additional or relatedinformation.

Need a hint — used with activities and labs, provides a tip orhint for doing the exercises.

Keyboard Conventions

The following list outlines the abbreviations this document uses for keyboardkeys and describes how to use them in combination. You can make somemenu selections through the use of keyboard accelerators, which map menuselections to key combinations.

ALT Alternate keyCTRL Control keyDEL Delete keyENTER Enter keyESC Escape key

CTRL+z To hold down the Control key and press Z.ESC,k To press the Escape key, then K.

Page 17: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Preface xvii

Terminology

Click To use a mouse or key combination to pick an item thatbegins an action. For example,

Click Apply to save the changes.

Select To mark an item by highlighting it with key combinations orby picking it with your cursor. Selecting does not initiate anaction. After selecting an item, you click the action you wantto affect the item. For example,

Select the file original.dat from the list box, then clickDelete to remove it from the directory.

In addition, you would select items to define parameters, suchas selecting toggle buttons. This also applies to selectinggraphic elements from the design file. For example,

Select the line string to define the graphic template.

Tentative-select To place a tentative point on an existing graphic element in adesign file. If you are using the CLIX operating system, youtentative-select by double-clicking with a mouse or pressing<T> on a hand-held cursor. If you are using the Windows NToperating system, you tentative-select by pressing a left-button, right-button chord.

Double-click To select and execute a command by clicking the mouse orhand-held cursor button twice in rapid succession. This termimplies that you are clicking the data button (<D>) as part ofa menu or dialog box action. For example,

Double-click on the file original.dat to load it into thenew surface.

Drag To press and hold the data button (<D>) while moving themouse or hand-held cursor.

Type To key a character string into a text box.

Key in To type in data and press ENTER to enter the data andexecute the default action.

In a dialog box, pressing TAB after keyingin data will enter the data and move thecursor to the next field.

Page 18: Isometric Drawing Extraction

xviii PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Page 19: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Introduction to ISOGEN 1 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________1. Introduction to ISOGEN

The PDS Isometric Extraction Software creates piping isometric drawings from 3-D pipingmodels created by the PDS modeling packages.

Page 20: Isometric Drawing Extraction

1 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

The software consists of two principal components:

ISOGEN, which draws the piping isometric and places it in a MicroStation design fileand

Intergraph 3-D software packages which create input for ISOGEN and perform otherfunctions necessary in final drawing creation.

The software allows you to extract isometrics from a 3-D plant model: single isometricsinteractively or multiple isometrics in a batch mode.

The ISOGEN software is designed to be flexible because drawing practices vary from onecompany to another. The following features of Intergraph’s isometric extraction packageallow you to specify drawing format:

User-controlled ISOGEN option switches

The capability to use an alternate or foreign text

A large set of Intergraph option switches

User-controlled attribute breaks shown on drawings

A flexible method for generating notes

Attribute-driven symbology (solid or dotted lines)

User-defined component symbology

User-controlled mapping of attributes to the title block.

In addition to the isometric drawing, the software also generates several nongraphic outputs,the most important of which is a completely user-definable MTO neutral file. This neutralfile is extremely useful for those who want to couple a material control system withIntergraph’s 3-D modeling software.

The above features are collectively referred to as software customization and are dealt withat length in this document. You will find reference information needed for customization inthe appendices.

Page 21: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Introduction to ISOGEN 1 - 3

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________1.1 Overview of Isometric Extraction

This section outlines the software components and how they are organized for interactivelyextracting isometrics.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________1.1.1 The Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN

The core software module in isometric extraction (both interactive and batch) is the ISOGENinterface. This program reads data from the 3-D model files and generates an input file forISOGEN. ISOGEN knows nothing of PDS or any of its files. It reads only the input filecreated for it by the ISOGEN interface. While ISOGEN is primarily responsible forgenerating the drawing graphics (including dimensioning) the ISOGEN interface isresponsible for most everything else — including note generation, recognition of attributechanges, defining which symbols to use and so on.

The primary input to the ISOGEN interface is an ASCII file named pdsidf.dat. The interfacereads from this file the piping and equipment models involved, the output isometric filename, and identification of all of the pipelines in the drawing. The interface also reads indata from the options file.

Page 22: Isometric Drawing Extraction

1 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

The options file consists of a collection of switches, options and tables that gives you somecontrol over what the ISOGEN interface puts in its output file (called the intermediate datafile or idf) and therefore what appears in the final drawing.

Once this data is read in, the interface collects from the model files all of the components thatmake up the piping network. Data from the components is then used to form an internaldata structure which represents the network. Finally, this network is traversed (the softwaretraces a path through the piping network) and records are generated in the idf. The order ofthe records in the idf is in the order of the network traversal. Drawing notes and otherfeatures such as bill of material information are dealt with component by component as thenetwork is traversed.

If the components in the piping models are not properly connected or other problems exist,the internal data structure will not be properly built and isometric extraction will fail. Seethe section Interpreting the HITS Report for more information. The HITS report can helpyou to find problems in the piping model and tell you when the interface software is notworking properly.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________1.1.2 ASCII to Binary Conversion

The Intergraph interface to ISOGEN creates an ASCII data file containing the input toISOGEN. Since ISOGEN requires the input data to be in binary format, a program namedISOA_BGEN is run to convert this ASCII data file to binary. ISOA_BGEN creates thebinary output file FOR036.# which IZOD2 uses to generate the isometric drawing.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________1.1.3 ISOGEN

ISOGEN takes the binary input file and generates graphics in an 2D MicroStation designfile. The graphics consist of the completed isometric drawing. ISOGEN can also generateseveral nongraphic outputs, including:

An ISOGEN MTO neutral file

A parts list (bill of material)

A cut pipe report

A component VRS sheet number file

The parts list file contains the same bill of material that is shown on the isometric drawing.It is possible to turn the drawing bill of material off and attach the printed ASCII file to thedrawing instead. The cut pipe report, which shows the length of each piece of pipe in theline, can be useful. The component VRS sheet number file is used by the batch extractionsoftware and is discussed elsewhere.

Page 23: Isometric Drawing Extraction

PDS Environment 2 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________2. PDS Environment

The PDS 3D software supports a variety of applications. All the supportedapplications use a common interface that is controlled by the PD Shellprogram. This ensures consistency across applications and minimizes theamount of time required to learn the product.

The PDS 3D modules provide a simple user interface through extensive use offorms. The modules also provide an on-line Help capability for easy access toinformation while working in the product.

The PDS 3D software uses available nucleus tools such as MicroStation andFORMS. It supports standard software such as NFS, NQS, and RIS requiredto set up data across a network. This design facilitates the use of non-PDStools such as relational databases and third party software.

The PD_Shell Environment and all batch jobs in the PDS 3D productsinterface to Intergraph’s Network Licensing System.

Page 24: Isometric Drawing Extraction

2 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________2.1 PD Shell

The PD Shell program provides access to the various functions that areassociated with the PDS 3D Modules. You can access the Plant DesignSystem Environment form by double-clicking teh PD_Shell icon.

This executes a control script that defines all of the environment variablesthat are needed to run the product, and it identifies the location of theproduct files. These files can be located on the workstation or a server on thenetwork. See pds.cmd for more information on this file. The script alsoactivates the Plant Design System Environment form.

This form identifies the active project(s) and provides access to all the PDSfunctions.

Options

Schematics Environment — Provides access to the PDS 2D modulesthat are used to create and modify piping and instrumentationdiagrams, process flow diagrams, and instrumentation databaserecords.

Equipment Modeling — Provides access to the Equipment Modelingmodule, which provides an interactive graphics environment that isused to create and revise equipment model graphics and databaseinformation.

Page 25: Isometric Drawing Extraction

PDS Environment 2 - 3

FrameWorks Environment — Provides access to the FrameWorksmodule, which provides an environment that is used to create andrevise structural models, create and revise structural drawings, andpropagate structural models.

Piping Designer — Activates an interactive command environmentthat is used to create piping and in-line instrumentation in the model;revise existing model graphics and database information; and verify theintegrity of the data in the model.

Electrical Raceway Environment — Provides access to theElectrical Raceway module, which provides an interactive environmentthat is used to create and revise raceway models and access racewayutilities.

Piping Design Data Manager — Provides access to a set of optionsthat are used to verify the integrity of the graphic and databaseinformation that is associated with a model.

Piping Model Builder — Enables you to create piping graphics from anongraphics environment. This module is used with PD_Design tocreate an accurate 3D model of the piping network.

Pipe Stress Analysis — Activates a set of forms that are used toextract information from piping models for input to third-party pipestress analysis products.

Interference Manager — Activates a set of forms that are used tocheck for interferences among project models and to control approvedinterferences.

Isometric Drawing Manager — Activates a set of forms that are usedto extract isometric drawings from piping models and to review or plotthe created isometric drawings.

Drawing Manager — Activates a set of forms that are used to createand manipulate drawings and drawing views; provide access to theinteractive graphics environment for drawings; and provide access to aplot manager and vector hiddenline manager.

DesignReview Integrator — Activates a set of forms that are used toextract information to form label files for use in DesignReview and toreview data from a DesignReview session.

Report Manager — Activates a set of forms that are used to createand revise report format files and report on information in a projectincluding Material Take-Off reports.

Page 26: Isometric Drawing Extraction

2 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Project Administrator — Provides access to a set of forms that areused to create a project, create and revise project files, define projectseed data, and control the project.

Reference Data Manager — Provides access to a set of forms that areused to control the reference data for a project including Piping JobSpecification data, Graphic Commodity Data, Alphanumeric CommodityData, Standard Note Library, Label Description Library, and PipingAssembly Library.

Other Fields

User ID — Used for access control. This field also sets the Review UserID for use in the Interference Manager module.

If access control has been defined, you must key in a valid user ID asdefined by your system manager to gain access to the projects.

If access control has not been defined, no entry is required for this field.

Password — Key in the password for the specified user ID.

Project List Field — Displays the defined projects for the network andallows you to select the active project. The system lists all the definedPDS projects (2D-only, 3D-only, and 2D & 3D). An error is displayed ifyou select an option that is incompatible with the active project. Forexample, if the active project is a 2D-only project, you cannot access thethe Interference Manager module.

If access control has been defined, only those projects for which youhave some level of access are displayed.

Message Area — Displays prompts and messages that are associatedwith the active process. Error messages are displayed in red.

Page 27: Isometric Drawing Extraction

PDS Environment 2 - 5

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________2.1.1 PD_Shell Form Conventions

The following Conventions describe how to respond to the various buttons,lists, and prompts that make up the environments. The display size of formsand dialog boxes in the non-Microstation graphics environment areindependent of the size of the workstation’s display system. Most formscontain the same basic features: buttons, fields, text, and other gadgets. Ingeneral, anything you find on a form is called a gadget.

Selecting Options

You move through the PD Shell forms by selecting function buttons or othergadgets from the form. Select means to place the screen cursor (whichappears as an arrow) on top of a screen gadget and press <D>.

For most of the forms with scrolling lists, you can double-click on a row toselect and accept the data in that row. This performs the same action asselecting a row (which highlights) and then selecting the Accept button.

You use the select action to select functions, access other forms, activate datafields, toggle buttons, select from lists, scroll through data displayed on thescreen, and so on.

The following summarizes other basic actions you use in the environments:

Enter — When keying in any data in a key-in field, press the <ENTER>or <Tab> key for the data to be entered into the system. You can alsopress <ENTER> or <Tab> to move through a set of key-in fields.

Delete — If you make a mistake while keying in text, press the<Delete> key to erase character(s) to the left of the cursor.

Common Tools on the PD Shell Forms

There are many gadgets in the environments that are common to most or allof the forms. The following describes these tools.

Standard Commands

The PD Shell forms have a set of standard buttons in the upper right cornerof most of the form windows. The available commands vary from form toform depending on the type of operation.

The Help button activates on-line Help for the active form. Help remainsactive until you delete the Help window.

Page 28: Isometric Drawing Extraction

2 - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

The Shell button exits the active form and returns control to the basemanager that is associated with the active form. For most forms this returnsto the Plant Design System Environment form.

The Top button exits the active form and returns control to the top form ofthe active branch.

The Cancel button cancels or exits from the active form. Control returns tothe immediately preceding form in the hierarchy.

The Accept button accepts a selection or operation. Depending on the activeform or option, the active form remains active so that you can repeat asimilar operation or control returns to the preceding form.

The Restart button clears any key-in fields on the form that have values youcan modify.

Scrolling List

Some screen menus have a scrolling list of projects or applications. You needto scroll a list only if more options are available than can be displayed in thewindow. To scroll a list, select the arrow buttons on the side of the list. Thelist scrolls up or down depending on which arrow you select.

The scrolling list has an arrow pointing up and an arrowpointing down. These arrows scroll lists line by line. There is abutton that slides between these two arrows to indicate yourposition on the list. To page through the list, select the spaceabove or below the sliding button. The list pages up or downaccordingly.

You can also select the slider and, while pressing <D>, slide the button up ordown the bar. The items scroll through the window as you move the button.The size and position of the button on the scroll bar is an indication of thenumber of lines and the relative position within the list.

All commands that display a list of design areas or models order the listalphanumerically by the design area number or model number in ascendingorder.

In some forms with scrolling lists, you can double-click on a row to select andaccept the data in that row. This performs the same action as selecting a row(which highlights) and then selecting the Accept button.

Page 29: Isometric Drawing Extraction

PDS Environment 2 - 7

Key-in Fields

Screens that accept keyboard input have key-in fields. Thesefields are box-shaped and dark gray. You can select a key-infield and key in a new value. A bar cursor appears in the activekey-in field. Key in your input, and press <Return>. To changea field, reselect the field and key in the new information. Key-infields have a maximum number of characters depending on theitem that is being defined.

If you select a key-in field for a code-listed attribute, the system activates aform that lists the code list values for the selected field.

MicroStation requires lowercase characters for the file specification and pathname of all design files. Therefore, the system automatically converts anyinput for the file specification and path name of a design file (such as a modelor drawing) to lowercase before loading into the Project Control Database.

Display-List Boxes

A display-list box is located at the end of some key-in fields. Itlets you select data from a list instead of keying in information.For example, there is a display list associated with theAuthorization key-in field shown. At the end of the field, there isa small box with horizontal dashes. When you select this displaylist box with the screen cursor, an associated list of valid inputvalues displays. Select an item from the list to enter its valueinto the field.

Shift Left and Shift Right buttons

At the bottom of some key-in and display fields, there are two buttonsmarked with arrows. These buttons are called shift left and shiftright buttons.

Often, you can key in more characters than a field display shows. Shift Leftmoves the text display to the front of the field; Shift Right moves the textdisplay to the end of the field.

Toggle

A toggle field on a screen menu enables you to select one of two possiblechoices, one of which is always displayed. Place a data point on the togglefield to toggle between the two choices.

Roll-Through List

A roll-through list shows one choice at a time of a list that can beseveral items long. Place a data point on the roll-through list to scrollthrough the available options. The option displayed is active.

Page 30: Isometric Drawing Extraction

2 - 8 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Standard Window Icons

When using this software in the CLIX environment, you can press <D> alongthe edge of a form or any area not occupied by a button, key-in field, or othergadget, to display a box of icons. You can manipulate form windows just likeany other workstation window.

The following list defines the available window icons.

Collapse/RestoreRepaint

Pop-to-bottomModify/Resize

Pop-to-topRestore Size

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________2.1.2 Batch Processes

When you install the PDS 3D applications, the system creates the necessarybatch queues for that application. Refer to Loading PDS Products in theProject Administrator (PD_Project) Reference Guide for a listing of the batchqueues.

PDS 3D uses these batch queues to allow you to continue working in theenvironment while the system processes a request. Many of the batchprocesses can be delayed for submission at a specified time.

When you submit a batch process the system sends an e-mail message to themail path of the default login reporting the job’s completion status and anyerror log information. The batch process e-mail functionality is optional.

Page 31: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________3. Interactive Isometric Extraction

This section explains how to execute the software that generates isometrics interactively.You can extract only a single isometric at a time using the interactive modules. Also, thismode of extraction is intended primarily for testing purposes. Many extraction facilities arenot available using interactive extraction.

You must have access to an existing PDS Piping model that contains acompleted pipeline before an isometric can be generated.

Operator Sequence

1. After accessing the PDShell form, select a project from the scroll area.

The system highlights the project.

Select the Isometric Drawing Manager button to enter the ISOGEN environment.

The system displays the Plant Design - Isometric Extraction form and prompts:Initializing Project Control Database. The active project name is also displayed in the fieldlocated in the upper left portion of the form.

Page 32: Isometric Drawing Extraction

3 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

2. Select the Interactive button.

The system displays the Interactive Isometric Extraction form.

3. If you know the information, keyin the appropriate Model Numbers and Line Namesand proceed to step 10. Otherwise, continue with this procedure.

4. Select the Select Model Numbers button.

Page 33: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 3

The system displays an Interactive Isometric Extraction form that lists all of the pipingand equipment models within all of the areas from the active project.

5. Select the models from the scroll area that contain the lines that are to be extracted.

— OR —

Select the Select All button to select all of the areas and models listed in the scrollarea.

— OR —

Select the Reset Selection button to cancel all of the previous model selections.

Up to eight models can be selected for extraction.

6. Once all of the appropriate models have been selected, select accept.

The system returns to the initial Interactive Isometric Extraction form.

If necessary, you can select the Reset Model Numbers button to clearselections in the Model Number and Line Name fields.

7. Select the Select Line Names Within Models button.

The system displays an Interactive Isometric Extraction form that lists all of thelines contained in the selected models. There may be a slight delay while the systemsearches for the selected lines.

Page 34: Isometric Drawing Extraction

3 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

8. Select the line names from the scroll area that are to be extracted.

— OR —

Select the Select All button to select all of the lines listed in the scroll area.

— OR —

Select the Reset Selection button to cancel all of the previous line selections.

Up to eight lines can be selected for extraction. All lines to be extractedmust be connected in the piping model. For more information aboutextractions using pipeline names, see Pipeline Names, page 3 - 10 .

9. Once all of the appropriate lines have been selected, select the accept button to returnto the initial Interactive Isometric Extraction form.

The system returns to the initial Interactive Isometric Extraction form with the selectedmodels and pipeline names in their respective fields.

The system also generates an iso design file name based on the first pipeline name andplaces it in the Iso Design File field.

Page 35: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 5

If necessary, you can select the Reset Line Names to clear selections inthe Line Name fields. You can also select the Reset Model Numbersbutton to clear selections in the Model Number and Line Name fields.

10. Iso Output Node:Path

Select the Iso Output Node:Path field and key in the nodename:path where theISOGEN output files will be stored. The default is set to nodename:/login directory.

The key-in fields: Iso Output Node:Path, Iso Options File and IsoSeed Design File will accept a network address.

Each should be entered as nodename:drive:\directorypath\filename for example:111jn:C:\win32app\ingr\dat\defaults.dat .

To change the default settings for the Iso Output Node:Path field, editthe ISOPATH export statement.

Edit the pds.cmd file located in ˜\pdiso\bin. For example, a typicalISOPATH export statement in the pds.cmd file might be:

$ENV{’ISOPATH’}=’PDSNT:C:\users\iso\isofiles\\’;

11. Iso Design File

Select the Iso Design File field and key in the ISOGEN design file. By default, thefirst pipeline name is displayed with a .iso extension.

Page 36: Isometric Drawing Extraction

3 - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

The .iso extension will generate multi-sheet isometrics into a single design

file. Replacing the .iso extension with a .i* extension allows the softwareto generate multi-sheet isometrics into separate design files where the *will be replaced with a number.

For example, if the model in the Interactive Isometric Extraction formwas changed to 400104wc.i*, the resulting design files would be400104wc.i01, 400104wc.i02,, etc. This procedure will allow you to takeadvantage of ISOGEN’s plotting capabilities as described in the sectionPlot Isometric Drawing.

The the most recently processed iso, displayed in the Iso Design File,becomes the first selection on the list of available isos when the Plot orView Graphics command is selected.

12. Iso Options File

Select the Iso Options File field and key in the nodename:path where the ISOGENoptions file is located.

If you key in an options filename and the file does not exist, an errormessage is displayed at the bottom of the form.

The options file contains switches, options and tables that drive the Intergraphinterface to ISOGEN. This file allows you to customize iso’s to your standard practice.

The default is set to nodename:/pathname. The default value is delivered in theoptions file and can be altered by exporting the ISOOPTION variable.

13. Iso Seed Design File

Select the Iso Seed Design File field and key in the nodename:path where theISOGEN seed design file is located.

If you key in a seed filename and the file does not exist then an errormessage is displayed at the bottom of the form.

The iso seed design file is a 2-D design file that is copied to create an empty design fileinto which the isometric is drawn by ISOGEN.

The default is set to nodename:/path name/iso seed file. The default value isdetermined when the ISOSEED export variable is defined.

To change the default settings for the Iso Options File and Iso SeedDesign File fields, edit the ISOSEED and ISOOPTION export statementsin the PDS.CMD file.

The following are examples of typical ISOSEED and ISOOPTION exportstatements as they would appear in the defaults.dat file.

export ISOSEED=$ENV{’ISOSEED’} = ’pdssrv:D:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.sed’export ISOOPTION=$ENV{’ISOOPTION’} = ’pdssrv:D:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.def’

Page 37: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 7

14. Select the accept button to accept the information displayed in the form and to initiatethe iso extraction process.

The system displays the message Creating ISOGEN Intermediate File and then CreatingISOGEN Isometric. When the process is complete, the system displays the PD ISOGENStatus form.

The ISOGEN Status form displays processing information, warning messages and errormessages. Use the scroll bar and buttons to scroll through the information displayed onthe status form. See Appendix A Error Messages for detailed descriptions of each errorand warning message.

Page 38: Isometric Drawing Extraction

3 - 8 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

15. To plot an isometric drawing using the Plot button, refer to Plot Isometric Drawing,

page 3 - 14 .

16. To view an isometric drawing using the View Graphics button, refer to ViewIsometric Drawing, page 3 - 17 .

Page 39: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________3.1 Extraction Criteria

The following sections contain information specific to defining extraction criteria which mustbe defined prior to initializing an isometric extraction. The following extraction criteria arecovered in this section:

Model Files

Pipeline Names

– Generation by Line Name Substring

– Generation by Line ID

Iso Design File

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________3.1.1 Model Files

Key in the names of the PDS Piping, Equipment Modeling and/or Pipe Support files thatshould be considered for iso extraction. Up to eight model numbers can be input. Equipmentmodel numbers must be specified in order to generate nozzles on the isometric.

The first model number entered is treated as the primary file and therefore must be a Pipingmodel. Any RDB data accessed during iso extraction is obtained from the primary model(through its type 63 data).

The RDB data that is accessed by the Iso Extraction Software and that must be properlyattached to the primary file includes:

Specification Material Database

Graphic Commodity Library

Physical Dimension Library

Piping Job Spec Tables Library

Standard Notes Library

Material Descriptions Library

Specialty and Instrument Descriptions Library

Label Description Library

Miscellaneous data stored within the model itself

Page 40: Isometric Drawing Extraction

3 - 10 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

If the model number that you specify does not exist, the software displays an error messageat the bottom of the form. Press <RETURN> to proceed.

If the model number is invalid, the software displays the message Error Retrieving Modeland the fully expanded filename is displayed in the input field.

A filename is considered invalid if it does not exist in the project database.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________3.1.2 Pipeline Names

Key in the pipe lines that are to be extracted into a single iso. Up to 8 lines can be specified.The lines you specify must be connected together in the Piping Model files. That is, thesepipelines must be a network of piping segments. In order for the lines to be connected, thesegments that form those lines must also be connected. You cannot specify multipledisconnected piping sections (such as, vessel trim piping).

Pipelines can be identified for extraction in two ways: extraction by line name substring andextraction by line id (see the section Conventions and Limitations). The method you usedepends upon the options selected and set in the iso extraction options file. Refer to TheOptions File, page 7 - 1 for more information.

For each method, you identify the network of piping to extract by specifying piping segmentattributes. Piping segments usually correspond only to sections of piping and NOT to anentire piping system (unless the line is trivial).

Extraction by Line Name Substring

When extracting by line name substring you should key in any substring of the full PDS linename that uniquely identifies the pipeline you want to include in the iso. This is the defaultway of identifying pipelines to extract as defined in the LINE_ID_DEFINITION section ofthe defaults.dat file.

Example 1:

If the line name is 6IN-OWS10111-1C0031 then a substring that you might useto identify this line is OWS10111.

You probably would not want to use 1C0031 since it is the spec name componentof the line name and would probably identify more than one line in the model.Likewise, you would probably not want to use 6IN-OWS10111 since you maywant to extract sections of the line that are not 6" NPD or because multiple 6"sections are connected together by sections that are not 6".

Do not extract by line name substring if lines that are similarlynamed exist together in the models that you are extracting from.This situation exists, for example, when the substring you want touse is also a substring of another line name.

Page 41: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 11

Example 2:

If the line that you want to extract is 8IN-OWS1011-1C0031, and you use thesubstring OWS1011, you are also specifying that you want to extract 6IN-OWS10111-1C0031 because OWS1011 is a substring of OWS10111.

To ensure that you are extracting the correct line:

specify a larger substring of the line name for the line you want to extract.

In the case above, that larger substring may be -OWS1011-.By including the dashes the substring specified is no longer asubstring of 6IN-OWS10111-1C0031.

specify the line ids of the lines you want to extract. Refer to Extraction byLine ID, page 3 - 11 for more information.

Extraction by Line ID

When extracting by line ID you key in the line ID of the lines that you want to extract. Theline ID is a user defined collection of database attributes that can be used to refer topipelines by other than their line names.

To extract by line ID, you must select the proper option in the Options File AND you mustknow the line ID definition as specified in the options file (refer to LINE_ID_DEFINITION,page 7 - 59 for information on defining the line ID). To extract a line by its line ID, key inthe attributes that make up the line id and separate them by dashes.

Example 3:

One simple definition of the line ID might be fluid code followed by line sequencenumber. This definition allows you to refer to the line without the NPD or specname components the line name. Thus, OWS-1011 will refer to line 6IN-OWS1011-1C0031 while OWS-10111 will refer to line 8IN-OWS10111-1C0031.

When specifying the line ID of a line to extract, both the embedded dashes and the ORDERof the attributes is important. Thus in the example above, neither OWS1011 (because thedash is missing) or 1011-OWS (because the order is incorrect) would suffice if the line ID isdefined as fluid code followed by line sequence number.

The difference between extracting by line ID and extracting by line name substring is thatpipeline sections that are extracted are identified by EQUALITY of the line ID attributesrather than by SUBSTRING of the line name attribute. This method of identifying linesavoids the problems that can occur with line name substrings (provided that the line iddefinition is sufficient to uniquely identify pipe lines).

Page 42: Isometric Drawing Extraction

3 - 12 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________3.2 Iso Design File

Key in the name of the output isometric design file. This file need not exist prior to runningthe software. If the file does exist, the software replaces it with a new file when the currentiso is extracted.

To specify that each isometric sheet is to be drawn in its own design file, you can insert anasterisk (*) as a wild card character in the output iso filename. When a wildcard character isinserted in the filename, the software replaces it with a digit as each iso sheet is generated.If more than 9 sheets are generated then the letters a - z are used for replacement of thewildcard.

You may also use an asterisk (*) in the output file name’s extension. If you do this, theasterisk is replaced by two digits. For example, if you key in test.i* , sheet 1 will be in filetest.i01, sheet 2 will be in test.i02, and so on. Since UNIX file names cannot have more than14 characters, the iso design file name is truncated to a maximum of 14 characters.

Using more than one fixed character together with an asterisk is notrecommended.

MicroStation requires that all design file names be in lower case.

If an invalid iso filename is keyed in, an error message is displayed in the message field.

The name portion of this file specification (excluding any wild card character) is used by thesoftware to name several other files that are generated at the same time as the isometricmodel number. These include:

The Intermediate data file - iso name + .idf

The Hits file - iso name + .h

The Intergraph mto neutral file - iso name + sheet no. + .b# (where: # is the number oftimes the line has been extracted)

The error message file - iso name + .err

The ISOGEN mto neutral file - iso name + .bom

The ISOGEN message file - iso name + .msg

The ISOGEN printed parts list - iso name + .prt

Page 43: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 13

The ISOGEN component vrs sheet file - iso name + .sed

The ISOGEN cut pipe report - iso name + .cut

These files are all generated in the Iso Output Node:Path unless they are switched off byoption selections (refer to The Options File, page 7 - 1 for more information). Their contentsare discussed in more detail in the sections entitled Options File and Isometric Seed File.

Page 44: Isometric Drawing Extraction

3 - 14 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________3.3 Plot Isometric Drawing

The Plot Isometric button allows you to choose one or several generated isometric files forplotting.

1. To plot an isometric drawing, select the Plot button from the Interactive IsometricExtraction form.

The system displays the Interactive Isometric Extraction form.

2. Select one of the queues from the Queue Name pull down list.

The queues displayed in the Queue Name field are chosen first from thequeues defined in the pdiso_plot portion of the queue_descript file (locatedin the project directory). If no queues are defined in the queue_descriptfile, the system generates a Queue Name list from locally defined queues.

If locally defined queues are used, only the pipe queues that are definedwill be displayed in the Queue Name pull down list. To display localdevice queues, create a pipe queue that points to the device queue.

3. Select the Plot Copies field and keyin the number of copies that will be plotted.

4. Select the Iso Seed Plot File field and key in the nodename:path where the seedplotting parameters file exists. The default is defined in the ISOPLOT export variable.For more information on defining ISOGEN export variables, seeInitial Setup Considerations, page 5 - 3 .

Page 45: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 15

An example plot parameter file is delivered, but it should be modified

before it can be used or a print queue called laser must exist. For moreinformation on modifying the plot queue, see Creating Seed Files forExtraction, page 9 - 1 .

5. Select the subdirectories that contain the drawings you want to plot. Select eachsubdirectory individually from the Sub-Directories field.

The system highlights the selected subdirectories.

— OR —

Select the Select All Sub-Directories button to select all of the availablesubdirectories.

— OR —

Select the Reset Selected Sub-Directories to cancel any of the previously madeselections.

6. Once you have defined a list of subdirectories, select the Display Iso Drawingsbutton.

The system searches the previously defined list of subdirectories and displays a listing ofthe available drawings, their creation dates and the subdirectories to which they belong.

7. Select an isometric drawing(s) to plot. Use the scroll bar and buttons to view allavailable drawings.

— OR —

Select the Select All button to select all of the listed drawings for plotting.

The system highlights the selected drawing(s).

— OR —

Select the Reset Selections button to cancel any of the previously made selections.

8. Submit Batch Immediately/Delay Submit Time toggle

Select the Submit Immediately option to run the job immediately.

Select the Delay Submit Time to specify a run time for the job. Define the run timeby keying in the day of the week (Mon, Tue, etc.), the time and then select AM or PM.

Page 46: Isometric Drawing Extraction

3 - 16 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

9. Select the accept button to accept the selected drawings for plotting.

The system submits the selected drawing(s) to the plotter. As each drawing is processed,the messages Processing Drawings and Selected Drawings Submitted to Plotter appearin the message field.

Page 47: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 17

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________3.4 View Isometric Drawing

The View Isometric Drawing button allows you to view generated graphics in theMicroStation environment. If you are unfamiliar with the MicroStation workingenvironment, refer to the MicroStation Reference Guide for more information.

1. To view an isometric drawing, select the View Graphics button from the InteractiveIsometric Extraction form.

The system searches the Iso Output Node: Path (as defined earlier in the InteractiveIsometric Extraction) and displays the Interactive Isometric Extraction form.

2. Select the subdirectories that contain the drawing you want to view. Select eachsubdirectory individually from the Sub-Directories field.

The system highlights the selected subdirectories.

— OR —

Select the Select All Sub-Directories button to select all of the availablesubdirectories.

— OR —

Select the Reset Selected Sub-Directories to cancel any of the previously madeselections.

Page 48: Isometric Drawing Extraction

3 - 18 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

3. Once you have defined a list of subdirectories, select the Display Iso Drawings

button.

The system searches the previously defined list of subdirectories and displays a listing ofthe available drawings, their creation dates and the subdirectories to which they belong.

4. Select an isometric drawing to view. Use the scroll bar and buttons to view allavailable drawings.

The system highlights the selected drawing.

5. Select the accept button to accept the selected drawing for viewing.

The system displays the message Initializing MicroStation in the message field anddisplays the isometric drawing. MicroStation will automatically attach the bar andpanel menus.

6. Select the exit button to exit the MicroStation environment and return to the ViewIsometric Drawing form.

Page 49: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 19

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________3.5 Conventions and Limitations

Some situations that occur commonly can be handled in more than one way by the isoextraction software. To deal with these, a set of conventions, described below, has beenadopted. Other situations that can arise simply cannot be handled by the extractionsoftware as it is currently written. A brief summary of these items is also provided below.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________3.5.1 Extraction Conventions

Olet Type Branches

Olet type branch components (such as olets, branch-welds, and occasionally half couplings)can be owned by the header or branch pipeline in the 3-D model. By convention, when thistype of branch is extracted, the branch component is assigned to the header pipeline. Thus,when the branch line is extracted, the branch component will be drawn dotted, no-mto and itwill not appear in the BOM. However, you can specify that the branch component isassigned to the branch line. This depends on the position of the Header/Branch toggle on thePiping Data Control Form (accessed through Project Administrator). For more informationon the Piping Data Control Form, see the section entitled Piping Data Control in the PDProject Administrator Reference Guide.

It is NOT necessary that the piping segment in the model, under the branchcomponent, have the same line name as the header.

End-Point Components

When a pipeline in the model changes name at a multi-connect point component then thatcomponent is "owned" by more than one line. When this occurs, the component is alwaysassigned to the pipeline attached to connect point 1 of the component. For example, if threedifferent lines come together and join at a tee, the tee component will extract onto, and showup in the B.O.M. of, the line at connect point 1 of the tee. When the other two lines areextracted, the tee will show up as dotted, nomto and will not appear in the B.O.M. (Noticethat it is NOT necessary that piping segments in the model be "broken" in any way toachieve the above result.)

Page 50: Isometric Drawing Extraction

3 - 20 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Implied Materials at Line Name Changes

When a pipeline name changes at a flanged connection, the bolts and gaskets generated atthat point may be assigned to either of two lines. In this situation, the bolts and gaskets areassigned to the flange having the higher east, north and elevation coordinate. This arbitraryassignment prevents the implied materials from being generated twice. (It is possible tooverride this assignment; refer to the PDS Piping Design Graphics Reference Guide fordetails.)

Pipe Supports

Pipe supports in the 3-D model may be attached anywhere along the length of a pipe exceptat either of the end-points. They may also be attached to the origin (connect point 0) of anycomponent as well as to a component tap. You may have multiple supports connected to acomponent origin, but there should be at most one support attached to a component tap.When a support is connected to a tap, there must NOT be any other piping attached to thecomponent at that tap. In general, supports should NOT be located at component connectpoints other than as outlined above. The one exception to this rule is that supports may belocated at the same point as an olet branch (or branches) along a length of pipe.

If these guidelines are not followed, the line may not extract.

Type 63 Information

Type 63 data is read from the first model entered on the form for Interactive Extraction.When using Batch Extraction, Type 63 data is read from the first piping model in the areaspecified in each record of the batch input file.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________3.5.2 Extraction Limitations

Branch Nesting

There is a limitation on the branch nesting depth that a pipeline may have. The first branchoff from a line is level 1. If this branch in turn has a branch, then that branch would be level2. ISOGEN will currently handle pipelines that contain up to twenty levels of branching. Ifa pipeline contains more than twenty nested branches, the extraction will fail. Thislimitation effectively limits the size of the largest system type isometric that can be extracted.This generally does not pose a problem for single pipeline fabrication type isometrics. Note,that the ISOGEN interface identifies a traversal sequence that minimizes the number ofnested branches in most cases.

Page 51: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 21

System Isometrics

Spool Numbering is not supported for system-type isometrics.

Tapped Piping Components

ISOGEN requires that traversal of a pipeline never enter a component through a tap.Rather, in traversing the line, ISOGEN requires first traveling through a component andthen traversing "out" the tap. It is possible to create a pipeline in the 3-D model that wouldrequire the ISOGEN interface to illegally traverse into a tap. You can avoid this situation byNOT joining components through taps. For example, a segment of pipe that begins at acomponent tap should not end at a tap on different component. If this situation cannot beavoided, change the line name somewhere and extract the network in two sections.

Other limitations having to do with tapped components include: 1) Elbows and pipe bendsmust not have more than one tap. It is possible to create a model where an elbow is tappedmore than once, but this configuration will not extract. 2) Tapped tee’s cannot be extractedusing ISOGEN.

Flanged Pipe

Taps that are placed on flanged pipe will not extract.

Refer to Intergraph option 72 for settings that impact flanged pipe.

Page 52: Isometric Drawing Extraction

3 - 22 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Page 53: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Software Organization 4 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________4. Batch Software Organization

This section provides an overview of the batch extraction software components andorganization. The purpose of this section is to explain to software support personnel how thesoftware works so that problems can be tracked down and reported.

Figure 4-1 shows the batch software organization. The batch extraction software is driven byan executable pdsidf and a script file batch.cmd. When you submit a batch job using theSchedule Batch Job form, the batch extraction is submitted to a batch queue namedPDisocreate. This queue is created with a job limit of 1 and a priority of 16. Theseparameters can be modified as needed.

In order to run batch isometrics, the pd_iso.cmd file, located in ˜\pdiso\bin, must definelocations for required software. This script is executed from the batch queue and allows thebatch extraction process to run on a node other than the one from which it was submitted.The following three variables are read from the Windows NT registry:

PD_SHELLPD_ISOPD_ISOGEN

Page 54: Isometric Drawing Extraction

4 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Figure 4 - 1. Batch iso extraction flow

Page 55: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Software Organization 4 - 3

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.1 The Batch Job Input File

The input to the batch procedure is an ASCII data file generated by the Batch Environmentcalled the Batch Job Input File. This file is structured as shown in Figure 4-2.

Figure 4 - 2. Batch input file data structure

The first record in the file contains a file format version number and the name of the BatchData File from which the Batch Job Input file was generated. The software checks theversion number to see if it matches the software version number, and, if it does match,passes the Batch Data File name on to other software modules as needed.

The second record is called an option record. The option record contains all of the batchprocessing options and revision block data that was entered into the BATCH form. Eachoption is separated from the others by at least one space. This record contains anexclamation point (!) in column 1 which flags it as an option record.

The third record holds the name of the default set which was specified in the Create BatchJob Input form. This record also contains an exclamation point in column 1.

Subsequent records, which initially contain a space in column 1, hold the model and primaryline name for an isometric drawing which will be extracted. After the line is extracted, it ismarked by an asterisk (*) in column 1 to indicate that it has been processed.

The drawing records can be repeated any number of times in the batch job input file. Eachtime Accept is selected, from the Create Batch Job Input form, a set of drawing records iswritten to the batch input file. An example batch job input file is shown in Figure 4-3.

Figure 4 - 3. Example Batch Job Input File

Page 56: Isometric Drawing Extraction

4 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

When a batch iso job is submitted using the Schedule Batch Job form, the batch job input filename is passed to the pdsidf executable as a parameter. The system then reads the batch jobinput file and drawing creation begins.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.2 Line Processing (pdsidf)

Given the options from the batch input file and the identification of the line, two files arecreated, seed.dat and pdsidf.dat. These are the same two files that are created duringinteractive extraction.

The Project database is accessed to obtain the list of model files, secondary pipeline names,the seed file names, the options file for the piping area, the output file directory, the isodesign file name and the extraction number for the drawing.

Type 63 information is read from the first piping model in the area specified ineach record of the batch input file. Note that this model may not be the pipingmodel which contains the pipeline being extracted.

The two files produced are different from the ones produced for interactive extraction. Inpdsidf.dat, the first line name in the line name list is followed by a backslash and the pipingarea name. Following the line list is a record that contains the default set name. Next is arecord that contains batch processing options. The last record contains the extractionnumber for the drawing.

skiso5skiso4skiso6skiso7*skiso340eqp0140eqp00

pdssk:h:\proj\iso\isofiles\380105wc.i*380105\skiso\1

projN Y Y N * * Y * * 04-Aug-1998 *

131 0

Page 57: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Software Organization 4 - 5

In SEED.DAT, the seed iso design file name is followed by records containing the plotrequest file name, the output file directory, the output iso file name, extraction number andnumber of sections.

pdssk:h:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.defpdssk:h:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.sedpdssk:h:\proj\iso\ref\isoc_sml.ipdssk:h:\proj\iso\isofiles

38010513

1.fi

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.3 The ISOGEN Interface

The ISOGEN interface performs the same function in batch extraction as in interactiveextraction: generation of the Intermediate Data File (IDF), which is the input to ISOGEN.In addition to the IDF the interface may also produce an mto neutral file and three filescontaining text for the drawing title block. The title block text files are shown symbolicallyas a single file in Figure 4-1.

The contents of each of the title block tables file is controlled by a corresponding table in thetitle block tables file map. The SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE produces a file with the fileextension of .seg, the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE produces a file with the extension of .bitand the SHEET_DATA_TABLE produces a file with the extension of .dwg.

The title block text files are only produced if the appropriate option is set in the Intergraphoptions block. Some of the entries in the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE can only be producedwhen PDSIDF.DAT contains the extra inputs that appear in the file for batch extraction. Atitle block record map set up for use with batch extraction might not generate a correctoutput file if it is generated by running the interactive software.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.4 ISOGEN

As in interactive extraction, in batch extraction, the program ISOA_BGEN must be runimmediately prior to IZOD2 in order to convert the ASCII IDF to binary. IZOD2, theISOGEN image which produces the iso, can then be run to generate the isometric drawings.

Isometrics generated by the batch software are always created one sheet to a design file. Theiso design file name is passed to the interface as name.i*, and so the first sheet will be in afile with the extension .i01, the second in .i02 and so on.

When isometrics are created in batch, you must set Intergraph options block word 4 to 1.This causes ISOGEN to create a file that identifies which sheet each component in the line isdrawn on. This file (called the sheet data file) is used downstream to split up the mto neutralfile by sheet and also to prepare the segment summary table for each isometric sheet.

Page 58: Isometric Drawing Extraction

4 - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.4.1 Splitting the MTO neutral file (MSPLIT)

After IZOD2 (see Figure 4-1) runs and creates the sheet data file, Intergraph’s MSPLITexecutable splits up the mto neutral file so that a separate neutral file is created for eachsheet of the drawing. The sheet data file consists of sheet numbers followed by Intergraphdatabase occurrence numbers. MSPLIT assigns each neutral file record to a particular sheetby matching occurrence numbers in the sheet data file with the occurrence number on eachrecord in the mto neutral file. MSPLIT will not work if you have not mapped the Intergraphoccurrence anywhere in the neutral file record.

MSPLIT is executed by passing the mto neutral file name (without the file extension) and theextraction number as inputs in a foreign command line. Therefore, if the mto file name istest.b and the extraction number for the drawing is 10, the input parameter to MSPLITwould be formed as test 10. MSPLIT then looks for files test.b and test.sht as the input files.The current assignment for the exported variable ISOOPTION is used to obtain the mtoneutral file map name. The mto neutral file map must be read so that the field containingthe occurrence number can be located in an mto record.

When output files are generated by MSPLIT, the output file name contains the extractionnumber and sheet number. For example, for sheet 2, extraction number 10, the output filename would be test2.b10.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.5 Generating Title Block Input (TBLOCK)

In the same way that MSPLIT assigns a neutral file record to each sheet in an isometric,Intergraph’s TBLOCK assigns segment data to a sheet for the segment data summary.TBLOCK assigns records in the .seg file (produced by the PD_ISO interface) to each sheet. Itthen sorts the records for each sheet and eliminates duplicates. Finally, TBLOCK assignseach data item in the record a text node number and sends it as output to a new file, which isinput to STIB.

TBLOCK is also executed by passing the input in a foreign command line. The only input inthis case is the isometric file name. The input files are then determined by name plus .segand name plus .dwg. The title block map name is obtained by reading the options fileassigned to ISOOPTION.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.6 Filling in the Title Block (STIB)

After all of the input for each sheet has been determined, the executable that actually placestext in the drawing title block is run. Intergraph’s STIB associates text in an input file withtext nodes placed in the design file.

Page 59: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Software Organization 4 - 7

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.7 Plotting

After drawings are created in batch they can be plotted. You can use IP_IPLOT plottingsoftware.

To submit a plot, the batch software submits a job to the batch queue named PDisoplot. Thejob that runs in PDisoplot actually launches the plot.

Since the plot jobs are launched from a separate batch queue, you can accumulate the jobs inthe queue and release them at some later time. You might also hold the jobs in PDisoplot toprevent normal production plotting queues from getting loaded down with isometric plots.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.8 Updating the Project Database (pdsidf)

After a line has been successfully extracted, the project database is updated. The extractionnumber and date are updated each time a drawing is completed, while the revision block isonly updated if you chose to update it in the Create Batch Job Input form when you createthe batch job input file.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.9 Making a Run Log Entry (pdsidf)

Making an entry into the run log is the last activity performed. The run log file name isformed using the file name of the batch job input file together with the file extension .job.

An entry in the log file consists of the drawing spec (piping area plus line name), an errorcode, a status message, and the date and time that the run completed. This is the sameinformation given to you in a MAIL message when an error occurs.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.10 Investigating Batch Extraction Problems

Since there are many steps involved in the generation of a completed isometric, there aremany ways for the process to fail. When a problem occurs and drawing generation fails, youshould follow a systematic procedure to determine the cause of the problem and, if needed,call Intergraph support and log the problem. All files will reside in the isoerr subdirectory inthe specified output path location. Here is a suggested procedure:

1. Check the run log (.job file) to get the status code and message.

If there is no code or message, the batch procedure itself probably failed or was aborted.In this case, go to Step 4.

2. Consult Appendix A for an explanation of the error determined in Step 1.

The explanation of the error might be enough to enable you to resolve it easily. If not,

Page 60: Isometric Drawing Extraction

4 - 8 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

then the explanation should narrow down the possibilities to a certain extractionfacility or a certain area within the batch procedure. For example, it could be that theISOGEN interface failed or that ISOGEN failed.

3. Check for error message files (.err).

Sometimes the cause of an error is reported more specifically in the error log. Forexample, if the ISOGEN interface fails, it might be that the line did not exist in themodel. This fact would be reported to you in the error message log.

The .err file contains a note in the files list located near the top of the file. This noteindicates which file was read for type 63 data. If any of the type 63 data which couldeffect the iso (for example: MTO Options, Design Monuments, etc.) has been changed,verify that the changes have been made to the file that is being read by PD_ISO.

4. Check the log file for the batch run.

Occasionally, error messages are displayed here and are not reported in the error logfile. Also, if an error occurs or some module stack dumps, those conditions will bereported in this log.

5. Rerun the line with the DEBUG and VERIFY options enabled.

If the above steps do not lead to a resolution of the problem, use the DEBUGand VERIFY options to generate a detailed log file for the run. These optionswill also cause log files to be generated for the plotting jobs in case there is aproblem with plotting. If you cannot determine the cause of the problem, thedetailed log and any other pertinent files will need to be sent to Intergraph foran analysis of the problem.

Page 61: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5. Batch Isometric Extraction

This chapter describes how to set up and use the ISOGEN interface software for generatingisometrics in a batch process. Batch generation of isometrics is intended to be the primarymeans for generating production drawings on a project. Interactive extraction is intendedprimarily for testing the PDS interface to ISOGEN and ISOGEN itself.

Using batch Isometric extraction, you can

Generate multiple drawings in a single job

Automatically fill out the drawing title block

Automatically submit the completed drawing to the plotter.

Everything that is needed to extract an isometric (except for line name) is stored in theProject Control Database at the piping area level. The following are types of areainformation that can be found in the Project Control Database:

Area name

Equipment Area

Continuation Area

User-defined information.

Within an iso area, any number of isometric drawings can exist. The following are types ofdrawing information that can be found in the Project Control Database:

The pipeline names that are included in the drawing

Revision block data

Extraction dates

User-defined information.

Page 62: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

The Project Control Database helps you manage the isometrics produced on a project. Forexample, you can use the Project Control Database to keep track of when lines need to beextracted and to record and report on drawing issue dates.

Page 63: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 3

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.1 Initial Setup Considerations

The following procedure outlines the basic steps you should follow to use the batch extractionfacility.

Create a batch options file

Set up an options file to be used for batch extraction. For information on modifying theoptions file, see Define Default Sets, page 5 - 13 . As part of this set-up, you should alsocreate a Title Block Map that is used in generating title block information. For moreinformation on the Title Block Map, see Mapping Attributes to the Title Block, page 10 - 1 .

Create border and extraction seed files

Create the design files that will contain your isometric drawing border and a seed file thatwill be copied once for each iso produced. The seed file will contain text nodes in the drawingtitle block. During the extraction process, the software attaches text strings to these nodesso that the title block is automatically filled out.

The border file is attached to the seed file as a reference file. Refer to Creating Seed Files forExtraction, page 9 - 1 and Mapping Attributes to the Title Block, page 10 - 1 for details onsetting up these files.

Set export variables

Set the export variables that define drawing border location and other information that usedin various areas of the software for batch extraction.

ISOGEN environment variables are defined in the PDS.CMD file.

The following is a list of user-defined export variables.

ISOPATH

$ENV{’ISOPATH’} = ’node:drive:directory path\\’;

The exported ISOPATH value is loaded by default into the output path directory slot on theAdd Default Set form. It is also used as a default for the output location, Iso outputnode:Path, when extracting an interactive isometric.

ISOOPTION

$ENV{’ISOOPTION’} = ’node:drive:directory path\isoc.def’;

The exported ISOOPTION value is loaded by default into the Options File field on the AddDefault Set form. It is also used as a default for the options file, Iso Options File, whenextracting an interactive isometric.

Page 64: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

ISOSEED

$ENV{’ISOSEED’} = ’node:drive:directory path\isoc.sed’;

The exported ISOSEED value is loaded by default into the Seed File field on the AddDefault Set form. It is also used as a default for the seed design file, Iso Seed Design File,when extracting an interactive isometric.

ISOPLOT

$ENV{’ISOPLOT’} = ’node:drive:directory path\isoc_sml.i’;

The exported ISOPLOT value is loaded by default into the Plot File field on the AddDefault Set form. It is also used as a default for the plot parameters file, Iso Seed Plot File,when plotting an interactive isometric.

ISOBORDER

$ENV{’ISOBORDER’} = ’node:drive:directory path\isoc.brd’;

The exported ISOBORDER value is loaded by default into the Border File field on the AddDefault Set form.

ISOBATCH

$ENV{’ISOBATCH’} = ’node:drive:directory path\isobat\\’;

The exported ISOBATCH value is loaded by default into the Batch Job Input File field on theCreate Batch Job Input form.

ISOREPORT

$ENV{’ISOREPORT’} = ’node:drive:directory path\isorpt’;

The exported ISOREPORT value is loaded by default into the Output File field on theBatch Data Reports form.

ISOBATCHQUE

$ENV{’ISOBATCHQUE’} = ’PDisovreate’;

The exported ISOBATCHQUE value is loaded by default into the Process Queue field onthe Schedule Batch Job form.

ISO_ASCII_LOAD

$ENV{’ISO_ASCII_LOAD’} = ’node:drive:directory path\isoascii’;

The exported ISO_ASCII_LOAD value is loaded by default into the Filename field on theBulk Load Lines From ASCII File form.

Page 65: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 5

PDISOFONT

$ENV{’PDISOFONT’} = ’XX’;

The defined font must be a mono-spaced font.

The exported font PDISOFONT value defines the font that will be used on the outputisometric, both on the body of the iso, and on the MTO on the face of the iso. The defined fontmust be a mono-spaced font.

SYMDGN, SYMNDX and SYMLIB

$ENV{’SYMDGN’} = ’node:directory path\symbol.dgn’;

$ENV{’SYMNDX’} = ’node:directory path\symbol.ndx’;

$ENV{’SYMLIB’} = ’node:directory path\symbol.lib’;

The exported values SYMDGN, SYMNDX and SYMLIB are loaded into the Symbol DesignNode:File, Symbol Index Node:File and Symbol Library Node:File fields respectivelyon the Isometric Symbol Editor form.

ISOUSRREFDIM Variable and Pointing to a Specific FW+ ASCII File

This variable overrides the setting for the data file used in generating isometric drawingswith references to gridlines or structural columns.

$ENV{’ISOUSRREFDIM’}=’node:directory path\filespec.dat’;

Where: filespec.dat is the name of the gridline reference data file.

For example:$ENV{’ISOUSRREFDIM’}=’pdsserv1:e:\proj1\project\fw_bldg_a.dat’;

Intergraph option 71 must be enabled before data in the filespec.dat file can bereferenced. The following rules apply when using the ISOUSRREFDIMvariable:

If the variable is set and points to the proper location of a valid gridlinereference data file, the file will be used for placing structural references onthe isometric drawing.

If the ISOUSRREFDIM variable is set incorrectly (for example, typos inthe UNCpath or filespec), references are not displayed on the isometricdrawing.

If the ISOUSRREFDIM variable is not set in the pds.cmd file, gridlinedimensions are extracted from the fw_projname.dat file by default.

Page 66: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Overiding the default reference dimension file can be useful in situations where

a line passes between two buildings and you want to force the dimension from aspecific building rather than using the closest dimension point. See GenerateFrameWorks Reference Dimension File, page 5 - 86 for more information on theFrameWorks Dimension File.

The MicroStation uconfigure.dat file

To avoid problems while using the batch extraction feature, edit the MicroStationconfigure.dat file and comment out the command line which generates the uconfig.dat file.

#do user configure.dat(uconfigure.dat)#[ -f $MS_DIR/cfg/uconfigure.dat ] && . $MS_DIR/cfg/uconfigure.dat

The problem can occur when a uconfigure.dat file, generated for one project, overridesanother project’s export statement. This causes the isometric extraction to fail when areas,models, and lines can not be located.

Page 67: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 7

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.2 Basic Workflow for Running Batch Isometrics

Define default setups

Using the information from pre-defined export variables, define a default setup. A defaultsetup contains the network address, directory and file specification for each of the following:

options file

seed file

plot parameters file

output path

border file

Exported information can be overwritten.

For more information on defining a default set, see Define Default Sets, page 5 - 13 .

Select project options

Select the project options that define values throughout the project. These options include:

Iso Name Option - sets the convention for naming iso design files.

Drawing Number Option - sets the convention for for defining drawing names.

Project Default Set - defines the set that is used in bulk load and generating isos

Output Path Option - uses the area name in defining the output directory path for isos.The area name is appended to the output path assigned in the default set as sub-directory.

For more information on defining project options, see Define Project Options, page 5 - 22 .

Add drawings to the newly created iso area

For each pipeline that you wish to extract in batch you must first create a drawing. A singlepiping area will normally contain many drawings; usually one per each pipeline in the designfiles that comprise the area. When a drawing is created, define the name(s) of the pipeline(s)to be associated with the drawing, the output design filename and drawing number. Thedata stored for the piping area together with the data stored for a drawing provide all thesame inputs you supply when using interactive extraction.

Page 68: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 8 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

In either method, the drawing must be defined matching the format defined in

the LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the options file.

You can add drawings to a piping area by either keying in the data or downloading data froman existing model. If data from an existing model is used to define a drawing, the drawingcan be created automatically. For more information see Utilities, page 5 - 56 .

Generate a Batch Job Input File

A Batch Job Input File specifies run options and drawings/line names for isometricgeneration. When the batch job finishes, the Batch Job Input File can be either be deleted oredited so that it can be resubmitted. For more information on generating a batch job inputfile, see Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 .

Batch Processing Considerations

To achieve optimum performance of Piping Isometrics in batch mode, it is necessary tounderstand how PD_ISO processes a batch job.

As the PD_ISO software begins processing in batch mode, it creates an empty MicroStationdesign file in a temporary directory on the processing machine. Then, a number of pipingand equipment models are attached as reference. The quantity of attached models is basedon the setting of Intergraph option 60 and the continuation areas as defined through theBatch Isometric environment.

Initiate the batch job

The batch job is initiated by submitting the Batch Job Input File. A batch job can besubmitted either immediately or scheduled for a later time. For more information, seeSchedule Batch Job, page 5 - 100 .

Initial Workflow for Running Batch Isometrics

Page 69: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3 Batch Isometric Generation

This section explains how to execute the software that generates isometrics in batch mode.

You must have access to an existing PDS Piping model that contains acompleted pipeline before an isometric can be generated.

Operator Sequence

1. Select a project from the project display field.

The system highlights the project.

2. Select the Isometric Drawing Manager button to enter the extraction environment.

The system displays the Plant Design - Isometric Extraction form and prompts:Initializing Project Control Database. The active project name is also displayed in thefield located in the upper left portion of the form.

Page 70: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 10 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

3. Select the Batch button from the Isometric Extraction form.

The system activates the Batch Environment form.

4. Select Option

Select one of the appropriate options from the Batch Environment form.

Page 71: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 11

Adds, revises, deletes or copies an isometricextraction default set(s). For more information,see Define Default Sets, page 5 - 13 .

Defines a project setup from user-defined defaultsets, a format for the Iso Name option and theDrawing Number Option, and sets an optionalpath (by area name) for ISOGEN output. Formore information, see Define Project Options,page 5 - 22 .

Revises the data associated with an existing area.For more information, see Revise Iso Area, page5 - 25 .

Creates a new drawing and adds it into theProject Control Database.

A drawing must be added to the Project ControlDatabase prior to extracting it in batch mode.Each time a drawing is added to the ProjectControl Database, you define which pipelines inthe model are included in the isometric drawing.For more information, see Create Drawing, page5 - 28 .

Revises single or multiple drawings. For moreinformation, see Revise Drawing, page 5 - 33 .

Deletes single or multiple drawings from an isoarea. For more information, see Delete Drawing,page 5 - 46 .

Lists all of the drawings within an iso area. Eachlisting includes information such as primary linename (secondary and tertiary are optional),drawing number, batch reference number and isotype. For more information, see List Drawings,page 5 - 54 .

Accesses the utilities menu. The utilities areprovided to help simplify the loading of drawingsand/or areas. For more information, seeUtilities, page 5 - 56 .

Page 72: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 12 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Generates a batch extraction job file. The batchextraction job file consists of your inputs for somebatch processing options and a list of all thedrawings to be processed in a batch run. Formore information, see Create Batch Job Input,page 5 - 89 .

Schedules or submits a batch job for a previouslycreated batch input file. For more information,see Schedule Batch Job, page 5 - 100 .

Generates reports on the data in the ProjectControl Database. For more information, seeReports, page 5 - 104 .

Page 73: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 13

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.1 Define Default Sets The Define Default Sets option allows you to add, copy, revise or delete iso extraction defaultsets. Default sets are used by the extraction software to determine the location of:

Option File

Seed File

Plot File

Extracted Isos

Border File

1. Select the Define Default Sets button from the Batch Environment form.

The system displays the Isometric Extraction Default Sets form.

Initially, no default set is defined. The section Add Default Set containsthe procedure for add default sets.

Page 74: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 14 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

2. Select the Add button to add a default set.

— OR —

Select an existing default set and either the Revise, Delete or Copy button.

The system activates the selected default set and returns to the Batch Environmentform.

Page 75: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 15

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.1.1 Add Default Set 1. Select the Add button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.

The system displays the Add Default Set form.

2. Key in a default set tag name.

The system displays the Network Address, Directory and Specification fields with valuesas defined by the export variables. For more information on export variables, see InitialSetup Considerations, page 5 - 3 .

3. Key in a default set description.

Page 76: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 16 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

4. Key in the appropriate information for each field.

Option FileThe fields associated with the options file define the name and locationof the option file to be used.

Seed FileThe fields associated with the seed file define the name and location of the seed file to be used.

Plot FileThe fields associated with the plot file define the name and location of the plot file to be used.

Output PathThe fields associated with the Output Path fields define the location of the iso extraction files.

Border FileThe fields associated with the border file define the name and location of the border file to be used.

— OR —

If the export statements are defined in the control shell, the above fields will be loadedautomatically. The following are examples of export statements that can be used in thecontrol shell.

export ISOPATH=/usr/wp114b/isocert/

export ISOSEED=/usr/wp114b/isocert/isoc.sed

Page 77: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 17

export ISOOPTION=/usr/wp114b/isocert/isoc.def

export ISOPLOT=/usr/wp114b/isocert/isoc_sml.i

export ISOBORDER=/usr/wp114/isocert/isoc.brd

5. Select the accept button.

The system adds the new default set to the database and returns to the IsometricExtraction Default Sets form.

Page 78: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 18 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.1.2 Revise Default Set The Revise Default Set command allows you to revise an existing iso default set.

1. Select the Revise button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.

2. Select the default set to be revised from the list of default sets.

The system highlights the default set and displays the Revise Default Set form.

3. Select the appropriate fields and key in the new information.

Option File

The fields associated with the option file define the name and location of the option fileto be used.

Page 79: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 19

Seed File

The fields associated with the seed file define the name and location of the seed file tobe used.

Plot File

The fields associated with the plot file define the name and location of the plot file to beused.

Output Path

The fields associated with the Output Path fields define the location of the extracted isofiles.

Border File

The fields associated with the border file define the name and location of the border fileto be used.

4. Select the accept button.

The system revises the default set, updates the database, and returns to the IsometricExtraction Default Sets form.

Page 80: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 20 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.1.3 Delete Default Set The Delete Default Set command allows you to delete an iso default set.

1. Select the Delete button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.

2. Select the default set to be deleted from the list of default sets.

The system highlights the default set and displays the Delete Default Set form.

Information displayed on this form is for review purposes only.

3. Select the accept button.

The system deletes the default set and updates the database.

Page 81: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 21

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.1.4 Copy Default Set The Copy Default Set command allows you to copy an iso default set.

1. Select the Copy button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.

2. Select the default set to be copied from the list of default sets.

The system highlights the default set and displays the Copy Default Set form.

3. Key in a tag name for the new default set.

4. Key in a description for the new default set.

5. Select the accept button.

The system makes a copy of the selected default set with the new tag and description.

Page 82: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 22 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.2 Define Project Options The Define Project Options command allows you to define project options such as Iso Nameoption, Drawing Number option, project default set and output path option.

1. Select the Define Project Options button from the Batch Environment form.

The system displays the Isometric Extraction Project Options form.

2. Iso Name Option

Set the Project Default toggle to either By Line ID or By Area and Line ID.

— By Line ID refers to the line ID as defined in the options file.

— By Area and Line ID uses the first character of the area name as a prefix to theline ID.

Select the Label Number and key in a label number as it exists in the Reference DataManager’s label description library. For more information on the label descriptionlibrary, refer to the PDS Reference Data Manager document.

Page 83: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 23

If a label number is defined, it overrides the Project Default toggle setting

as the default for the Iso Name Option.

3. Drawing Number Option

Set the Project Default toggle to either By Line ID or By Area and Line ID.

— By Line ID refers to the line ID as defined in the options file.

— By Area and Line ID uses the first character of the area name as a prefix to theline ID.

Select the Label Number and key in a label number as it exists in the Reference DataManager’s label description library. For more information on the label descriptionlibrary, refer to the PDS Reference Data Manager document.

If a label number is defined, it overrides the Project Default toggle settingas the default for the Drawing Number Option.

4. Batch Job Options

These toggle switch settings define the default switch settings on the Create BatchJob Input form. Refer to Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 for more information onthe following toggles.

— Delete Existing Files / Save Existing Files

— Do Not Save Details/Save Previous Details

— Submit for Plotting / Do Not Plot

— Increment Revision Number/Do Not Increment Revision Number

5. Filename Option toggle

The Long Filename Available On NT Only setting allows iso filenames up to 24characters long. This option can only be used with isos on an NT file server.

If you are currently running an upgraded 6.3 project you must modify theDDL and database by performing the procedure as described in˜/pdiso/upd_long.txt file.

When set to Short Filename, the software only allows iso names up to 14 characterslong.

6. Output Path Option toggle

The toggle’s default setting, Create Iso Files In Output Path, will output iso files tothe main output path.

Switched from the default setting, this toggle allows batch extracted isometrics to beoutput to a subdirectory of the main output path (see Revise Default Set, page 5 - 18 formore information on revising default output paths and other project defaults). Thesubdirectory is named after the area name for the line that is being extracted.

Page 84: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 24 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

This setting is not unique to each default set, but is a project-wide setting.

Interactive extraction will continue to be output in the location defined inthe interactive screen.

7. Select a project default set.

If a project default set is not selected, the software will fail during theextraction process.

8. Select the accept button.

The system returns to the Batch Environment form.

Page 85: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 25

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.3 Revise Iso Area 1. To revise an iso area, select the Revise Iso Area button from the Batch

Environment form.

The system displays the Revise Iso Area form with a list of available piping areas.

2. Select an area from the list of areas.

Do not select accept until all revisions have been made.

The system highlights the selected area and displays it in the appropriate Area field.

3. Select one of the four display buttons located in the lower portion of the Revise IsoArea form. Available options are:

Iso Area List updates forms with a list of available iso areas.

Equipment AreaList

lists all equipment areas available in the project. These areasare needed for equipment/nozzle information.

Page 86: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 26 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Continuation AreaList

allows you to route a pipeline through multiple piping areasand show line continuation from one area to another. Forexample, consider a line, P-1000, that runs through areas Aand B. Area A should be defined as the continuation area forarea B and area B should be defined as the continuation areafor area A. You may select an area only for pipelinecontinuation.

See Intergraph Option 60 for information concerning howPD_ISO recognizes Continuation Area Data.

User Data allows you to define up to ten user data attributes that can bemapped to the title block.

The system displays a list of available areas that correspond to the selected Area Listbutton.

If the User Data button is selected, the system displays the User Dataform. To define user data, select the appropriate user data field, key inthe user data and select the accept button.

4. Select an area from the list of areas.

The system displays the selected area in the appropriate Area field.

5. Select the accept button once you have revised the iso area.

The system revises the Iso Area and updates the database.

Page 87: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 27

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.4 List Iso Areas

This option displays a list of all available iso areas. Select the appropriate area(s) and selectaccept to confirm the selection(s).

Page 88: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 28 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.5 Create Drawing The Create Drawing command allows you to create a drawing and add it to an existing isoarea.

1. Select the Create Drawing button from the Batch Environment form.

The system displays the Create Drawing form.

2. Key in a piping area name.

If the contents of the Iso Area field are changed, the system clears all the remainingfields.

— OR —

Select the Iso Area List button for a list of available iso areas.

The system displays the List Iso Areas form.

Page 89: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 29

3. Select an iso area from the form.

4. Select the accept button.

The system returns to the Create Drawing form with the selected area displayed in theIso Area field.

5. Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type that willbe associated with the newly-created drawing. Refer to the section Isometric Types formore information on Type.

6. Select the Line field and key in the primary line ID, as defined in theLINE_ID_DEFINITION of the options file, of the drawing you want to create.

The line ID cannot contain embedded blanks or the backslash character.

The system first checks that the line ID you key in is unique. An error message isdisplayed if the line ID you key in has already been defined.

To view a list of currently loaded drawings, select the Drawing Listbutton to activate the List Drawings form. The drawings are listedaccording to area and line ID.

Once a valid line ID is entered, the system loads the appropriate information into theDrawing Number and Iso Dgn Name fields.

If the Line field is changed, the system clears all the remaining fields.

Page 90: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 30 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

7. Drawing Number / Iso Dgn Name

The system displays the drawing number. The contents of this field depend upon thedrawing number option selected in the Define Project Options form.

The system displays the isometric design file name. The design file name is used fornaming subsidiary files created during the extraction. The contents of this field dependupon the iso name option selected from the Define Project Options form.

8. Line 2

Key in a secondary line name. This line name identifies a secondary line that will beincluded in the drawing. The secondary line must be connected to the line identified bythe primary line name.

This field is optional.

9. Line 3

Key in another secondary line ID. The same restrictions apply to Line 3 as to Line 2.

This field is optional.

10. Number of Sections

This field is usually left blank. When a line leaves a piping area and then returns atsome other point, such that the pipeline in the area exists in multiple disconnectedsections, then the number of sections should be specified.

This field allows you to treat a disconnected pipeline in the model as one line. Sheetnumbering is continuous. For example, if a line exists in two sections of a model andsection one generates three sheets and section two generates two sheets, then thesheets from section two will be sheets four and five of the line.

This option should not be used to extract lines that are not intentionallydisconnected. A line may or may not extract if you attempt to use thisfield to extract a pipeline not modeled correctly.

The next three fields can be used as search criteria when creating batchjob input. For more information on batch jobs and search criteria, refer toCreate Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 .

11. Batch Reference

Key in a batch reference number. The batch reference number allows you to groupdrawings within the isometric environment. If batch reference numbers are supplied,you can later specify, for example, to extract all drawings in a given area with a givenbatch reference number.

The batch reference number is optional.

Page 91: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 31

12. Model Status

Key in the model status code. The user-defined model status code helps keep track ofdrawing status. The following is a list of example codes:

N - Line has not been modeledM - Line has been modeled but not checkedC - Line has been modeled and checkedA - Drawing has been extracted and approvedR - Line has been revised since last approved

If model status codes are defined in this field, they can be used later when generating abatch job input file.

For example, you could designate that all lines in a given area be extracted with a givenmodel status.

13. Model Revised Date

Key in a date with the format DD-MMM-YYYY. This date indicates when the linescomprising the drawing have been revised. The Model Revised Date field allows youdesignate for extraction, all lines that have been revised since the last drawing revision.

14. Extraction Number

The system displays the last extraction number for the drawing.

The extraction number is incremented by one each time the drawing is extracted.

This field could be mapped to a text node near the extraction date textnode (see the description of the Extraction Date field). The extractionnumber helps distinguish between two drawings generated on the sameday.

Extraction Date

The system displays the last extraction date for the drawing.

The extraction date is automatically updated by the system when batch isometricsextraction occurs.

This field should be mapped to a text node that lies just outside of thedrawing border. This will help indicate when the drawing was generated.

Last MTO Date

The system displays the date that an MTO neutral file was last generated for thedrawing.

The MTO date is automatically updated by the system whenever an mto neutral file isgenerated along with the isometric drawing.

Page 92: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 32 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

15. Sheets Generated

The system displays the number of sheets generated by ISOGEN for the drawing the lasttime it was extracted.

The number of sheets is automatically updated by the system each time the drawing isextracted.

16. Revision block fields

RevByChkApvDateExtShtDescription

Each time the revision number is incremented, a new line of data is added to therevision block automatically. Line inputs are specified each time a batch job file iscreated.

17. Date to Mtl Control

Key in a date that indicates when the most recent MTO neutral files were passed to amaterial control system. This field must be manually updated.

18. Revision Number

The system displays the latest revision number of the drawing.

The revision number is automatically updated by the system each time a drawing isextracted.

When a batch job file is created, you indicate whether or not you want to increment therevision number during the run. If you do want to increment the number, the systemincrements the field by one. If the Revision Number field is initially blank, thesystem assumes that revision zero of the drawing is being generated.

19. Once you have completed your inputs to the form, select the accept button.

The system writes the data to the Project Control Database.

The Iso Area and Line are the required minimum inputs for the CreateDrawing form.

Page 93: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 33

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.6 Revise Drawing This command activates the Revise Drawing form which allows you to revise single ormultiple drawings. The first step in revising a drawing is to select the drawing(s) to berevised. Drawings can be selected by using one of two methods:

Select by Line ID

Select by Using Search Criteria

1. Select the Revise Drawing button from the Batch Environment form.

The system displays the Revise Drawing form.

2. Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type. Usingthis option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for revision.

3. Select either the Select By Line ID or Select Using "Search Criteria" option andfollow one the following procedures to select drawings for revision.

Page 94: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 34 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Using the ‘‘Select By Line ID Option’’ to Select Drawings

a. Select the Select By Line ID option.

b. Select the Iso Area List button for a list of available iso areas.

The system displays the List Iso Areas form.

c. Select the appropriate iso areas then select the accept button.

The system displays the List Drawings form.

Page 95: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 35

d. Select individual drawings with a data point.

— OR —

Select all of the listed drawings by selecting the Select All button.

— OR —

Cancel all highlighted drawings by selecting the Reset Selections button.

e. Select the accept button.

The system returns to the Revise Drawing form with the selected drawings listed.

f. Select the accept button and proceed to the section Revising a Single Drawing orRevising Multiple Drawings depending on the number of drawings selected forrevision.

Using the ‘‘Search Criteria’’ Option to Select Drawings

a. Select the Select Using "Search Criteria" option.

The system displays the Search Criteria fields on the Revise Drawing form.

b. Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type.Using this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for revision.

c. Define search criteria.

Page 96: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 36 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Search Criteria:

The following are search criteria that can be used separately or together to locate adrawing or group of drawings within an iso area. All defined search criteria must bemet before a drawing can be included in an isometric extraction.

Iso Area

— Key in the name of the iso area that you want to extract lines from.

— OR —

Select the Iso Area List button.

The system displays the Iso Areas form.

— Select the appropriate iso area and the accept button.

The system returns to the Revise Drawing form with the selected area in the IsoArea field.

If you want to restrict the list further, you must supply additionalcriteria such as batch reference numbers and drawing numbers.

An iso area must be selected before any other search criteria can bedefined.

Page 97: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 37

Batch Reference

Key in the batch reference number of the lines you want to extract.

To use batch reference numbers as criteria, specify them in individualdrawing records when adding drawing records to the Project ControlDatabase.

Model Status Code

Key in the status code if you want to restrict a list to all lines of a given status.

Drawing Number Low / Drawing Number High

Drawing Number High and Drawing Number Low define, by drawing number, therange of lines to retrieve.

Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the range of lines to extract.

Model Revised Date Low / Model Revised Date High

Model Revised Date Low and Model Revised Date High restricts, by model revisiondate, the list of lines to retrieve.

Key in the model revision date in either the low or high field to restrict the list of lines.

Select Subset of All Selections / Select All

This toggle allows you to revise further the previously generated list of drawings.

If the Select Subset of All Selections option is used, you must select one or moredrawings from the list of drawings in the scroll field.

If the Select All option is used, all drawings contained in the drawing list are selected.Drawings can still be unhighlighted and highlighted after this option is selected.

Review a Drawing

The Review a Drawing command allows you to review information on a singledrawing. The Select Subset of All Selections / Select All toggle must be set toSelect Subset of All Selections before selecting this command.

Reset Selections

The Reset Selections command allows you to reset the list of drawings to be revised.

Page 98: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 38 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Display Selections

The Display Selections command allows you to view the list of drawings as it isdefined by the current search criteria settings.

4. Select the accept button.

The system returns to the Revise Drawing form with the selected drawings listed.

5. Select the accept button and proceed to the section Revising a Single Drawing orRevising Multiple Drawings depending on the number of drawings selected for revision.

Revising a Single Drawing

If a single drawing is selected for revision, the system displays the Revise Single Drawingform.

a. Revise drawing information by changing the information contained in the followingfields.

Page 99: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 39

Type

Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type that willbe associated with the drawing.

Line 2

Key in a secondary line name. This line name identifies a secondary line to beextracted onto the isometric. The secondary line must be connected to the lineidentified by the primary line name.

This field is optional.

Line 3

Key in another secondary line ID. The same restrictions apply to Line 3 as to Line 2.

This field is optional.

Number of Sections

This field is usually left blank. When a line leaves a piping area and then returns atsome other point, such that the pipeline in the area exists in multiple disconnectedsections, then the number of sections should be specified.

This field allows you to treat a disconnected pipeline in the model as one line. Sheetnumbering is continuous. For example, if a line exists in two sections of a model andsection one generates three sheets and section two generates two sheets, then thesheets from section two will be sheets four and five of the line.

This option should not be used to extract lines that are not intentionallydisconnected. A line may or may not extract if you attempt to use thisfield to extract a pipeline not modeled correctly.

Batch Reference

Key in a batch reference number. The batch reference number allows you to groupdrawings within an area. If batch reference numbers are supplied, you can laterspecify, for example, that you want to extract all drawings in a given area with a givenbatch reference number.

The batch reference number is optional.

Model Status

Key in the model status code. The user-defined model status code helps keep track ofdrawing status. The following is a list of example codes:

N - Line has not been modeledM - Line has been modeled but not checkedC - Line has been modeled and checkedA - Drawing has been extracted and approvedR - Line has been revised since last approved

Page 100: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 40 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

If model status codes are defined in this field, they can be used later when generating abatch input file. For example, you could designate that all lines in a given area beextracted with a given model status.

Model Revised Date

Key in a date with the format DD-MMM-YYYY. This date indicates when the linescomprising the drawing have been revised. The Model Revised Date field allows youdesignate for extraction, all lines that have been revised since the last drawing revision.

Date to Mtl Control

Key in a date that indicates when the most recent mto neutral files were passed to amaterial control system. You must manually update this field.

Revision Number

The system displays the latest revision number of the drawing.

The revision number is automatically updated by the system each time a drawing isextracted.

When a batch job file is created, you indicate whether or not you want to increment therevision number during the run. If you do want to increment the number, the systemincrements the field by one. If the Revision Number field is initially blank, thesystem assumes that revision zero of the drawing is being generated.

Drawing Number

The system displays the active drawing number.

Iso Dgn Name

The system displays the isometric design file name. The design file name is used to namesubsidiary files created during the extraction.

The Iso design file name can be changed by selecting the Iso Dgn Name field andkeying in a new name.

Extraction Number

The system displays the last extraction number for the drawing.

The extraction number is incremented by one each time the drawing is extracted.

This field should be mapped to a text node near the extraction date textnode (see the description of the Extraction Date field). The extractionnumber helps you distinguish between two drawings generated on thesame day.

Page 101: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 41

Extraction Date

The system displays the last extraction date for the drawing.

The extraction date is automatically updated by the system when batch isometricsextraction occurs.

This field should be mapped to a text node that lies just outside of thedrawing border. This will help indicate when the drawing was generated.

Last MTO Date

The system displays the date that an MTO neutral file was last generated for thedrawing.

The MTO date is automatically updated by the system whenever an MTO neutral file isgenerated along with the isometric drawing.

Sheets Generated

The system displays the number of sheets generated by ISOGEN for the drawing the lasttime it was extracted.

The number of sheets is automatically updated by the system each time the drawing isextracted.

Revision block fields

RevByChkApvDateExtShtDescription

Each time the revision number is incremented, a new line of data is added to therevision block automatically. Line inputs are specified each time a batch job file iscreated.

User Data

Select the User Data button to revise previously defined user data. To revise userdata, select the appropriate user data field, key in the updated user data and select theaccept button.

Page 102: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 42 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Select Revisions to Delete / Delete Selected Revisions

When this toggle is set to Delete Selected Revisions, you can select individualrevisions to be deleted. When selected, each revision is highlighted in red. Whenaccept is selected, all red highlighted revisions are deleted. To remove redhighlighting from revisions, set the toggle back to Select Revisions to Delete.

Select All Revisions to Delete / Delete All Revisions

When this toggle is set to Delete All Revisions, all revisions are highlighted in red.When accept is selected, all red highlighted revisions are deleted. To remove redhighlighting from revisions, set the toggle back to Select All Revisions to Delete.

b. Once you have completed revising the form, select accept.

The system writes the revised data to the Project Control Database and returns to theRevise Drawing form.

c. Select exit to return to the Revise Drawing form.

Revising Multiple Drawings

If multiple drawings are selected for revision, the system displays the Revise MultipleDrawings form.

Page 103: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 43

a. Revise drawing information for all of the listed drawings by changing the information

contained in the following fields.

A key-in in any of the following fields, followed by the accept button, willresult in an update of all drawings listed in the scroll area.

Type

Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type that willbe associated with the drawing.

Number of Sections

This field is usually left blank. When a line leaves a piping area and then returns atsome other point, such that the pipeline in the area exists in multiple disconnectedsections, then the number of sections should be specified.

This field allows you to treat a disconnected pipeline in the model as one line. Sheetnumbering is continuous. For example, if a line exists in two sections of a model andsection one generates three sheets and section two generates two sheets, then thesheets from section two will be sheets four and five of the line.

This option should not be used to extract lines that are not intentionallydisconnected. A line may or may not extract if you attempt to use thisfield to extract a pipeline not modeled correctly.

Batch Reference

Key in a batch reference number. The batch reference number allows you to groupdrawings within an area. If batch reference numbers are supplied, you can laterspecify, for example, that you want to extract all drawings in a given area with a givenbatch reference number.

The batch reference number is optional.

Model Status

Key in the model status code. The user-defined model status code helps keep track ofdrawing status. The following is a list of example codes:

N - Line has not been modeledM - Line has been modeled but not checkedC - Line has been modeled and checkedA - Drawing has been extracted and approvedR - Line has been revised since last approved

If model status codes are defined in this field, they can be used later when generating abatch job. For example, you could designate that all lines in a given area be extractedwith a given model status.

Page 104: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 44 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Model Revised Date

Key in a date with the format DD-MMM-YYYY. This date indicates when the linescomprising the drawing have been revised. The Model Revised Date field allows youdesignate for extraction, all lines that have been revised since the last drawing revision.

Date to Mtl Control

Key in a date that indicates when the most recent mto neutral files were passed to amaterial control system. You must manually update this field.

Revision Number

The system displays the latest revision number of the drawing.

The revision number is automatically updated by the system each time a drawing isextracted.

When a batch job file is created, you indicate whether or not you want to increment therevision number during the run. If you do want to increment the number, the systemincrements the field by one. If the Revision Number field is initially blank, thesystem assumes that revision zero of the drawing is being generated.

Revision block fields

RevByChkApvDateExtShtDescription

Each time the revision number is incremented, a new line of data is added to therevision block automatically. Line inputs are specified each time a batch job file iscreated.

User Data

Select the User Data button to revise previously defined user data. To revise userdata, select the appropriate user data field, key in the updated user data and select theaccept button.

Delete Revision Record(s)

Select the Delete Revision Record(s) button to delete all of the revision historyentries. After selecting this option, the system prompts: Accept to delete all records.Select the accept button to delete the records.

Page 105: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 45

b. Once you have completed revising the form, select accept.

The system writes the revised data to the Project Control Database and returns to theRevise Drawing form.

c. Select exit to return to the Revise Drawing form.

Page 106: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 46 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.7 Delete Drawing This command activates the Delete A Drawing form that allows you to delete single ormultiple drawings. The first step in deleting a drawing is to select the drawing(s) to bedeleted. Drawings can be selected by using one of two methods:

Deleting a drawing will also delete any associated files that were created in the outputlocation as defined in the default set.

Select by Line ID

Select by Using Search Criteria

1. Select the Delete Drawing button from the Batch Environment form.

The system displays the Delete A Drawing form.

2. Select the Type field gadget and select the isometric drawing type that is associatedwith the drawing.

Page 107: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 47

3. Select either the Select By Line ID or Select Using "Search Criteria" option and

follow one the following procedures to select drawings for revisement.

Using the ‘‘Select By Line ID’’ Option to Select Drawings

a. Select the Select By Line ID option.

b. Select the Type field gadget and select the one of the isometric drawing types.Using this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for deletion.

c. Select the Iso Area List button for a list of available iso areas.

The system displays the List Iso Areas form.

d. Select the appropriate iso areas then select the accept button.

The system displays the List Drawings form.

Page 108: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 48 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

e. Select individual drawings with a data point.

— OR —

Select all of the listed drawings by selecting the Select All button.

— OR —

Cancel all highlighted drawings by selecting the Reset Selections button.

f. Select the accept button.

The system returns to the Delete A Drawing form with the selected drawingslisted.

g. Select the accept button and proceed to the section Deleting a Single Drawing orDeleting Multiple Drawings depending on the number of drawings selected forrevisement.

Using the ‘‘Search Criteria’’ Option to Select Drawings

a. Select the Select By "Line ID" option.

The system displays the Search Criteria fields on the Delete A Drawing form.

Page 109: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 49

b. Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type.Using this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for deletion.

c. Define search criteria.

Search Criteria:

The following are search criteria that can be used separately or together to locate adrawing or group of drawings within an iso area. All defined search criteria must bemet before a drawing can be included in an isometric extraction.

Iso Area

— Key in the name of the iso area that you want to extract lines from.

— OR —

Select the Iso Area List button.

The system displays the Iso Areas form.

Page 110: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 50 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

— Select the appropriate iso area and the accept button.

The system returns to the Delete A Drawing form with the selected area in the IsoArea field.

If you want to restrict the list further, you must supply additionalcriteria such as batch reference numbers and drawing numbers.

An iso area must be selected before any other search criteria can bedefined.

Batch Reference

Key in the batch reference number of the lines you want to extract.

To use batch reference numbers as criteria, specify them in individualdrawing records when adding drawing records to the Project ControlDatabase.

Model Status Code

Key in the status code if you want to restrict a list to all lines of a given status.

Drawing Number Low / Drawing Number High

Drawing Number High and Drawing Number Low define, by drawing number, therange of lines to retrieve.

Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the range of lines to extract.

Page 111: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 51

Model Revised Date Low / Model Revised Date High

Model Revised Date Low and Model Revised Date High restricts, by model revisiondate, the list of lines to retrieve.

Key in the model revision date in either the low or high field to restrict the list of lines.

Select Subset of All Selections / Select All

This toggle allows you to revise further the previously generated list of drawings.

If the Select Subset of All Selections option is used, you must select one or moredrawings from the list of drawings in the scroll field.

If the Select All option is used, all drawings contained in the drawing list are selected.Drawings can still be unhighlighted and highlighted after this option is selected.

Review a Drawing

The Review a Drawing command allows you to review information on a singledrawing. The Select Subset of All Selections / Select All toggle must be set toSelect Subset of All Selections before selecting this command.

Reset Selections

The Reset Selections command allows you to reset the list of drawings to be deleted.

Display Selections

The Display Selections command allows you to view the list of drawings as it isdefined by the current search criteria settings.

4. Select the accept button.

The system returns to the Delete A Drawing form with the selected drawings listed.

5. Select the accept button and proceed to the section Deleting a Single Drawing orDeleting Multiple Drawings depending on the number of drawings selected forrevisement.

Deleting a Single Drawing

If a single drawing is selected for deletion, the system displays the Delete A Drawing form thatcontains drawing information for the selected drawing.

Page 112: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 52 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

If you have never extracted the displayed line with the Increment Revision Notoggle option (see Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 for more information), onlythe database drawing record will be deleted. The isometric file will not be deleted.The system will display a warning message box if this situation occurs.

a. Select the accept button to delete the displayed drawing.

The system deletes the drawing and returns to the Delete A Drawing form.

Deleting Multiple Drawings

If multiple drawings are selected for deletion, the system returns to the Delete ADrawing form which contains a listing of the selected drawings.

Page 113: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 53

If any of the lines selected for deletion have never been extracted using theIncrement Revision No toggle option (see Create Batch Job Input, page 5 -89 for more information), only the database drawing records will be deleted.The isometric files will not be deleted. The system will display a warningmessage box if this situation occurs.

a. Select the accept button to delete the displayed drawings.

Page 114: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 54 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.8 List Drawings This command allows you to list all drawings within a piping area.

1. Select the List Drawings command from the Batch Environment form.

The system displays the Drawing List form.

2. Key in the piping area that contains the drawings you want to list.

— OR —

Select the Iso Area List button for a list of available iso areas.

The system displays the List Iso Areas form.

Page 115: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 55

— THEN —

Select an iso area from the form and select the accept button.

The system returns to the List Drawing form with the selected area displayed in the IsoArea field.

The system displays the drawings that are within the selected piping area. If the areadoes not exist, the system displays an error message.

Page 116: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 56 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.9 Utilities Utilities options are used to simplify building and maintaining the Project Control Databaseand in defining areas and drawing information.

1. Select the Utilities button from the Batch Data Environment form.

The system displays the Utilities form.

Page 117: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 57

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.9.1 Bulk Load Lines

The Bulk Load Lines command allows you to load multiple lines by defining a specificmodel, area or group of line numbers.

1. Select the Bulk Load Lines button from the Utilities form.

The system activates the Bulk Load Lines Form.

2. Select the Iso Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type thatwill be loaded. Refer to Isometric Types, page 21 - 1 for more information on Iso Type.

3. Key in a Default Batch Reference Number.

This field input is optional.

4. Set the Iso Name Option toggle to the appropriate setting.

Select the By Project Default setting (By Line Id or By Area and Line ID) to use theproject default set previously defined on the Isometric Extraction Project Optionsform. For more information on defining the project default set, see Define ProjectOptions, page 5 - 22 .

Page 118: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 58 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Select the By Label Number setting to use the label number previously defined on theIsometric Extraction Project Options form. For more information on defining theproject default set, see Define Project Options, page 5 - 22 .

Label number refers to the label number as it exists in the Reference DataManager’s label description library; not the label library referred to in theFiles section of the ISOGEN options file.

5. Set the Drawing Number Option toggle to the appropriate setting.

Select the By Project Default setting (By Line Id or By Area and Line ID) to use theproject default set previously defined on the Isometric Extraction Project Optionsform. For more information on defining the project default set, see Define ProjectOptions, page 5 - 22 .

Select the By Label Number setting to use the label number previously defined on theIsometric Extraction Project Options form. For more information on defining theproject default set, see Define Project Options, page 5 - 22 .

Label number refers to the label number as it exists in the Reference DataManager’s label description library; not the label library referred to in theFiles section of the ISOGEN options file.

6. Select the Default Set field to select another default set from the IsometricExtraction Default Sets form.

Select a default set from the form and select the accept button to return to the BulkLoad Lines form.

Page 119: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 59

7. Select one of the following methods of bulk loading lines.

creates drawing records for all pipelines in a selected Iso Area.

creates drawing records for all pipelines in a selected Iso Model.

creates drawing records for selected pipelines within a selected IsoModel.

Page 120: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 60 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Load by Area After the Load by Area button is selected, the system activates the Bulk Load Lines form andprompts you to select the area(s) that contain the lines to be loaded.

1. Select the appropriate area(s) and select the accept button.

The system loads all lines associated with the selected area(s) and the area definition if itdoes not currently exist.

The following form will be displayed if the ISOGEN software detects anyinvalid lines. An invalid line occurs when any attribute value defined inthe LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the option file is left blank.

Page 121: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 61

The invalid iso line information, appended with the current time, is savedinto /usr/tmp/ld*****.log after all valid iso lines have been processed.The invalid iso line log file will be appended to until the Bulk Load Linescommand is exited.

Page 122: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 62 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Load by Model After the Load by Model button is selected, the system activates the Bulk Load Lines formand prompts you to select an area.

1. Select the area that contains the appropriate models.

The system updates the form by displaying a list of available iso models that residewithin the selected iso area.

Page 123: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 63

2. Select the appropriate iso model(s) and select the accept button.

The system loads all lines associated with the selected model(s).

The following form will be displayed if the ISOGEN software detects any invalidlines. An invalid line occurs when any attribute value defined in theLINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the option file is left blank.

The invalid iso line information, appended with the current time, is saved into/usr/tmp/ld*****.log after all valid iso lines have been processed. The invalidiso line log file will be appended to until the Bulk Load Lines command isexited.

Page 124: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 64 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Load by Line After the Load by Line button is selected, the system activates the Bulk Load Lines form andprompts you to select an area.

1. Select the area that contains the appropriate model.

The system updates the form by displaying a list of available iso models that residewithin the selected iso area.

Page 125: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 65

2. Select the appropriate iso model and select the accept button.

The system updates the form by displaying a list of available iso lines that reside withinthe selected iso model.

3. Select the appropriate iso line(s) and select the accept button.

The system loads all selected lines.

The following form will be displayed if the ISOGEN software detects any invalidlines. An invalid line occurs when any attribute value defined in theLINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the option file is left blank.

Page 126: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 66 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

The invalid iso line information, appended with the current time, is saved into/usr/tmp/ld*****.log after all valid iso lines have been processed. The invalidiso line log file will be appended to until the Bulk Load Lines command isexited.

Page 127: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 67

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.9.2 Bulk Load Lines from ASCII File

Since this command does not create ISOGEN areas, the ISOGEN area you areloading lines into must exist before running this command. For moreinformation on creating a 3D piping/ISOGEN area, refer to the section Creating3D Areas and Models in the PDS Project Setup Technical Reference.

1. Select the Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File button.

The system activates the Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File form.

2. Key in the filename which contains the pipeline information to be loaded.

If the export statement is defined in the control shell, the above field willbe loaded automatically. For example: exportISO_ASCII_LOAD=/pdssk:/usr/50cert

The system generates a log file using the system filename with a .log file extension. Thisfile contains error or warning messages and also information about which areas andlines, if any, have been added to the database.

Page 128: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 68 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

3. Select the accept button.

The system checks the file for syntax errors and undefined areas. If no errors aredetected, the system adds the lines to the existing ISOGEN areas (as defined in theASCII file) and returns to the Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File form.

If no errors are detected, but warnings occur, the system displays the warningmessages and adds the areas and their respective lines to the database.

If any errors are detected, the system displays the errors and any warnings, and does notupdate the database.

The following steps are only used when warnings and/or errors aredetected during the loading process.

4. Revise File

Select the Revise File button to edit the current file using the default editor.

The system creates an editor window based on the text editor defined by the PDEDITORexport variable in the control shell.

Page 129: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 69

The following is an example of a typical ASCII file:

Projectname ! required - must be 1st line, 1st column

Begin Area ! required - Begin Area 1

IsoAreaName ! required#E EquipmentContArea ! optional - up to 5#C PipeContArea ! optional - up to 10#Un "Area User Data" ! optional - data must be between double

quotes- where n is a number : 1 - 10

"IsoType" ! optional literal string double quotesLineId ! required

#L2 LineId2 ! optional#L3 LineId3 ! optional#S NumSections ! optional#B BatchRefNum ! optional#M ModelStatusCode ! optional#Un "Drawing User Data" ! optional - data must be between double

quotes- where n is a number : 1 - 10

"IsoType" ! optional literal string double quotesLineId ! required

#L2 LineId2 ! optional#L3 LineId3 ! optional#S NumSections ! optional#B BatchRefNum ! optional#M ModelStatusCode ! optional#Un "Drawing User Data" ! optional - data must be between double

quotes- where n is a number : 1 - 10

End Area ! required - End Area 1

Begin Area ! Begin Area 2PIPE01 ! Iso Area NameAF7701PQ ! Line ID

End Area ! End Area 2

If Iso Type is not defined, ISOGEN defaults to Fabrication . Refer toIsometric Types, page 21 - 1 for more information on Iso Type.

Where the keyword:

Begin Area is the beginning of an area record.End Area is the end of area record.#E is the continuation equipment areas.#C is the continuation pipe areas.#Un is user data and a number 1 - 10.#L2 is LineId 2.#L3 is LineId 3.#S is the number of sections.#B is the batch reference number.#M is the model status code.! is a comment line

The keywords listed above must precede any information they areassociated with. For example, a batch reference number called steam unitwould have to appear in the ASCII file as: #B STEAM_UNIT.

Page 130: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 70 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

No spaces are allowed between the # and the letters.

KEYWORDS are not case sensitive. For example, Begin Area = BEGINarea = BEGIN AREA, #E = #e

User data, #Un, must be enclosed in double quotes.

Tabs, spaces and blank lines are allowed anywhere within the file.

The project name will be used as a check to verify that the file belongs tothe current project. The project name must be on the first line in the firstcolumn.

Comments may be included on any row by using a !. Anything after the !up to a newline <CR> is considered part of the comment.

5. Process another file

Select the Process another file button to dismiss the displayed warning/errormessages and display the Filename and Log Filename fields. Return to step 2.

6. Process "Areas With No Syntax Errors"

Select the Process "Areas With No Syntax Errors" button to continue processingareas that have the correct syntax.

Page 131: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 71

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.9.3 Isometric Symbol Editor

ISOGEN provides an extensive library of symbols that you can select to map PDS symbolnames to isometric drawing symbols. If the drawing symbology for some of these symbols isinadequate, you can redefine them to have new symbology.

It is recommend that you copy the provided design files and index files whencreating new symbols. These files are the symbol.dgn and symbol.ndx files thatare located in the directory ˜/pdiso/dat.

The symbol definition process consists of the following steps:

1. Draw the symbol in graphics by using the Symbol Definition Software.

2. Create a symbol library from the graphics generated in step 1.

3. Add the symbol library to the options file.

4. Change the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map, as needed, so that PDS items are mapped tothe appropriate ISOGEN SKEY.

The working units of the copied symbol.dgn file are defined as the following:

Master Units : MSub Units : MMsub units per master unit: 1000uor per sub unit : 1000

The Data readout accuracy is set to .02. The scale and angle locks and grid display may beturned ON to make symbol construction easier.

The following grid setup works well and can be saved using the MicroStationfile designed option:

GU=0: .10GR=10

Page 132: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 72 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment

1. Select the Iso Symbol Editor button from the Utilities form.

The system displays the Isometric Symbol Editor form.

2. Define the Symbol Design, Symbol Index and Symbol Library fields to define thelocation of those files. Use the format nodename:path to define the location of eachfile. For example: mynode:/usr/ip32/pdiso/dat/symbol.dgn.

You can set the PDS Environment Variables: SYMDGN, SYMNDX andSYMLIB to define default values for these fields.

You can key in the name of a previously-created, symbol index file nameby two methods. You can key in the name when revising a symbol thathas been defined in a previous session. Also, you can key in the namewhen adding a new symbol to a 2-D design file that already contains oneor more user-defined symbols.

Page 133: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 73

If a single index file is not maintained for each design file that containsuser-defined symbols, you will have difficulty converting the design filegraphics into an ISOGEN symbol library.

It is recommended that all symbols be defined in one design file with onecorresponding index file.

3. After defining the fields in the previous step, select the Symbol Editor button to enterthe MicroStation environment and activate the Isometric Symbol Definition form.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Input Area Options

Various components of the isometric symbol can be created and/or revised using thecommands in the Input area and the Symbol Origin command located on the IsometricSymbol Definition form.

Old Skey

Select the Old Skey field, and key in an old skey for the symbol you are defining. The oldskey is an existing symbol key chosen from Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables.

When defining a new symbol, some of the default properties of the new symbolare inherited from the old one. The basic skeleton or connect point geometry ofa new symbol may not vary from that of the old symbol. For example, you mustnot define a new angled fitting based on a straight-through fitting.

Page 134: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 74 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

New Skey

Select the New Skey field, and key in a new skey. The new skey is the symbol key of thesymbol that is currently being defined.

The following notes apply to new skey:

If you leave the new skey blank, the old symbol will be redefined. If the oldskey is variable end prep (that is, the old skey ends with the characters **), thesymbol will be redefined for all end preps. If the old skey is specified with aspecific end prep, only the symbol with that end prep will be redefined.

If you specify a new skey, a new symbol of that name will be created. The newskey may end with the characters ** to indicate that the symbol is variable endprep.

If the old skey is a valve operator and the new skey is left blank, all valvesymbols that currently use that operator symbol will be redefined with the newoperator.

If the old skey is a valve operator and a new skey is specified, the operator mustbe explicitly attached to new valve symbols (using the spindle key input field).

The new skey must never be the same as one of the old skeys that have beenpreviously defined for ISOGEN.

The system checks the index file to see if the current combination of old and new skey alreadyexists.

— THEN —

If the combination exists, the software recognizes that an existing user-defined symboldefinition is being revised. The software will then perform a window area about the redefinedsymbol graphics that you previously placed in the design file.

— OR —

If the combination does not exist in the index file, the software knows that the symbol is beingredefined for the first time.

Symbol Origin

If you are revising an existing iso symbol, do not define a symbol origin.

The Symbol Origin command defines an area in which the new iso symbol will be created.All iso symbol graphics must be contained within the defined area.

Select the Symbol Origin button from the Isometric Symbol Definition form.

The symbol origin is the lower left hand corner of a rectangular area in which the newsymbol will be drawn. The rectangular area is approximately 20 x 25 mm.

Page 135: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 75

Position the rectangular area and place a data point to place it. Once the area is placed, youmust draw the iso symbol using only MicroStation Line and Linestring commands.

No circles or closed shapes can be used. Keep the symbol as simple and assymmetrical as possible. Use approximately one-fourth of the block for the rightproportion of your new symbol.

Do not move or change the area once it is placed.

Spindle Key

Spindle Key defines the operator subsymbol that will be attached to this symbol when it isdrawn in the isometric. There are 12 existing spindle keys defined in the table in AppendixB: Alias ISOGEN Tables. You can also define new spindles (operators). If the symbol doesnot require a spindle, this field can be left blank if the symbol does not require a spindle.

ScaleFactor

ScaleFactor is used to scale the plotted shape up or down relative to the dimensions used indrawing the symbol. A value of 100 (which is recommended) will give a scaling factor of 1.

Orientation

Orientation is used to define the type of fitting drawn. This number is used forautomatically creating a mirror image symbol.

Available options include:

Symmetrical - none (symbol is symmetrical)Flow Direction Dep - flow direction dependent (for example, check valve)Large to Small Bore - large to small bore (for example, reducer)Flange Start - flange start (for example, has a gasket to the left)

Flow Arrows

Flow Arrows defines the flow arrow for the symbol. Available options include:

Use Old SKEY - same as the old skeyNo - never has a flow arrowYes - has a flow arrow

Dimensions

Dimensions control how the fitting or symbol is dimensioned. Available options include:

Use Old SKEY - same as the old skeyOff - dimensions offOn - dimensions on

Page 136: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 76 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Lagging/Tracing

Lagging/Tracing controls the insulation and heat tracing display on the fitting.

Available options include:

Use Old SKEY - same as old skeyBoth Off - both offLagging On - lagging onTracing On - tracing onBoth On - both on

Setting values in option block words 61 and 62 causes ISOGEN to drawinsulation and tracing on every component. These symbols definition optionsenable you to override the options block switches. For example, even thoughinsulation and tracing on components are enabled, the previous options allowyou to specify that for a specific component neither value should be displayed.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Assembling an Isometric Symbol

The different components that make a user-defined isometric symbol include:

Symbol Origin Dynamically displays a drawing symbol area (discussedpreviously).

Start Point The in point of the symbol; analogous to a connect point in PDSterminology. The point where the symbol will connect to adjacentsymbols.

End Point The out point of the symbol. Also, a point where the symbol willconnect to an adjacent symbol.

Spindle Point The point where a valve operator attaches to a symbol. Similar tothe symbol origin in the PDS world.

Tap Points Branch points on a symbol. Points where other piping componentscan be attached to the symbol. Tap points are not exactlyanalogous to PDS taps. A redefined symbol will usually haveseveral tap points; however, when a drawing is created normally,only one or two will be used.

Symbol Symbol graphics consist of the lines and line strings that arealways drawn when a symbol is drawn in a drawing.

Lagging Lagging graphics consist of the lines and line strings that are onlydrawn when the lagging on the symbol is enabled.

Tracing Tracing graphics consist of the lines and line strings that are onlydrawn when the heat tracing on the symbol is enabled.

Page 137: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 77

The following are guidelines that should be used when assembling components into a symbol.

1. In this example, the symbol is created in a coordinate system where the x-axis ishorizontal and the y-axis is vertical. The origin of the coordinate system should fall ona point of symmetry of the symbol. Thus, the y-axis will bisect the symbol. The symbolstart point will usually fall on the x-axis.

2. The only valid connect point geometries that you can define are the following:

End point (for example, caps, plugs, blind flanges)

Straight through (for example, valves, flanges)

Offset (for example, eccentric reducer, flange)

90 degree change of direction (for example, angle valve)

3-way (for example, 3-way valve)

4-way (for example, 4-way valve)

Other geometries must be obtained through the use of fitting taps. This requirementimpacts the definition of symbols in the PDS environment.

When defining a symbol in PDS, you must consider the ISOGEN symbol to which youwill map when selecting the connect point geometry. If any connect point geometrydoes not map to an ISOGEN connect point geometry, extraction will not be performedproperly.

Example:

In this example, a specialty item that resembles a lateral needs to be defined in bothPDS and within ISOGEN, so that it properly extracts to a drawing.

Appendix B states that no symbols exist with connect point geometry that satisfies therequirements of the speciality item. (In fact, you can map the specialty item to a TEXX(which is a tee); however, the symbology for a TEXX is not acceptable, and the TEXXcan not be redefined.)

In one solution, you can define the basic connect point skeleton of the item in both PDSand ISOGEN as a straight-through component. Although, the branch off the side canbe a tap, you can not draw graphics that extend from the ISOGEN symbol for thebranch. This is because you can not force ISOGEN to use a specific tap on the isosymbol. You must define several tap points and allow ISOGEN to choose the one thatgives the best graphic representation of the component and connecting piping.

3. When defining graphics that are drawn between the end prep symbols, your symboldefinition should not contain any end prep graphics.

4. When defining an offset fitting, the flow should go from top left to bottom right in thesymbol coordinate system. For example, an eccentric reducer would be drawn with thelarge end on the left and the small end on the right, with the flat side down or at thebottom of the symbol. Flanged offset fittings must be created with the end prepgraphics drawn integrally with the symbol.

Page 138: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 78 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

5. If angled fittings consist of two or more legs, all legs of a redefined angled fitting must

be identical. When you define the angled fitting, you draw only a single leg. The otherlegs are created automatically by ISOGEN. The leg that you draw must besymmetrical about the x-axis of the symbol coordinate system. The start point of theleg must be to the left of the y-axis and the end point must be the pivot point or theorigin of the symbol. All legs of an angled fitting must have a common pivot point (thisrequirement excludes redefinition of symbols like the angle block BA**).

Allowable and unallowable angled shapes

6. A symbol can have up to nine tap points. When distributing tap points, observe thefollowing rules.

No more than three tap points can be placed on the x axis.

No more than three tap points can be placed on the y axis.

No more than three tap points can be placed above the x axis.

No more than three tap points can be placed below the x axis.

No more than three tap points can be placed left of the y axis.

No more than three tap points can be placed right of the y axis.

The previously-listed rules are not checked during symbol creation, butare verified when the symbol is written to the symbol library. The symbolwill not be written if any of the limits are exceeded.

To use tap points that are not on the x or y axis, when the symbol is drawn, observe thefollowing rules:

Outer tap points in the y-axis direction must be located at least 5 mm from the y-axis if they are to be used.

Outer tap points in the x-axis direction must be located by at least the greater of 5mm or 10% of the symbol length down the x-axis if they are to be used.

Page 139: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 79

When a component with taps in the model is mapped to a symbol without taps, the tappoint is assumed to be at the center of the symbol. None of the default ISOGENsymbols have defined tap points.

A symmetrical symbol should have symmetrically distributed tap points so thatISOGEN always finds an appropriate tap point no matter how the symbol is oriented ina drawing.

Tap points on a flange

7. Redefined symbols can not be too large. Otherwise, problems may occur with graphicinterferences within the drawings.

The amount of space reserved in a drawing for a symbol is always based on that of theold skey. Therefore, you should keep your symbol approximately the same size as theone it is based on. Using this criteria, most symbols should be between 8 and 12 mmlong and 4 to 8 mm tall. Sketches of several of the original ISOGEN symbols appear inAppendix E: ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions.

8. In redefining a valve operator symbol, you must follow these rules:

The start point of the symbol must be the point where the operator attaches to thevalve.

The operator must be defined on its side with the stem lying along the x-axis andthe handwheel lying along the y-axis.

9. Two alternatives exist for defining pipe supports:

The pipe support symbol does not have an orientation (like the default ISOGENpipe support symbol). In this case, the start and end points of the symbol shouldbe located at the same point. The graphics should be symmetrical about the x-axis.

Page 140: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 80 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

The pipe support symbol has an orientation much like a valve operator does.

In this case, the symbol definition should take place in two steps.

— Redefine the pipe support so that it consists of only a start point, an end point, and aspindle point all located at the same place. The spindle key for this pipe supportshould be set so that a valve operator is attached when the symbol is placed.

— Define the valve operator that will actually be the pipe support graphics.

With these guidelines, you should select commands from the tutorial and locate thevarious symbol components. Each tutorial command is described in the followingsections.

Start Point

You use this command to specify the start point of the symbol. After you select thecommand, you must identify the point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbolmust contain one and only one start point.

You can use the MicroStation view manipulation commands while drawing thesymbol graphics. You must cancel out of view commands, however, beforemaking subsequent tutorial selections.

You can use the MicroStation element manipulation commands to modifygraphics that you place to build the symbol.

The system responds by placing a heavy cross at the point you specify.

End Point

Use this command to define the end point of the symbol. After you select the command, youmust identify the point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol must containone and only one end point.

The system responds by placing a heavy cross at the point you specify.

Fit Symbol Command

The Fit command is used to perform a fit operation on the symbol definition area. Select theFit command and place a data point in the view to fit the symbol.

The system responds by doing a window area about the box that encompasses the currentsymbol definition.

Page 141: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 81

Solid Line

Select this command just prior to drawing symbol graphics with the MicroStation place lineand place linestring commands. Symbol graphics can consist of lines and linestrings only.

The system responds by setting the line code to solid.

Lagging

Select this command just prior to drawing insulation graphics using the MicroStation placeline and place linestring commands. Insulation graphics can consist of lines and linestringsonly.

The system responds by setting the line code to long dash.

Tracing

Select this command just prior to drawing heat tracing graphics using the MicroStation placeline and place linestring commands. Heat tracing graphics can consist of lines andlinestrings only.

The system responds by setting the line code to dot dash.

Spindle Point

Use this command to define the spindle point of the symbol. After selecting this command,you must identify the point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol can containonly one spindle point.

The system responds by placing a heavy cross at the point you specify.

Tap Points

Use the Tap Points command to define tap points on the symbol. After you select thiscommand, identify a point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol can containup to 9 tap points.

The system responds by placing a heavy cross at the point you specify.

Accept

Choose Accept to indicate that the symbol definition is complete.

The system responds by checking your definition to confirm that it contains a start point andend point. The system then adds a new record to the symbol index file.

Page 142: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 82 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Clear Command

Choose Clear to stop work on the current symbol and reinitialize the tutorial.

The system responds by erasing all tutorial inputs and a fit operation is performed on thedesign file.

Delete Command

Choose Delete to delete the current symbol.

The system responds by deleting all of the symbol graphics and any record that may have beenwritten to the symbol index file.

Exit

Select the Exit command when you are finished redefining symbols.

The system responds by closing the symbol index file and deactivating the symbol definitiontutorial.

Page 143: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 83

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Creating a User-defined Symbol Library

After drawing the symbol graphics with the Symbol Definition Software, you must generate asymbol library. To create the symbol library, select the Update Symbol Library buttonfrom the Isometric Extraction Utilities form.

Before Using This Command

You must have created a design file containing user-defined symbols, and you must also havethe corresponding symbol index file. The system performs the following processes whenupdating the symbol library.

The system verifies that the symbol file (defined in the Isometric Symbol Editor Screenform) exists. If the file does not exist, the system displays an error message and returns to theIsometric Symbol Editor Screen form.

The system verifies that the index file (defined in the Isometric Symbol Editor Screenform) exists. If the file does not exist, the system displays an error message and returns to theIsometric Symbol Editor Screen form.

The system displays the following messages at the start of each phase of processing.

Stroking design file contents...

Converting ASCII symbols to binary...

Upon completion, the system prompts

Symbol library successfully created

If any errors are encountered during processing, refer to the log file that iswritten to the ˜/pdiso/dat directory.

Page 144: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 84 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Using the Newly-created Symbol Library

To use the newly-created symbol library, you must first perform three actions:

1. Edit the options file, and add the binary symbol library file name to the FILES table.Refer to The Options File, page 7 - 1 for more information on the FILES table.

2. Edit the NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS table in the options file where necessary. Refer to TheOptions File, page 7 - 1 for more information on the NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS table.

3. Modify the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map so that PDS symbols map to the newly-definedISOGEN symbols.

Page 145: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 85

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.9.4 Delete Drawing Records With Undefined Iso Type

This command deletes all isometric drawings that do not have an associated Type(fabrication, Spool, etc.). If you need to assign a Type to a drawing, one can be assigned byusing the Revise Drawing command.

All records that have been written to pdtable_185 in the project database musthave an assigned iso Type or they cannot be extracted.

Page 146: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 86 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.9.5 Generate FrameWorks Reference Dimension File

The FrameWorks Reference Dimension File command allows you to generate an ASCIIfile that is used by Intergraph option 71 to place reference dimension in the isometricdrawing. For more information on Intergraph option 71 refer to the section, The OptionsFile.

Structural elements are placed in FrameWorks Plus by using one of tenavailable cardinal points. Each cardinal point represents a different point onthe cross-section of a structural member. For example, an I-beam can be placedusing cardinal point 5 (CP5)which is the center of its cross section or it can beplaced by CP6 the right-center point on the beam’s cross-section. The choice ofcardinal point takes on additional relevance when using the Isometric ColumnReference (Intergraph option 71) because this is the point that the pipeline willuse as a reference.

In the previous graphic, the same pipeline is extracted twice. In the topextraction, column C_25 was placed using CP5 (center-center) while the bottomextraction was placed using CP6 (right-center). In both cases, the referencedcolumn is in the same physical location and the position of the pipeline isunchanged. However, note that the easterly dimension varies by half thethickness of the column.

Since the Structural Column Reference option (Intergraph option 71) referencesstructural elements according to their active cardinal point at the time of placement.It is highly recommended that structural columns be placed by CP5 (center-center).

1. Select the Frameworks Reference Dimension File button from the IsometricExtraction Utilities form.

Page 147: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 87

The system activates the Create Reference Dimension File form.

The information in the FrameWorks ASCII Data Filename and theLog Filename fields is for display purposes only. The fields display thenodename and location to which the dimension file and log file will bewritten.

2. Select the Batch Queue pulldown gadget and select the queue that will be used togenerate the dimension file.

3. Set the Submit Batch Immediately/Delay Batch Submit Time toggle.

Select the Submit Batch Immediately option to run the job immediately.

Select the Delay Batch Submit Time to specify a run time for the job. Define the runtime by keying in the day of the week (Mon, Tue, etc.), the time and then select AM orPM.

Page 148: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 88 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

4. After the Batch Queue and the Submit Batch toggle have been set, select the acceptbutton.

The system generates the FrameWorks ASCII Data file and log file.

Page 149: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 89

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.10 Create Batch Job Input To extract isometrics using the batch software, you must create a batch job input file. Thebatch job file is an ASCII data file that is submitted to the batch extraction software as aninput file.

You create the batch input file by identifying which lines to create drawings for and settingthe options that determine how the job will be processed. Lines can be selected for the batchinput file using one of two methods. These include defining search criteria to select largegroups of lines and selecting lines by line ID.

Once a batch input file is created, it can be scheduled by using the Schedule Batch Jobcommand. Refer to Schedule Batch Job, page 5 - 100 for more information.

1. Select the Create Batch Job Input button from the Batch Environment form.

The system displays the Create Batch Job Input form.

When the accept button is selected on this Create Batch Job Input form,line ID records will be written to the batch job input file using this form’scurrent search criteria. Be sure that you do not select accept on this formunless you have set the appropriate search criteria. Select cancel (X) to exitthe form without writing line records.

Page 150: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 90 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

2. Batch Job Input File

Key in the batch job input file name. If a file name is not keyed in, the system optionsto the exported variable ISOBATCH.

The system checks that the existing file is a valid batch job input file and that it wasgenerated from the same Project Control Database.

If the file already exists the system will display the Overwrite, Append andReview/Edit buttons. Select the Overwrite to overwrite the batch input file or selectAppend to append the information to the existing batch input file information. SelectReview/Edit to display the batch input file in the default editor.

The default editor is notepad. You can use the export variablePD_EDITORto define a different default editor.

3. Default Set Option

Select the Default Set Option field to select another default set from the IsometricExtraction Default Sets form.

Page 151: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 91

Select a default set from the form and select the accept button.

The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form and displays the selecteddefault set and description in the Default Set Option field.

4. Delete Existing Files / Save Existing Files toggle

If the Delete Existing Files option is selected, the system will overwrite allmiscellaneous files that were created as a result of a previous isometric generation.These files include any ISOGEN output you have enabled using the options file anderror message files produced by the ISOGEN software.

If the Save Existing Files option is selected, the system will not delete any of thegenerated miscellaneous files.

This toggle will not purge old versions of the MTO neutral files. Thebatch extraction software uses the extraction number to name the neutralfiles.

Example:

The MTO neutral file is named as follows:

iso name + sheet number + .b + extr number

So, a MTO file named CW10022.b7 is the MTO neutral file for iso CW1002, sheet 2,from extraction number 7.

As shown in the above example, the MTO neutral file generated by the ISOGENinterface is split up into multiple files by the batch extraction software. Each new MTOfile contains the material associated with a single isometric drawing sheet.

Page 152: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 92 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

If you choose not to delete the existing files, the existing iso will be copied

to "output path"/isolast/ .

5. Do Not Save Details/Save Previous Details toggle

If the Do Not Save Details option is selected, the system ignores any previously addedgraphics.

If the Save Previous Details option is selected, the system adds all manually addedMicroStation graphics of the previous isometric drawing version to the new version.

Before using the Save Previous Details option, the MicroStation file, edg.exe,must be loaded locally to the workstation that will be used to process theisometric drawings.

The software looks in the output directory (as specified in the area level data) for eachdrawing sheet as it is produced. If a drawing sheet is found, then all graphics thatreside on levels 61 through 63 are merged into the new version of the drawing. Thisallows you to add manual details that will be retained from version to version of thedrawing.

Some changes, particularly those made to the isometric drawing itself, willnot be acceptable or correct when merged into a new version of thedrawing.

6. Submit for Plotting / Do Not Plot toggle

If the Submit for Plotting option is selected, the selected isometric drawings will besubmitted for plotting.

A Plot Request file name must be specified in the default set. For moreinformation, see Define Default Sets, page 5 - 13 .

If the Do Not Plot option is selected, none of the isometric drawings will be plotted.

7. Increment Revision Number/Do Not Increment Revision Number toggle

If the Increment Revision Number option is selected, the system will update thedrawing revision block when an isometric is successfully generated.

If the Do Not Increment Revision Number option is selected, the system will notupdate the revision block. You will encounter problems later when attempting to deletea drawing if a revision history does not exist for a drawing. Refer to Delete Drawing,page 5 - 46 for more information about deleting drawings.

When the batch job is run, the system will use the inputs for By, Chk,Date and Descr to update the revision block for the drawing in the ProjectControl Database.

8. By, Chk, Date, Descr

To increment drawing revision numbers, key in information to these fields to specify therevision block data.

Page 153: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 93

The data will be written back to the Project Control Database only if the

isometric is successfully extracted. If you leave the Date field blank, thecurrent date will be used.

The Date field allows you to specify an issue date for the isometric that is differentfrom the current date. If, for example, you are extracting a number of drawings over aperiod of a few days for issue on a given date, you should key in that issue date to thisfield.

Rather than key in Chk initials at extraction time, you might want toupdate the Project Control Database with Chk and Aprv initials after thedrawing has been plotted.

9. Search Criteria:

The following are search criteria that can be used separately or together to locate adrawing or group of drawings within an iso area. All defined search criteria must bemet before a drawing can be included in an isometric extraction.

Type

Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type. Usingthis option will help limit the number of drawings displayed.

Iso Area

Key in the name of the iso area that you want to extract lines from.

— OR —

a. Select the Iso Area List button.

The system displays the Iso Areas form.

Page 154: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 94 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

b. Select the appropriate iso area and the accept button.

The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with the selected area inthe Iso Area field.

To restrict the list further, you must supply additional criteria such asbatch reference numbers and drawing numbers.

Batch Reference

Key in the batch reference number of the lines you want to extract.

To use batch reference numbers as criteria, specify them in individualdrawing records when adding drawing records to the Project ControlDatabase.

Model Status Code

Key in the status code if you want to restrict a list to all lines of a given status.

Drawing Number Low / Drawing Number High

Drawing Number High and Drawing Number Low define, by drawing number, therange of lines to extract.

Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the lines to extract.

— OR —

Page 155: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 95

a. Activate a cursor in the Drawing Number Low field by placing a data point.

b. Select the Drawing List button.

The system activates the List Drawings form.

c. Select the drawing that will represent the low drawing number and select theaccept button.

The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with the selecteddrawing displayed in the Drawing Number Low field.

d. Repeat the above steps for the Drawing Number High field.

10. Do Not Use Model Revised Date / Use Model Revised Date toggle

Select the Use Model Revise Date option to specify that only lines whose ModelRevised date is greater than the last drawing revision date can be included in the list oflines to extract.

11. Once all of the necessary search criteria has been set, select the accept button to beginprocessing.

If enabled, the system displays the Write to Batch Input File Cancel/Accept form.

Page 156: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 96 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

12. Select the Accept button to begin posting the list to the batch input file.

The Write to Batch Input File Cancel/Accept form is an added featureto help prevent new users from writing an unnecessary number of lines tothe batch input file. To prevent the form from being displayed, add thefollowing environment variable:

In the pds.cmd file, $ENV{’NO_CONFIRM_WRITE_BJ’} = ’anything’;

13. Select By Line ID

The Select by Line ID button can be used instead of the various search criteria toselect lines for the batch input file. It allows you to select individual lines for extractionas opposed to defining different search criteria to select a specific group of lines.

a. Select the Select By Line ID button.

The system displays the List Iso Areas form.

Select an iso area and the accept button.

The system displays a second Create Batch Job Input form which lists all linescontained within the selected iso area.

Page 157: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 97

b. Select the lines to be included in the batch file.

— OR —

Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type.Using this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for selection.

— OR —

Select the Select All button to include all of the listed files in the batch file.

— OR —

Select the Iso Area List button to select a different iso area from the List IsoAreas form.

Use the Reset Selection button at any time to cancel all previousline selections.

c. Select the accept button once all of the appropriate lines have been selected.

The system activates the third Create Batch Job Input form. The By, Chk,Date and Description fields will be initialized with the input values that wereentered in step 8.

Page 158: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 98 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

d. If necessary, select the By, Chk, Date, and Description fields on the form andkey in the appropriate information for each line.

If any of the previously mentioned fields are revised, each line isposted to the batch input file with separate option lines. If the fieldsare not revised, all of the selected lines will be posted to the batchinput file under the same option lines.

e. Select the accept button

The system posts the list to the batch input file.

14. Iso Type

This field is for review purposes only. It displays the type of drawings that are listed.

15. Iso Area List

This button displays the List Iso Areas form. When an Iso Area is selected from theform and accepted, the system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with theiso area in the Iso Area field.

16. Drawing List

This button displays the List Iso Areas form. Once an area(s) is selected and accepted,the systems displays the List Drawings form. Select the cancel button to dismiss theform and return to the Create Batch Job Input form.

Page 159: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 99

17. Schedule Batch Job

This button displays the Schedule Batch Job form. Refer to the next section,Schedule Batch Job, for more information.

Page 160: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 100 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.11 Schedule Batch Job The Schedule Batch Job command allows you to schedule a batch job for isometric extraction.

1. Select the Schedule Batch Job button from the Batch Environment form.

The system activates the Schedule Batch Job form.

2. Batch Input File

Key in the name of the batch input file that was previously created using the CreateBatch Job Input command from the Batch Environment form. Blank fields in thefile specification will be defaulted according to the current default directory.

If the file name does not exist, an error message will be displayed at the bottom of theform.

If the file name is valid, the remaining fields in the form will be given default valueswith the exception of the Run Time fields.

Page 161: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 101

3. System Log File

Key in the name of a log file.

This field allows you to create a log of the command execution as the job processes inbatch. This log is useful when you are having difficulties getting the batch software tooperate. It contains a log of all error messages issued by the various software modulesused to create an isometric.

The System log file (.job file) is different from the batch log file (.log file) created by thebatch procedure. The system log file is named using the batch input file name togetherwith a file extension of .job. The batch log file contains an entry for each attempted runtogether with an error code and/or message when the run fails.

All .job and .log files are written to the same directory as the batch jobinput file. If this is not the case, have your system administrator checkthe hosts.nqs file to verify write permissions.

If the batch job input file name remains the same, the .log file willmaintain a cumulative history of each successive run.

4. Job Name

Key in a batch job name. This is the name for the batch run which will show up in thebatch queue when you key in the qstat PDisocreate command. The default jobname is the batch input file name.

5. Process Queue

Select one of the queues from the pull down list. The selected batch queue will extractthe lines as defined in the batch input file.

The queues displayed in the Process Queue field are chosen first fromthe queues defined in the PDiso_batch portion of the queue_descript file(located in the project directory). If no queues are defined in thequeue_descript file, the system generates a Process Queue list fromlocally defined queues.

Valid queue names include: PDiso_batch, PDiso_bat_1, PDiso_bat_*.

6. Mail Notify

Key in the email path of the machine that will be sent a mail message when the batchiso processing completes. A default for this field is provided by your system managerwhen the iso extraction product is installed on your system.

The mail message contains the identification of the batch job input file, the ProjectControl Database name, a brief error message, and an error code. The error code isexplained in more detail in Appendix A.

7. Plot Queue

Select one of the queues from the pull down list. This field is only displayed if the filedefined in the Batch Job Input File field was created with the Submit for Plottingtoggle turned on. Refer to Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 for more information ondefining batch job input files.

Page 162: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 102 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

The queues displayed in the Plot Queue field are chosen first from the

queues defined in the PDiso_plot portion of the queue_descript file (locatedin the project directory). If no queues are defined in the queue_descriptfile, the system generates a Plot Queue list from locally defined queues.

If locally defined queues are used, only the pipe queues that are definedwill be displayed in the Plot Queue pull down list. To display local devicequeues, create a pipe queue that points to the device queue.

Valid queue names include: PDiso_plot, PDiso_plot_1, PDiso_plt_*.

8. Plot Copies

Keyin the number of copies to be plotted for each extracted line.

9. Do Not Generate PDME Data / Generate PDME Data

When set to Generate PDME Data, ISOGEN creates a .pdm file in the iso outputdirectory. The resulting .pdm file is used when exporting data to PDME (Plant DataMaintenance Environment). Refer to the Export to PDME command in the PDSProject Administrator document for information.

When using this option, Intergraph options 4 (ISOGEN component vssheet number file) and 20 (Intergraph MTO Neutral File) must be set to 1(active).

10. Do Not Extract Existing Sheets / Re-Extract Existing Sheets

When set to Do Not Extract Existing Sheets, ISOGEN extracts the line anddetermines the amount of information that will be placed on each sheet and splits themaccordingly.

When set to Re-Extract Existing Sheets, ISOGEN extracts the line normally.However, unlike the previous toggle setting, the system honors the previous extraction’spagination. Refer to Repeatability, page 15 - 1 for additional information.

This toggle should be set to Do Not Extract Existing Sheets if extensivechanges are being made to a pipeline. If extensive revisions are made to aline and the previous pagination is honored, the result may be a sheet thatcontains too much information to decipher.

11. Do Not Save Sheet Extraction Data / Save Sheet Extraction Data

When the toggle is set to Save Sheet Extraction Data, the system generates andstores repeating data in the project and design databases. Repeating data includessuch information as: traversal startpoint (saved to the project database) and theextracted item’s iso sheet number (saved to the design database). Refer toRepeatability, page 15 - 1 for additional information.

This toggle should be set to Do Not Save Sheet Extraction Data untilthe design is stable and your isometrics are ready to be issued for the firsttime.

Page 163: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 103

12. Verify On / Verify Off toggle

Select the Verify On option to turn on batch job verification.

Select the Verify Off option to turn off batch job verification.

When verification is on, a log of all system commands executed by the batch extractionprocedure is saved in the iso output directory.

Do not enable verification when large numbers of iso’s are being createdsince the resulting log files will use a large amount of disk space.

13. Debug On / Debug Off toggle

Select the Debug On option to enable the debugging logic in the batch job.

Select the Debug Off option to disable the debugging logic in the batch job.

The debugging logic causes the values of several batch procedure variables to bedisplayed in the system log file. This option is useful for tracking down problems orsubmitting problems to Intergraph.

14. Submit Batch Immediately/Delay Batch Submit Time toggle

Select the Submit Batch Immediately option to run the job immediately.

Select the Delay Batch Submit Time to specify a run time for the job. Define the runtime by keying in the day of the week (Mon, Tue, etc.), the time and then select AM orPM.

15. After all fields contain the appropriate information, select the accept button.

As described earlier, a batch job log file (containing an entry for each attemptedextraction) is created and updated as the batch job executes. Examine this log after thejob finishes to see that all drawings were successfully completed. When drawings fail,consult Appendix A for a more detailed explanation of the error code and message foundin the log file. Also, check the .err files produced by the ISOGEN interface to make surethat the drawings do not contain errors.

The batch shell marks each entry in the batch job input file as it is processed.Therefore, the batch procedure can be stopped and then restarted at any later timewithout causing drawings that have already completed to be rerun. If the system goesdown and the job is not restarted automatically, it can be restarted using the ScheduleBatch Job command. Drawings that have already been created will not be re-executed.

Page 164: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 104 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________5.3.12 Reports The Reports command allows you to define the report type and to choose whether or not anarea or drawing will be included in the report.

Before reports can be printed, a pipe queue named PDprint must exist. Forinformation on creating pipe queues for PDS, refer to the section Printer/PlotterSetup in the PD Project Administrator (PD_Project) Reference Guide.

1. Select the Reports button from the Batch Environment form.

The system displays the Batch Data Reports form.

2. Key in the report filename in the Output File field. If the system default variable,ISOREPORT, is exported in the control.sh file, the system will default to that value.For example: ISOREPORT=node:/usr/directory.

3. Choose a report type.

Page 165: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 105

Area Summary

creates an area summary report which shows all of the data associated with one ormore piping areas. This report lists information such as:

Equipment Areas

Continuation Areas

The Current Default Set

User Data

Default (Options) Summary

creates an options summary report which shows all default sets. This report listsinformation such as:

ISOGEN Project Options

Information on Each Default Set (such as the seed file, plot file, the default outputpath and border file defined for each default set)

Drawing Summary

creates a drawing summary report which shows selected data about each drawing thatyou are reporting. This reports lists information such as:

Drawing Number

Revision Number

Most Recent Revision Date

Drawing Number

Number of Sheets

Most Recent MTO Date

Drawing Revision History

creates a revision history report which shows the revision dates for each revision of thedrawings being reported. This report lists information such as:

Line Number

Type of Isometric

Drawing Number

Page 166: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 106 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

List of Drawing Revision Dates (up to the last five)

Search Criteria:

The following are search criteria that can be used separately or together to locate adrawing or group of drawings within an iso area. All defined search criteria must bemet before a drawing can be included in the report list.

If no search criteria is defined, the system generates reports on the entireproject control database.

Iso Area

Key in the name of the iso area that you want to extract lines from.

— OR —

a. Select the Iso Area List button.

The system displays the Iso Areas form.

b. Select the appropriate iso area and the accept button.

The system returns to the Batch Data Reports form with the selected area in theIso Area field.

If you want to restrict the list further, you must supply additional criteriasuch as batch reference numbers and drawing numbers.

Page 167: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 107

Type

Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type. Usingthis option will help limit the number of drawings displayed.

Batch Reference

Key in the batch reference number of the lines you want to extract.

— OR —

Select the List Drawing button for a list of batch reference numbers.

To use batch reference numbers as criteria, specify them in individualdrawing records when adding drawing records to the Project ControlDatabase.

Model Status Code

Key in the status code if you want to restrict a list to all lines of a given status.

Drawing Number Low / Drawing Number High

Drawing Number High and Drawing Number Low define, by drawing number, therange of lines to extract.

Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the lines to extract.

— OR —

a. Activate a cursor in the Drawing Number Low field by placing a data point.

b. Select the Drawing List button.

The system activates the List Drawings form.

Page 168: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 108 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

c. Select the drawing that will represent the low drawing number and select theaccept button.

The system returns to the Batch Data Report form with the selected drawingdisplayed in the Drawing Number Low field.

d. Repeat the above steps for the Drawing Number High field.

4. Model Revised Date toggle field

Select the Use Model Revise Date option to specify that only lines whose ModelRevised date is greater than the last drawing revision date can be included in the list oflines to extract.

5. Select one of three print options.

Print/Delete Print/Save Save

If the Print/Delete or Print/Save option is selected, the system displays a scroll fieldthat lists available printing queues.

Page 169: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 109

Select a print queue. If there is no queue connected to the client workstation, thesystem defaults to the Save option.

6. Select the accept button.

The system initiates report generation.

Page 170: Isometric Drawing Extraction

5 - 110 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Page 171: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________6. Interpreting the HITS Report

The HITS report is a diagnostic tool generated by the Intergraph interface to ISOGEN. Youcan use this report to analyze the data collected from the 3-D piping model when a problemextracting an isometric occurs. This report can help you determine whether or not theproblem exists in your model, in the ISOGEN interface or in ISOGEN itself.

The HITS report filename is formed from the output isometric design filename. Isometricdesign filename is concatenated with the file extension .h. For example, if the isometricdesign filename is OWS1101.ISO then the HITS report filename will be OWS1101.h. Thereport is created in the default directory at the time the iso is created.

One of the options in the ISOGEN interface defaults file allows you to generate a HITSreport only and not an intermediate data file (IDF). You may not always want to generatean IDF with a HITS report. The run time to generate both an IDF and a HITS report issignificantly longer than the run time to generate a HITS report only.

Page 172: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________6.1 Example HITS Report

The following section discusses an example of a HITS report. The HITS report is composedof 5 basic sections. Refer to the following figure for an illustration of each of the five sections.

The example HITS report in this section was generated using the following line.

Sheet One of Two

Page 173: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 3

Sheet Two of Two

Date: 30-MAR-1994 02:03:53

Project Database: pd_stdeng_o43

Model Files: skiso3

skiso1

38eqp01

40eqp01

Raw design file data

——————–

Name Occ cp # X Y Z Node Direct Section Flags Topo Seq Branch Sg_occ

COMP 16 0 1369.58 421.10 13.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 9 1

COMP 16 1 1369.58 420.95 13.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 9 2

COMP 16 2 1369.58 421.24 13.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 9 3

COMP 14 0 1363.08 422.45 15.1 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 4

COMP 14 1 1363.08 422.45 14.4 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 5

COMP 14 2 1363.08 422.45 15.9 4 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 6

COMP 14 3 1362.40 422.45 15.1 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 7 7

COMP 27 0 1362.35 422.45 15.1 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 7 8

COMP 27 1 1362.40 422.45 15.1 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 7 9

COMP 29 0 1369.58 422.45 18.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 10

COMP 29 1 1370.05 422.45 18.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 11

COMP 29 2 1369.11 422.45 18.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 17 12

COMP 29 3 1369.58 422.45 17.9 9 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 13

COMP 32 0 1373.58 422.45 18.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 14

COMP 32 1 1373.58 423.20 18.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 15

COMP 32 2 1372.83 422.45 18.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 16

COMP 33 0 1373.58 429.80 18.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 17

COMP 33 1 1372.83 429.80 18.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 18

COMP 33 2 1373.58 429.05 18.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 19

COMP 34 0 1364.58 429.80 18.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 20

COMP 34 1 1364.58 429.80 19.2 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 21

COMP 34 2 1365.33 429.80 18.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 22

COMP 35 0 1364.58 429.80 19.3 5 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 23

COMP 35 1 1364.58 429.80 19.5 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 24

COMP 35 2 1364.58 429.80 19.2 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 16 25

PIPE 5 1 1370.05 422.45 18.4 6 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 26

Page 174: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

PIPE 5 2 1372.83 422.45 18.4 6 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 27

PIPE 6 1 1373.58 423.20 18.4 6 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 28

PIPE 6 2 1373.58 429.05 18.4 6 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 29

PIPE 7 1 1372.83 429.80 18.4 6 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 30

PIPE 7 2 1365.33 429.80 18.4 6 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 16 31

COMP 30 0 1363.08 422.45 18.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 32

COMP 30 1 1363.08 422.45 17.7 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 33

COMP 30 2 1363.83 422.45 18.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 17 34

PIPE 3 1 1369.11 422.45 18.4 6 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 17 35

PIPE 3 2 1363.83 422.45 18.4 6 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 17 36

COMP 17 0 1369.58 421.47 13.4 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 37

COMP 17 1 1369.58 421.70 13.3 7 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 38

COMP 17 2 1369.58 421.24 13.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 10 39

COMP 17 3T 1369.58 421.47 13.1 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 40

COMP 6 0 1363.08 421.10 13.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 41

COMP 6 1 1363.08 420.95 13.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 42

COMP 6 2 1363.08 421.24 13.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 43

COMP 15 0 1363.08 422.45 16.3 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 44

COMP 15 1 1363.08 422.45 15.9 4 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 45

COMP 15 2 1363.08 422.45 16.8 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 46

COMP 31 0 1363.08 422.45 16.9 7 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 47

COMP 31 1 1363.08 422.45 16.8 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 48

COMP 31 2 1363.08 422.45 17.1 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 49

PIPE 4 1 1363.08 422.45 17.7 1 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 8 50

PIPE 4 2 1363.08 422.45 17.1 2 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 8 51

COMP 7 0 1363.08 421.47 13.4 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 52

COMP 7 1 1363.08 421.70 13.3 7 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 53

COMP 7 2 1363.08 421.24 13.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 54

COMP 7 3T 1363.08 421.47 13.1 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 55

COMP 8 0 1363.08 421.47 13.0 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 56

COMP 8 1 1363.08 421.47 13.1 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 57

COMP 8 2 1363.08 421.47 12.9 3 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 58

COMP 9 0 1363.08 421.47 12.8 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 59

COMP 9 1 1363.08 421.47 12.9 3 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 60

COMP 9 2 1363.08 421.47 12.7 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 61

COMP 10 0 1363.08 421.47 12.5 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 62

COMP 10 1 1363.08 421.47 12.7 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 63

COMP 10 2 1363.08 421.47 12.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 64

COMP 11 0 1363.08 421.47 12.4 3 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 65

COMP 11 1 1363.08 421.47 12.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 66

COMP 26 0 1364.58 429.80 19.5 4 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 15 67

COMP 26 1 1364.58 429.80 19.5 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 15 68

COMP 26 2 1364.58 429.80 19.5 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 15 69

COMP 22 0 1369.58 422.45 13.3 7 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 70

COMP 22 1 1369.58 421.70 13.3 7 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 71

COMP 22 2 1369.58 422.45 14.1 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 72

COMP 23 0 1369.58 422.45 14.2 7 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 73

COMP 23 1 1369.58 422.45 14.4 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 74

COMP 23 2 1369.58 422.45 14.1 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 75

COMP 24 0 1369.58 422.45 15.1 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 76

COMP 24 1 1369.58 422.45 14.4 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 77

COMP 24 2 1369.58 422.45 15.9 4 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 78

COMP 24 3 1368.90 422.45 15.1 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 13 79

SUPP 4 1 1369.58 422.45 13.3 7 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 11 80

SUPP 4 2 1369.58 422.45 12.3 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 11 81

COMP 12 0 1363.08 422.45 13.3 7 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 82

COMP 12 1 1363.08 421.70 13.3 7 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 83

COMP 12 2 1363.08 422.45 14.1 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 84

COMP 13 0 1363.08 422.45 14.2 7 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 85

COMP 13 1 1363.08 422.45 14.4 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 86

COMP 13 2 1363.08 422.45 14.1 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 5 87

SUPP 3 1 1363.08 422.45 13.3 7 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 5 88

SUPP 3 2 1363.08 422.45 12.3 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 5 89

COMP 25 0 1369.58 422.45 16.3 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 90

COMP 25 1 1369.58 422.45 15.9 4 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 91

Page 175: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 5

COMP 25 2 1369.58 422.45 16.8 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 92

COMP 305 0 1369.58 422.45 16.9 7 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 93

COMP 305 1 1369.58 422.45 16.8 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 94

COMP 305 2 1369.58 422.45 17.1 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 14 95

PIPE 103 1 1369.58 422.45 17.1 2 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 14 96

PIPE 103 2 1369.58 422.45 17.9 9 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 14 97

COMP 18 0 1369.58 421.47 13.0 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 98

COMP 18 1 1369.58 421.47 13.1 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 99

COMP 18 2 1369.58 421.47 12.9 3 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 100

COMP 19 0 1369.58 421.47 12.8 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 101

COMP 19 1 1369.58 421.47 12.9 3 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 102

COMP 19 2 1369.58 421.47 12.7 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 103

COMP 20 0 1369.58 421.47 12.5 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 104

COMP 20 1 1369.58 421.47 12.7 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 105

COMP 20 2 1369.58 421.47 12.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 106

COMP 21 0 1369.58 421.47 12.4 3 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 107

COMP 21 1 1369.58 421.47 12.4 6 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 108

COMP 28 0 1368.85 422.45 15.1 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 13 109

COMP 28 1 1368.90 422.45 15.1 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 13 110

Design file data sorted by coordinate

————————————-

Name Occ cp # X Y Z Node Direct Section Flags Topo Seq Branch Sg_occ

COMP 27 0 1362.35 422.45 15.18 - 2 3 0 3 0 0 0 7 1

COMP 27 1 1362.40 422.45 15.1 8 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 7 2

COMP 14 3 1362.40 422.45 15.1 8 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 7 3

NOZ 1 1 1363.08 420.70 13.46 -1 11 0 2 2 0 0 0 3 4

NOZ 1 2 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 0 2 2 0 0 0 3 5

COMP 6 1 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 1 1 0 3 0 0 0 3 6

COMP 6 0 1363.08 421.10 13.46 0 1 1 0 3 0 0 0 3 7

COMP 6 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 1 1 0 3 0 0 0 3 8

COMP 7 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 1 2 0 3 0 0 0 4 9

COMP 11 0 1363.08 421.47 12.43 -2 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 10

COMP 11 1 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 11

COMP 10 2 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 12

COMP 10 0 1363.08 421.47 12.58 0 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 13

COMP 9 2 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 14

COMP 10 1 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 15

COMP 9 0 1363.08 421.47 12.82 0 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 16

COMP 9 1 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 17

COMP 8 2 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 18

COMP 8 0 1363.08 421.47 13.06 0 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 19

COMP 7 3T 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 20

COMP 8 1 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 21

COMP 7 0 1363.08 421.47 13.41 0 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 5 22

COMP 12 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 1 5 0 3 0 0 0 5 23

COMP 7 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 1 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 24

SUPP 3 2 1363.08 422.45 12.30 - 3 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 25

COMP 12 0 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 1 5 0 3 0 0 0 5 26

SUPP 3 1 1363.08 422.45 13.3 7 0 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 27

COMP 13 2 1363.08 422.45 14.1 2 9 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 28

COMP 12 2 1363.08 422.45 14.1 2 9 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 29

COMP 13 0 1363.08 422.45 14.2 7 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 30

COMP 13 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 1 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 31

COMP 14 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 1 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 32

COMP 14 0 1363.08 422.45 15.1 8 0 3 0 3 0 0 0 5 33

COMP 15 1 1363.08 422.45 15.94 1 1 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 34

COMP 14 2 1363.08 422.45 15.94 1 1 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 35

COMP 15 0 1363.08 422.45 16.3 8 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 36

COMP 31 1 1363.08 422.45 16.82 1 2 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 37

COMP 15 2 1363.08 422.45 16.82 1 2 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 38

COMP 31 0 1363.08 422.45 16.9 7 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 39

COMP 31 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 1 3 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 40

PIPE 4 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 1 3 2 0 5 0 0 0 8 41

COMP 30 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 1 4 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 42

Page 176: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

PIPE 4 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 1 4 2 0 5 0 0 0 8 43

COMP 30 0 1363.08 422.45 18.4 6 0 4 0 3 0 0 0 8 44

PIPE 3 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 1 5 4 0 5 0 0 0 17 45

COMP 30 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 1 5 4 0 3 0 0 0 17 46

COMP 34 0 1364.58 429.80 18.4 6 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 47

COMP 35 2 1364.58 429.80 19.21 1 6 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 48

COMP 34 1 1364.58 429.80 19.21 1 6 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 49

COMP 35 0 1364.58 429.80 19.3 5 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 50

COMP 35 1 1364.58 429.80 19.51 1 7 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 51

COMP 26 2 1364.58 429.80 19.51 1 7 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 52

COMP 26 0 1364.58 429.80 19.5 4 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 53

COMP 26 1 1364.58 429.80 19.58 4 1 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 54

NOZ 7 2 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 0 2 2 0 0 0 15 55

NOZ 7 1 1364.58 429.80 20.58 -1 8 0 2 2 0 0 0 15 56

COMP 34 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 1 8 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 57

PIPE 7 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 1 8 7 0 5 0 0 0 16 58

COMP 28 0 1368.85 422.45 15.18 - 2 3 0 3 0 0 0 13 59

COMP 24 3 1368.90 422.45 15.18 1 9 3 0 3 0 0 0 13 60

COMP 28 1 1368.90 422.45 15.18 1 9 3 0 3 0 0 0 13 61

PIPE 3 1 1369.11 422.45 18.46 2 0 4 0 5 0 0 0 17 62

COMP 29 2 1369.11 422.45 18.46 2 0 4 0 3 0 0 0 17 63

NOZ 3 1 1369.58 420.70 13.46 -1 1 0 2 2 0 0 0 9 64

NOZ 3 2 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 0 2 2 0 0 0 9 65

COMP 16 1 1369.58 420.95 13.46 3 9 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 66

COMP 16 0 1369.58 421.10 13.4 6 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 67

COMP 16 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 2 1 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 68

COMP 17 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 2 1 9 0 3 0 0 0 10 69

COMP 21 0 1369.58 421.47 12.43 -2 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 70

COMP 21 1 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 71

COMP 20 2 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 72

COMP 20 0 1369.58 421.47 12.58 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 73

COMP 20 1 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 74

COMP 19 2 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 75

COMP 19 0 1369.58 421.47 12.82 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 76

COMP 18 2 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 77

COMP 19 1 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 78

COMP 18 0 1369.58 421.47 13.06 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 79

COMP 17 3T 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 80

COMP 18 1 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 81

COMP 17 0 1369.58 421.47 13.41 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 82

COMP 22 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 1 4 0 3 0 0 0 11 83

COMP 17 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 2 6 9 0 3 0 0 0 11 84

SUPP 4 2 1369.58 422.45 12.30 - 3 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 85

COMP 22 0 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 1 4 0 3 0 0 0 11 86

SUPP 4 1 1369.58 422.45 13.3 7 0 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 87

COMP 22 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 2 8 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 88

COMP 23 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 2 8 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 89

COMP 23 0 1369.58 422.45 14.2 7 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 90

COMP 23 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 2 9 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 91

COMP 24 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 2 9 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 92

COMP 24 0 1369.58 422.45 15.1 8 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 93

COMP 24 2 1369.58 422.45 15.94 3 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 94

COMP 25 1 1369.58 422.45 15.94 3 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 95

COMP 25 0 1369.58 422.45 16.3 8 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 96

COMP 25 2 1369.58 422.45 16.82 3 1 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 97

COMP 305 1 1369.58 422.45 16.82 3 1 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 98

COMP 305 0 1369.58 422.45 16.9 7 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 99

PIPE 103 1 1369.58 422.45 17.12 3 2 5 0 5 0 0 0 14 100

COMP 305 2 1369.58 422.45 17.12 3 2 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 101

PIPE 103 2 1369.58 422.45 17.99 3 3 5 0 5 0 0 0 14 102

COMP 29 3 1369.58 422.45 17.99 3 3 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 103

COMP 29 0 1369.58 422.45 18.4 6 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 16 104

COMP 29 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 3 4 4 0 3 0 0 0 16 105

PIPE 5 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 3 4 4 0 5 0 0 0 16 106

PIPE 5 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 3 5 4 0 5 0 0 0 16 107

Page 177: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 7

COMP 32 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 3 5 4 0 3 0 0 0 16 108

PIPE 7 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 3 6 7 0 5 0 0 0 16 109

COMP 33 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 3 6 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 110

COMP 32 0 1373.58 422.45 18.4 6 0 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 111

COMP 32 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 3 7 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 112

PIPE 6 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 3 7 6 0 5 0 0 0 16 113

COMP 33 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 3 8 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 114

PIPE 6 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 3 8 6 0 5 0 0 0 16 115

COMP 33 0 1373.58 429.80 18.4 6 0 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 116

Tracing data

————

Action Occ Cp Name Node Ref Design

5 Next 3 2 NOZ 39 112 1 1 1

5 Next 16 1 COMP 39 2 1 1 2

5 Next 16 2 COMP 21 3 1 1 3

5 Next 17 2 COMP 21 39 1 1 4

6 Push 17 3 COMP 25 40 1 ++++ 0 0

5 Next 17 1 COMP 26 38 1 1 5

5 Next 22 1 COMP 26 71 1 1 6

5 Next 22 2 COMP 28 72 1 1 7

5 Next 23 2 COMP 28 75 1 1 8

5 Next 23 1 COMP 29 74 1 1 9

5 Next 24 1 COMP 29 77 1 1 10

6 Push 24 3 COMP 19 79 1 ++++ 0 0

5 Next 24 2 COMP 30 78 1 1 11

5 Next 25 1 COMP 30 91 1 1 12

5 Next 25 2 COMP 31 92 1 1 13

5 Next 305 1 COMP 31 94 1 1 14

5 Next 305 2 COMP 32 95 1 1 15

5 Next 103 1 PIPE 32 96 1 1 16

5 Next 103 2 PIPE 33 97 1 1 17

5 Next 29 3 COMP 33 13 1 1 18

6 Push 29 2 COMP 20 12 1 ++++ 0 0

5 Next 29 1 COMP 34 11 1 2 1

5 Next 5 1 PIPE 34 26 1 2 2

5 Next 5 2 PIPE 35 27 1 2 3

5 Next 32 2 COMP 35 16 1 2 4

5 Next 32 1 COMP 37 15 1 2 5

5 Next 6 1 PIPE 37 28 1 2 6

5 Next 6 2 PIPE 38 29 1 2 7

5 Next 33 2 COMP 38 19 1 2 8

5 Next 33 1 COMP 36 18 1 2 9

5 Next 7 1 PIPE 36 30 1 2 10

5 Next 7 2 PIPE 18 31 1 2 11

5 Next 34 2 COMP 18 22 1 2 12

5 Next 34 1 COMP 16 21 1 2 13

5 Next 35 2 COMP 16 25 1 2 14

5 Next 35 1 COMP 17 24 1 2 15

5 Next 26 2 COMP 17 69 1 2 16

5 Next 26 1 COMP 41 68 1 2 17

5 Next 7 2 NOZ 41 116 1 2 18

5 Next 7 1 NOZ -1 115 1 2 19

7 Pull 29 2 COMP 20 12 1 —- 2 0

5 Next 29 2 COMP 20 12 1 2 -1

5 Next 3 1 PIPE 20 35 1 2 -2

5 Next 3 2 PIPE 15 36 1 2 -3

5 Next 30 2 COMP 15 34 1 2 -4

5 Next 30 1 COMP 14 33 1 2 -5

5 Next 4 1 PIPE 14 50 1 2 -6

5 Next 4 2 PIPE 13 51 1 2 -7

5 Next 31 2 COMP 13 49 1 2 -8

5 Next 31 1 COMP 12 48 1 2 -9

5 Next 15 2 COMP 12 46 1 2 -10

5 Next 15 1 COMP 11 45 1 2 -11

Page 178: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 8 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

5 Next 14 2 COMP 11 6 1 2 -12

6 Push 14 3 COMP 1 7 1 ++++ 0 0

5 Next 14 1 COMP 10 5 1 2 -13

5 Next 13 1 COMP 10 86 1 2 -14

5 Next 13 2 COMP 9 87 1 2 -15

5 Next 12 2 COMP 9 84 1 2 -16

5 Next 12 1 COMP 7 83 1 2 -17

5 Next 7 1 COMP 7 53 1 2 -18

6 Push 7 3 COMP 6 55 1 ++++ 0 0

5 Next 7 2 COMP 2 54 1 2 -19

5 Next 6 2 COMP 2 43 1 2 -20

5 Next 6 1 COMP 40 42 1 2 -21

5 Next 1 2 NOZ 40 114 1 2 -22

5 Next 1 1 NOZ -1 113 1 2 -23

7 Pull 7 3 COMP 6 55 1 —- 0 0

5 Next 7 3 COMP 6 55 1 3 1

5 Next 8 1 COMP 6 57 1 3 2

5 Next 8 2 COMP 5 58 1 3 3

5 Next 9 1 COMP 5 60 1 3 4

5 Next 9 2 COMP 4 61 1 3 5

5 Next 10 1 COMP 4 63 1 3 6

5 Next 10 2 COMP 3 64 1 3 7

5 Next 11 1 COMP 3 66 1 3 8

5 Next 11 0 COMP -2 65 1 3 9

7 Pull 14 3 COMP 1 7 1 —- 0 0

5 Next 14 3 COMP 1 7 1 4 1

5 Next 27 1 COMP 1 9 1 4 2

5 Next 27 0 COMP -2 8 1 4 3

7 Pull 24 3 COMP 19 79 1 —- 0 0

5 Next 24 3 COMP 19 79 1 5 1

5 Next 28 1 COMP 19 110 1 5 2

5 Next 28 0 COMP -2 109 1 5 3

7 Pull 17 3 COMP 25 40 1 —- 0 0

5 Next 17 3 COMP 25 40 1 6 1

5 Next 18 1 COMP 25 99 1 6 2

5 Next 18 2 COMP 24 100 1 6 3

5 Next 19 1 COMP 24 102 1 6 4

5 Next 19 2 COMP 23 103 1 6 5

5 Next 20 1 COMP 23 105 1 6 6

5 Next 20 2 COMP 22 106 1 6 7

5 Next 21 1 COMP 22 108 1 6 8

5 Next 21 0 COMP -2 107 1 6 9

-1 39 21 26 28 29 30 31 32 33

34 35 37 38 36 18 16 17 41 20

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 2 40

6 5 4 3 1 19 25 24 23 22

0

# Sections: 1

Design file data sorted by topo

——————————-

Name Occ cp # X Y Z Node Direct Section Flags Topo Seq Branch Sg_occ

COMP 16 0 1369.58 421.10 13.4 6 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 9 1

COMP 9 0 1363.08 421.47 12.82 0 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 2

COMP 30 0 1363.08 422.45 18.4 6 0 4 0 3 0 0 0 8 3

COMP 14 0 1363.08 422.45 15.1 8 0 3 0 3 0 0 0 5 4

COMP 10 0 1363.08 421.47 12.58 0 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 5

COMP 305 0 1369.58 422.45 16.9 7 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 6

COMP 32 0 1373.58 422.45 18.4 6 0 6 0 3 0 0 0 16 7

COMP 17 0 1369.58 421.47 13.41 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 11 8

COMP 26 0 1364.58 429.80 19.5 4 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 15 9

COMP 29 0 1369.58 422.45 18.4 6 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 16 10

COMP 18 0 1369.58 421.47 13.06 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 11

COMP 22 0 1369.58 422.45 13.37 0 1 4 0 3 0 0 0 11 12

COMP 13 0 1363.08 422.45 14.2 7 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 5 13

Page 179: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 9

COMP 8 0 1363.08 421.47 13.06 0 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 6 14

COMP 23 0 1369.58 422.45 14.2 7 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 15

COMP 15 0 1363.08 422.45 16.3 8 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 16

COMP 33 0 1373.58 429.80 18.4 6 0 7 0 3 0 0 0 16 17

COMP 24 0 1369.58 422.45 15.1 8 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 11 18

COMP 31 0 1363.08 422.45 16.9 7 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 8 19

COMP 34 0 1364.58 429.80 18.4 6 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 20

COMP 12 0 1363.08 422.45 13.37 0 1 5 0 3 0 0 0 5 21

COMP 19 0 1369.58 421.47 12.82 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 22

COMP 35 0 1364.58 429.80 19.3 5 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 16 23

COMP 6 0 1363.08 421.10 13.46 0 1 1 0 3 0 0 0 3 24

COMP 25 0 1369.58 422.45 16.3 8 0 5 0 3 0 0 0 14 25

COMP 20 0 1369.58 421.47 12.58 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 12 26

COMP 7 0 1363.08 421.47 13.41 0 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 5 27

SUPP 4 1 1369.58 422.45 13.3 7 0 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 28

SUPP 3 1 1363.08 422.45 13.3 7 0 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 29

SUPP 3 2 1363.08 422.45 12.30 - 3 2 0 8 0 0 0 5 30

SUPP 4 2 1369.58 422.45 12.30 - 3 5 0 8 0 0 0 11 31

NOZ 3 1 1369.58 420.70 13.46 -1 1 1 2 2 1 0 0 9 32

NOZ 3 2 1369.58 420.95 13.46 39 1 1 2 2 1 1 0 9 33

COMP 16 1 1369.58 420.95 13.46 3 9 1 1 3 1 2 0 9 34

COMP 16 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 2 1 1 1 3 1 3 0 9 35

COMP 17 2 1369.58 421.24 13.46 2 1 9 1 3 1 4 108 10 36

COMP 17 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 2 6 9 1 3 1 5 108 11 37

COMP 22 1 1369.58 421.70 13.37 26 1 4 1 3 1 6 0 11 38

COMP 22 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 2 8 5 1 3 1 7 0 11 39

COMP 23 2 1369.58 422.45 14.12 2 8 5 1 3 1 8 0 11 40

COMP 23 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 2 9 5 1 3 1 9 0 11 41

COMP 24 1 1369.58 422.45 14.42 2 9 5 1 3 1 10 105 11 42

COMP 24 2 1369.58 422.45 15.94 3 0 5 1 3 1 11 105 14 43

COMP 25 1 1369.58 422.45 15.94 3 0 5 1 3 1 12 0 14 44

COMP 25 2 1369.58 422.45 16.82 3 1 5 1 3 1 13 0 14 45

COMP 305 1 1369.58 422.45 16.82 3 1 5 1 3 1 14 0 14 46

COMP 305 2 1369.58 422.45 17.12 3 2 5 1 3 1 15 0 14 47

PIPE 103 1 1369.58 422.45 17.12 3 2 5 1 5 1 16 0 14 48

PIPE 103 2 1369.58 422.45 17.99 3 3 5 1 5 1 17 0 14 49

COMP 29 3 1369.58 422.45 17.99 3 3 5 1 3 1 18 -73 14 50

NOZ 1 1 1363.08 420.70 13.46 -1 11 1 22 2 -23 0 3 51

NOZ 1 2 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 11 1 22 2 -22 0 3 52

COMP 6 1 1363.08 420.95 13.46 40 1 1 1 3 2 -21 0 3 53

COMP 6 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 1 1 1 3 2 -20 0 3 54

COMP 7 2 1363.08 421.24 13.46 2 1 2 1 3 2 -19 93 4 55

COMP 7 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 1 2 1 3 2 -18 93 5 56

COMP 12 1 1363.08 421.70 13.37 7 1 5 1 3 2 -17 0 5 57

COMP 12 2 1363.08 422.45 14.1 2 9 2 1 3 2 -16 0 5 58

COMP 13 2 1363.08 422.45 14.1 2 9 2 1 3 2 -15 0 5 59

COMP 13 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 1 0 2 1 3 2 -14 0 5 60

COMP 14 1 1363.08 422.45 14.42 1 0 2 1 3 2 -13 102 5 61

COMP 14 2 1363.08 422.45 15.94 1 1 2 1 3 2 -12 102 8 62

COMP 15 1 1363.08 422.45 15.94 1 1 2 1 3 2 -11 0 8 63

COMP 15 2 1363.08 422.45 16.82 1 2 2 1 3 2 -10 0 8 64

COMP 31 1 1363.08 422.45 16.82 1 2 2 1 3 2 -9 0 8 65

COMP 31 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 1 3 2 1 3 2 -8 0 8 66

PIPE 4 2 1363.08 422.45 17.12 1 3 2 1 5 2 -7 0 8 67

PIPE 4 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 1 4 2 1 5 2 -6 0 8 68

COMP 30 1 1363.08 422.45 17.71 1 4 2 1 3 2 -5 0 8 69

COMP 30 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 1 5 4 1 3 2 -4 0 17 70

PIPE 3 2 1363.83 422.45 18.46 1 5 4 1 5 2 -3 0 17 71

PIPE 3 1 1369.11 422.45 18.46 2 0 4 1 5 2 -2 0 17 72

COMP 29 2 1369.11 422.45 18.46 2 0 4 1 3 2 -1 50 17 73

COMP 29 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 3 4 4 1 3 2 1 50 16 74

PIPE 5 1 1370.05 422.45 18.46 3 4 4 1 5 2 2 0 16 75

PIPE 5 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 3 5 4 1 5 2 3 0 16 76

Page 180: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 10 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

COMP 32 2 1372.83 422.45 18.46 3 5 4 1 3 2 4 0 16 77

COMP 32 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 3 7 6 1 3 2 5 0 16 78

PIPE 6 1 1373.58 423.20 18.46 3 7 6 1 5 2 6 0 16 79

PIPE 6 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 3 8 6 1 5 2 7 0 16 80

COMP 33 2 1373.58 429.05 18.46 3 8 6 1 3 2 8 0 16 81

COMP 33 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 3 6 7 1 3 2 9 0 16 82

PIPE 7 1 1372.83 429.80 18.46 3 6 7 1 5 2 10 0 16 83

PIPE 7 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 1 8 7 1 5 2 11 0 16 84

COMP 34 2 1365.33 429.80 18.46 1 8 7 1 3 2 12 0 16 85

COMP 34 1 1364.58 429.80 19.21 1 6 8 1 3 2 13 0 16 86

COMP 35 2 1364.58 429.80 19.21 1 6 8 1 3 2 14 0 16 87

COMP 35 1 1364.58 429.80 19.51 1 7 8 1 3 2 15 0 16 88

COMP 26 2 1364.58 429.80 19.51 1 7 8 1 3 2 16 0 15 89

COMP 26 1 1364.58 429.80 19.58 4 1 8 1 3 2 17 0 15 90

NOZ 7 2 1364.58 429.80 19.58 41 8 1 22 2 18 0 15 91

NOZ 7 1 1364.58 429.80 20.58 -1 8 1 22 2 19 0 15 92

COMP 7 3T 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 1 3 1 3 3 1 -55 6 93

COMP 8 1 1363.08 421.47 13.18 6 1 3 1 3 3 2 0 6 94

COMP 8 2 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 1 3 1 3 3 3 0 6 95

COMP 9 1 1363.08 421.47 12.93 5 1 3 1 3 3 4 0 6 96

COMP 9 2 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 1 3 1 3 3 5 0 6 97

COMP 10 1 1363.08 421.47 12.71 4 1 3 1 3 3 6 0 6 98

COMP 10 2 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 1 3 1 3 3 7 0 6 99

COMP 11 1 1363.08 421.47 12.46 3 1 3 1 3 3 8 0 6 100

COMP 11 0 1363.08 421.47 12.43 -2 1 3 1 3 3 9 0 6 101

COMP 14 3 1362.40 422.45 15.1 8 1 3 1 3 4 1 -61 7 102

COMP 27 1 1362.40 422.45 15.1 8 1 3 1 3 4 2 0 7 103

COMP 27 0 1362.35 422.45 15.18 - 2 3 1 3 4 3 0 7 104

COMP 24 3 1368.90 422.45 15.18 1 9 3 1 3 5 1 -42 13 105

COMP 28 1 1368.90 422.45 15.18 1 9 3 1 3 5 2 0 13 106

COMP 28 0 1368.85 422.45 15.18 - 2 3 1 3 5 3 0 13 107

COMP 17 3T 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 1 0 1 3 6 1 -36 12 108

COMP 18 1 1369.58 421.47 13.18 25 1 0 1 3 6 2 0 12 109

COMP 18 2 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 1 0 1 3 6 3 0 12 110

COMP 19 1 1369.58 421.47 12.93 24 1 0 1 3 6 4 0 12 111

COMP 19 2 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 1 0 1 3 6 5 0 12 112

COMP 20 1 1369.58 421.47 12.71 23 1 0 1 3 6 6 0 12 113

COMP 20 2 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 1 0 1 3 6 7 0 12 114

COMP 21 1 1369.58 421.47 12.46 22 1 0 1 3 6 8 0 12 115

COMP 21 0 1369.58 421.47 12.43 -2 1 0 1 3 6 9 0 12 116

Design file data in IDF order

—————————–

Name X Y Z X Y Z Occ in_cp Out_cp Leg Dn_occ Sg_occ

NOZ 33274000 10480294 501904 33274000 10480294 47752 0 7 1 2 in 26 15 Dash

BLSP 33274000 10480294 477393 33274000 10480294 475615 26 1 2 in 35 15

FWN 33274000 10480294 475615 33274000 10480294 468376 35 1 2 in 34 16

E90L 33274000 10480294 468376 33274000 10480294 450088 34 1 0 in 0 16

E90L 33274000 10480294 450088 33292288 10480294 450088 34 0 2 ou 7 16

PIPE 33292288 10480294 450088 33475168 10480294 45008 8 7 2 1 in 33 16

E90L 33475168 10480294 450088 33493456 10480294 450088 33 1 0 in 0 16

E90L 33493456 10480294 450088 33493456 10462006 450088 33 0 2 ou 6 16

PIPE 33493456 10462006 450088 33493456 10319258 45008 8 6 2 1 in 32 16

E90L 33493456 10319258 450088 33493456 10300970 450088 32 1 0 in 0 16

E90L 33493456 10300970 450088 33475168 10300970 450088 32 0 2 ou 5 16

PIPE 33475168 10300970 450088 33407350 10300970 45008 8 5 2 1 in 29 16

T 33407350 10300970 450088 33395920 10300970 450088 29 1 0 in 0 16

T 33395920 10300970 450088 33395920 10300970 438658 29 0 3 b1 103 14

PIPE 33395920 10300970 438658 33395920 10300970 417449 103 2 1 in 305 14

FWN 33395920 10300970 417449 33395920 10300970 410210 305 2 1 in 25 14

GAT 33395920 10300970 410210 33395920 10300970 388620 25 2 1 in 24 14

Page 181: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 11

STRT 33395920 10300970 388620 33395920 10300970 370078 24 2 0 in 0 14

STRT 33395920 10300970 370078 33379283 10300970 370078 24 0 3 b1 28 13

FBLD 33379283 10300970 370078 33378140 10300970 370078 28 1 0 in 0 13 End

STRT 33395920 10300970 370078 33395920 10300970 351536 24 0 1 ou 23 11

FWN 33395920 10300970 351536 33395920 10300970 344297 23 1 2 in 22 11

E90L 33395920 10300970 344297 33395920 10300970 326009 22 2 0 in 0 11

PSP2 33395920 10300970 326009 33395920 10300970 29984 7 4 1 2 in 0 11

E90L 33395920 10300970 326009 33395920 10282682 326009 22 0 1 ou 17 11

REDE 33395920 10282682 326009 33395920 10271506 328168 17 1 2 in 16 11

REDE 33395920 10277094 327089 33395920 10277094 321501 17 0 3 ta 18 12

NIP 33395920 10277094 321501 33395920 10277094 315405 18 1 2 in 19 12

GATR 33395920 10277094 315405 33395920 10277094 309817 19 1 2 in 20 12

NIP 33395920 10277094 309817 33395920 10277094 303721 20 1 2 in 21 12

CAPO 33395920 10277094 303721 33395920 10277094 303213 21 1 0 in 0 12 End

FWN 33395920 10271506 328168 33395920 10264521 328168 16 2 1 in 3 9

NOZ 33395920 10264394 328168 33395920 10258298 32816 8 3 2 1 in 0 9 End Dash

T 33395920 10300970 450088 33384490 10300970 450088 29 0 2 ou 3 17

PIPE 33384490 10300970 450088 33255712 10300970 45008 8 3 1 2 in 30 17

E90L 33255712 10300970 450088 33237424 10300970 450088 30 2 0 in 0 17

E90L 33237424 10300970 450088 33237424 10300970 431800 30 0 1 ou 4 8

PIPE 33237424 10300970 431800 33237424 10300970 41744 9 4 1 2 in 31 8

FWN 33237424 10300970 417449 33237424 10300970 410210 31 2 1 in 15 8

GAT 33237424 10300970 410210 33237424 10300970 388620 15 2 1 in 14 8

STRT 33237424 10300970 388620 33237424 10300970 370078 14 2 0 in 0 8

STRT 33237424 10300970 370078 33220787 10300970 370078 14 0 3 b1 27 7

FBLD 33220787 10300970 370078 33219644 10300970 370078 27 1 0 in 0 7 End

STRT 33237424 10300970 370078 33237424 10300970 351536 14 0 1 ou 13 5

FWN 33237424 10300970 351536 33237424 10300970 344297 13 1 2 in 12 5

E90L 33237424 10300970 344297 33237424 10300970 326009 12 2 0 in 0 5

PSP2 33237424 10300970 326009 33237424 10300970 29984 7 3 1 2 in 0 5

E90L 33237424 10300970 326009 33237424 10282682 326009 12 0 1 ou 7 5

REDE 33237424 10282682 326009 33237424 10271506 32816 8 7 1 2 in 6 5

REDE 33237424 10277094 327089 33237424 10277094 32150 1 7 0 3 ta 8 6

NIP 33237424 10277094 321501 33237424 10277094 31540 5 8 1 2 in 9 6

GATR 33237424 10277094 315405 33237424 10277094 30981 7 9 1 2 in 10 6

NIP 33237424 10277094 309817 33237424 10277094 303721 10 1 2 in 11 6

CAPO 33237424 10277094 303721 33237424 10277094 303213 11 1 0 in 0 6 End

FWN 33237424 10271506 328168 33237424 10264521 32816 8 6 2 1 in 1 3

NOZ 33237424 10264394 328168 33237424 10258298 32816 8 1 2 1 in 0 3 End Dash

Page 182: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 12 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________6.2 Section 1: Basic Input Data and Raw Design File Data

The first section of the HITS report consists of basic input data and raw design data. Thebasic input data consists of the date the report was executed, project name and a list of modelnames that were extracted.

Each column of the raw design file data is described below.

Name If Intergraph option 61 is set to 1, the name will be the first four characters ofthe component item name. Otherwise, a generic item name will be output.

occ The component database occurrence number (excluding the partitionnumber).

Note that some PIPE components have an occurrence number greater than30000. This occurs whenever olet type components are attached to a pipe.The software breaks these pipes into multiple sections. The newly createdpieces of pipe receive occurrence numbers in the 30000+ range to distinguishthem from the original pipe.

cp # The connect point number

x,y,z The coordinate in the design file coordinate system and is not adjusted for theglobal origin

node A node number assigned to all connect points other than the origin. A specialnode number, -1, is reserved for line endpoints. Two connect points that havethe same node number are connected to each other in the model.

direct A direction list number. The direction list number identifies all those connectpoints that lie together on a straight line.

sect Section number [always 0]

flags A bit mask used internally by the software

topo Topos [always 0]

branch Branch flag [always 0]

sg_occ The segment occurrence number. All connect points belong to or are ownedby a segment in the piping model. This is the occurrence number of thatowner segment.

Page 183: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 13

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________6.3 Section 2: Design File Data Sorted by Coordinate

The second section of the HITS report consists of raw design file data for each connect pointof the piping components that make up the network that is being extracted. The databasesearch criteria (as defined in the options file LINE_ID_DEFINITION) from section 1 is usedto find all of the appropriate segments. Once the segments are found, the software collectsall of the components that are attached to the segments. Section 2 is the result of thisactivity.

Section 2 contains several columns of data. Each column is described below:

Name If Intergraph option 61 is set to 1, the name will be the first four characters ofthe component item name. Otherwise, a generic item name will be output.

occ The database occurrence number of the component (excluding the partitionnumber). [Note that some PIPE components have an occurrence numbergreater than 30000. This occurs whenever olet type components are attachedto a pipe. The software "breaks" these pipes into multiple sections. Thenewly created pieces of pipe receive occurrence numbers in the 30000+ rangeto distinguish them from the original pipe.]

cp # The connect point number.

x,y,z The coordinate in the design file coordinate system and is unadjusted for theglobal origin.

node A node number assigned to all connect points other than the origin. A specialnode number , -1, is reserved for line endpoints. Note that two connect pointsthat have the same node number are "connected" to each other in the model.

direct A direction list number. The direction list number identifies all those connectpoints that lie together on a straight line.

sect Always 0 here. Section number is discussed later in this section.

flags A bit mask used internally by the software.

topo Always 0 here. Topo’s are discussed later in this section.

branch- Always 0 here. The branch flag is discussed later in this section.

sg_occ- The segment occurrence number. All connect points "belong to" or "areowned" by a segment in the piping model. sg_occ is the occurrence number ofthat owner segment.

Section 2 is primarily used for examining the amount of data pulled in from the modelsthrough the database search criteria. Some of the data for a specific connect point issometimes useful — particularly the occurrence number.

Page 184: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 14 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________6.4 Section 3: Tracing Data

Section 3 of the report, Tracing Data is a record of the actions the software is taking inbuilding the internal data structure of the piping network. This section is primarily useful toIntergraph for investigating software problems.

The last statement in section 3 states how many disconnected sections of piping exist in thenetwork identified in the database search criteria. If the number of sections is greater than 1then the line is not extracted and the intermediate data file is not generated. ISOGEN doesnot allow multiple, disconnected sections of piping to be extracted into a single iso.

The following is a list of possible reasons why a network might be disconnected and somesuggested solutions:

1. The database search criteria identified more than one pipeline and the pipelines are notconnected together. The solution here is to change the search criteria so that only thepiping that you really want to extract is pulled in.

2. The pipeline being extracted is incomplete and portions of it do not have components onit. The solution is to place all of the components on the line.

3. Although the line is finished, there is a part of it that appears to be connected, but isnot. For a line to be considered connected the connect points from two differentcomponents must be within 20 uors of each other.

In this case you should examine section 2 of the HITS report to find a connect pointwhose node number is -1 (which indicates that it is a line endpoint) even though youknow it should be connected to something. This is usually quite simple when the line issmall. When you find the connect point, use the coordinate to view and repair thedisconnected graphics. When the line is complicated, you can use section 4 of the HITSreport (see the section Tracing Data) to make a sketch that identifies the disconnectedpoint.

Page 185: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 15

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________6.5 Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by Topo

Section 4 of the HITS report is probably the most important one. This section is really aprint—out of the internal data structure that represents the piping network. This data isorganized on the basis of topos.

A topo is a construction used to group the data representing the pipeline topology. Bydefinition a topo is a string of piping that starts at a network endpoint or a branch point andends at a network endpoint or another branch point. A pipeline network may consist of asingle topo or dozens of topos depending upon its configuration.

Figure 6-1. Example line consisting of one topo.

The line in Figure 6-1 consists of one topo because it does not contain any branch points. Thebeginning of the topo is a line endpoint as is the end of the topo.

Figure 6-2. Example line consisting of two topos

Page 186: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 16 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

The line in Figure 6-2 contains two topos due to the branch component in it (the tee). Thefirst topo consists of the line from endpoint 1 to endpoint 2 (the header of the pipeline). Thesecond topo consists of the piping from the center of the tee to line endpoint 3.

Figure 6-3. Example line consisting of three topos

The line in Figure 6-3 contains three topos because there are two branches in it. The firsttopo again consists of the line from endpoint 1 to endpoint 4. The second topo consists of theline from connect point 1 of weldolet 1 to endpoint 2. The third topo consists of the line fromconnect point 1 of weldolet 2 to endpoint 3.

Figure 6-4. Topo’s on a line that contains a loop

The line in Figure 6-4 consists of two topos. One topo is comprised of the line header fromendpoint 1 to endpoint 2. The other topo starts at the center of one tee and goes to the centerof the other tee.

Page 187: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 17

The data in section 4 of the HITS report is sorted primarily by topo number. At the verybeginning there are several lines where the topo number is zero. These are componentorigins which do not receive topo numbers or node numbers — they should be ignored.Subsequent to the lines where the topo number is zero are lines for the first, second andsubsequent topos.

The secondary sort key for the data in section 4 of the report is node number. Thus, within atopo the data is sorted by node number. This results in connect points with the same nodenumber being adjacent to each other in the report. The result is that section 4 of the HITSreport contains a trace of each topo of the line.

Example 1:

The following is an excerpt from a HITS report section 4:

Name cp# node topo

E90L 1 -1 1E90L 2 1 1PIPE 1 1 1PIPE 2 2 1E90L 2 2 1E90L 1 3 1PIPE 2 3 1PIPE 1 4 1GATR 1 4 1GATR 2 5 1PIPE 1 5 1PIPE 2 -1 1

This trace consists of a single topo. The first endpoint is connect point 1 of a 90 degree elbow.Connect point 2 of the elbow is connected to connect point 1 of a pipe. Following this logic,the sequence of components starting from the top is: elbow -> pipe -> elbow -> pipe -> valve-> pipe.

This same procedure may be followed to sketch out each network topo. Topo sketches areuseful if you are interested only in the sequence of components in a particular region of theline. If you are interested in the entire network, connect the topos together.

The topos are connected together by the branch column in section 4 of the report. Thebranch column is used together with the last column. The last column in section 4 is a reportline number. You can see by looking back at Figure 6-1 that the last column starts out at 1and is incremented for each line in section 4. When the branch column contains a nonzerovalue then this indicates that the node is a branch point. The value of branch refers you tothe line number of the report where the connecting topo begins.

Example 2:

The following is an excerpt from a HITS report section 4:

Name occ# cp# node topo branch

PIPE 10 1 -1 1 0 1PIPE 10 2 1 1 5 2PIPE 30001 1 1 1 5 3

Page 188: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 18 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

PIPE 30001 2 2 1 0 4WOL 15 1 1 2 -2 5WOL 15 2 3 2 0 6PIPE 35 1 3 2 0 7PIPE 35 2 -1 2 0 8

The network is composed of two topos. Topo 1 is simply two pipes. Topo 2 consists of aweldolet connected to a piece of pipe. Note that the occurrence number of the second pipe intopo 1 indicates the model contains a single pipe which the software split into two at the olet.Figure 6-5 shows the Network for Example 5.

Figure 6-5. Network for Example 2

The value for branch at node 1 is 5. Looking at line 5 in the report we see that it is the firstline of topo 2. Thus topo 2 connects to topo 1 at node 1. This is confirmed by the fact that thenode numbers where topo 2 connects to topo 1 match. That is, the WOL cp1, PIPE (occ 10)cp2, and PIPE (occ 30001) cp1 are all node number 1.

The value of branch for cp1 of the WOL is -2. The negative sign indicates that this is a "backpointer". The back pointer is exactly the same as any other branch value except that it(usually) points back to a previous topo rather than forward to a subsequent topo. Note thatwhere two or more topos are connected together the branch numbers must agree. InExample 5 they do. The back pointer on topo 2 points back to line 2 while the forwardpointer on topo 1 points to line 5.

In Example 2, the branch flag pointed to the start point of the connecting topo. It can alsohappen that the branch flag points to the endpoint of the connecting topo. In this case youtraverse the topo in reverse order.

Example 3:

Name occ# cp# node topo branch

.

.

.PIPE 10 1 20 3 0 20PIPE 10 2 21 3 0 2190E 35 2 21 3 0 2290E 35 1 22 3 0 23PIPE 46 1 22 3 0 24PIPE 46 2 23 3 53 25

Page 189: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 19

PIPE 30003 1 23 3 53 26PIPE 30003 2 24 3 0 27

.

.

.PLUG 76 2 -1 7 0 46PLUG 76 1 10 7 0 47BLV 82 1 10 7 0 48BLV 82 2 11 7 0 49NIPL 103 2 11 7 0 50NIPL 103 1 12 7 0 51SOL 110 2 12 7 0 52SOL 110 1 23 7 -25 53

.

.

.

In Example 3, topo 3 consists of pipe, elbow, pipe, pipe. Topo 7 is a typical drain assembly—plug, block valve, nipple, sockolet. Topo 7 connects to topo 3 at line 53 in the report (thevalue of branch on line 25 is 53 and the value of branch of line 53 is -25). In this case, thevalue of branch on topo 3 points to the bottom of topo 7 and the network structure is obtainedby moving up topo 3 rather than down (See Figure 6-6).

Figure 6-6. Network for Example 3

Example 4:

The following data is from section 4 of a HITS report:

Name Occ cp# Node Topo Branch

90E 37 1 -1 1 0 190E 37 2 1 1 0 2PIPE 101 1 1 1 0 3PIPE 101 2 2 1 0 4FLWN 22 2 2 1 0 5FLWN 22 1 3 1 0 6GAT 54 1 3 1 0 7GAT 54 2 4 1 0 8FLWN 11 1 4 1 0 9FLWN 11 2 5 1 0 10T 36 1 5 1 15 11

Page 190: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 20 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

T 36 2 6 1 15 12PIPE 11 1 6 1 0 13PIPE 11 2 -1 1 0 14T 36 3 7 2 -11 15PIPE 12 1 7 2 0 16PIPE 12 2 -1 2 0 17

In Example 4, the tee is slightly different from the olet type components. Branch flags areset on both connect points 1 and 2 of the T and the node numbers do not match where topo 2connects to topo 1. This is a consequence of the fact that node numbers are not assigned tocomponent origins. See Figure 6-7 which shows the Network for Example 4.

Figure 6-7. Network for example 4

Example 5:

Name Occ cp# Node Topo Branch

PIPE 23 1 -1 1 0 1PIPE 23 2 1 1 0 2REDE 24 1 1 1 7 3REDE 24 2 2 1 11 4PIPE 13 1 2 1 0 5PIPE 13 2 -1 1 0 6SOL 56 1 3 2 -3 7SOL 56 2 4 2 0 8PIPE 42 1 4 2 0 9PIPE 42 2 -1 2 0 10PIPE 26 1 5 3 -4 11PIPE 26 2 -1 3 0 12

In Example 5, topo 1 consists of a pipe connected to an eccentric reducer which in turn isconnected to another pipe. Notice, however, that the branch flag is set to two differentnumbers on the reducer. This indicates that the reducer is tapped twice. The branch flag onthe first connect point points to the topo connected at the first tap while the branch flag onthe second connect point points to the topo connected to the second tap. A tap is always abranch starting point and thus is always the start point of a new topo. Refer to Figure 6-8,which shows the network for Example 5.

Page 191: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 21

Figure 6-8. Network for Example 5

If you generate some HITS reports and practice sketching out the pipeline networks, you willbecome familiar with the report contents and better understand the concepts presented inthe examples above.

Page 192: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 22 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________6.6 Section 5: Design File Data in IDF Order

Section 5 of the HITS report contains a record of how the network is traversed as theintermediate data file is being generated. The software examines the network of piping andchooses the best(that is, the one least likely to result in problems from ISOGEN) topo to begin the network

traversal on. ISOGEN prefers certain navigation sequences over others and the interfacesoftware tries to choose the optimal sequence.

ISOGEN also requires that the traversal of the network be branch first order. This meansthat whenever a branch is encountered in the network, the traversal must head down thebranch before continuing down the header.

To traverse the network in branch first order manner you start on the header topo and travelconnect point by connect point until the value of branch is greater than 0 at some node.When branch is positive then you jump down to the new topo and start traversing it untilyou come to another branch or to the end. If you encounter another branch then you mustjump again to another topo. When the end of the topo is found then you return to the topofrom which you jumped and continue tracing.

Example 6:

The following is an example of a network:

Name Occ cp# Node Topo Branch

PIPE 10 1 -1 1 0 1PIPE 10 2 1 1 0 2T 11 1 1 1 7 3T 11 2 2 1 7 4PIPE 12 1 2 1 0 5PIPE 12 2 -1 1 0 6T 11 3 3 2 -3 7PIPE 13 1 3 2 0 8PIPE 13 2 -1 2 0 9

In Example 6, topo 1 consists of a header, two pipes, and the run of a tee. Topo 2 consists ofa branch, the branch leg of a tee and a branch pipe. Following the rules given above fortraversal of the network would yield the following trace:

Name Occ cp in cp out Leg

PIPE 10 1 2 1T 11 1 0 1T 11 0 3 2PIPE 13 1 2 1T 11 0 2 4PIPE 12 1 2 1

Page 193: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 23

Step 1 travels from one end of the first pipe to the other. Following the first pipe we travelinto the tee. Notice that although the origins do not have node numbers they appear in thetraversal whenever a change in direction occurs. This means that, for the tee, the traversaloccurs from connect point 1 to the origin in step 2. At this point the branch flag is positiveand so a jump occurs to topo 2. On topo 2 we travel from the origin of the tee to connect point3 (which is the branch connect point) in step 3. In step 4 we travel down a pipe which is thelast component on the topo. We then jump back to topo 1 and in step 5 travel from the teeorigin to connect point 2. Finally, in the last step we traverse the remaining pipe on topo 1.Refer to Figure 6-9 for an illustration of this traversal.

The header topo number can be found by examining the first line in the traversal. In thiscase the first line consists of PIPE — occurrence 10. Looking at the network description,observe that PIPE — occurrence 10 is on topo number 1. This makes topo 1 the header topo.

Figure 6-9. Traversal in Example 6

In ISOGEN terminology one step in the above trace is termed a component leg. Straightthrough components like pipe, flanges, and valves consist of one leg. Change of directioncomponents like elbows, angle valves and so on consist of two legs. Branch components liketee’s, olets, 3-way and 4-way valves and crosses consist of three or four legs. In Example 9,the last leg of the tee is given a leg number of 4. By definition only 4-way components have aleg 3 (which would correspond to the 2nd branch leg).

Branches off from components formed by taps are termed branch legs and are not given anumber. Branch legs are treated as other branches are though. When a tapped componentis encountered in the network then all the tapped legs must be traced before continuing downthe topo. Although olet type components have a different connect point skeleton than tee’s dothey are treated similarly in the network trace. This is highlighted in the next example:

Page 194: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 24 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Example 7:

The following is a network:

Name Occ cp# Node Topo Branch

90E 8 1 -1 1 0 190E 8 2 1 1 0 2PIPE 10 1 1 1 0 3PIPE 10 2 2 1 7 4PIPE 30001 1 2 1 7 5PIPE 30001 2 -1 1 0 6WOL 6 1 1 2 -4 7WOL 6 2 2 2 0 8PIPE 9 2 2 2 0 9PIPE 9 1 -1 2 0 10

The network trace for this network is:

Name Occ cp in cp out leg

90E 8 1 0 190E 8 0 2 2PIPE 10 1 2 1WOL 6 1 1 1WOL 6 1 2 2PIPE 9 2 1 1WOL 6 1 1 4

In Example 7, the first leg of the olet goes from connect point 1 to connect point 1. It isanalogous to the step with the tee where traversal goes from connect point to the origin. Inthis case the traversal does not go anywhere and therefore is called a zero length leg. Thesecond leg traverses from cp1 to cp2 — analogous to the previous example’s traversal fromthe tee origin to cp3. After the branch topo has been traversed we return to the olet for leg 4which again goes from cp1 to cp1 — another zero length leg. This step is analogous to goingfrom the origin to cp3 in the previous example.

Notice also the traversal through the elbow. Since the elbow causes a change of direction, itis traversed in two legs: 1) from cp1 to the origin and 2) from the origin to cp2.

Sometimes the traversal of the network requires traveling into the branch leg of a branchcomponent. When this happens the leg numbers are assigned somewhat differently on thebranch component.

Example 8:

The following is a partial network:

Name Occ cp# Node Topo Branch

.

.

.PIPE 10 1 20 4 0 46

Page 195: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 25

PIPE 10 2 21 4 0 47T 15 3 21 4 -61 48

.

.

.PIPE 12 1 -1 7 0 59PIPE 12 2 52 7 0 60T 15 1 52 7 48 61T 15 2 53 7 48 62PIPE 17 2 53 7 0 63PIPE 17 1 -1 7 0 64

In Example 8, a lower numbered topo (topo 4) contains a back pointer to a higher numberedtopo (topo 7). Whenever this happens, the traversal will enter branch.

The trace for this part of the network would be:

Name Occ cp in cp out leg

PIPE 1 0 1 2 1T 15 3 0 1T 15 0 1 2PIPE 1 2 2 1 1T 15 0 2 4PIPE 1 7 2 1 1

In this example, the branch leg of the tee is leg 1 since it is traversed first. Legs 2 and 4 areassigned arbitrarily in this situation and so tracing may go either way (ISOGEN has nopreference). Refer to Figure 6-10 which shows this network traversal.

Figure 6-10. Network traversal in example 8

Page 196: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 26 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________6.7 Using the HITS Report to Solve Problems

When you have difficulty extracting a line, the first thing you should do in analyzing theproblem is to sketch out the network. Often this is enough to identify the problem. If thestructure in section 4 of the report is incorrect — that is, the topos are not correctly definedand connected or the pointers appear incorrect — then ISOGEN’s input will be wrong andthe drawing will definitely be incorrect.

When the data structure represented in section 4 of the report is incorrect then you canconclude that either the interface has a bug or there is a problem in the model. Typicalmodel problems include such things as disconnected sections and overlapping components orpipes.

When the modeler has inadvertently placed two pipes on top of each other you will get anerror message at the top of the HITS report stating this. The message will also report a nodenumber where the problem was detected. By getting the coordinate of the node you canpinpoint where in the model the problem occurs. This can also occur where the connectpoints of components overlap each other and are not properly connected.

Notice that one of the columns in section 4 of the report is called section. In a correctnetwork all of the topos should have a value of 1 in this column. When the network iscomposed of multiple disconnected sections, however, some topos will contain a value otherthan 1. In this case the network for each section should be sketched out. It should beapparent after doing this where the different sections should have been connected in themodel and, therefore, where the trouble spot is.

Another problem that might occur is that components that should all be colinear are not.This is detected by examining the direction list number. If the direction list changes forexample from one pipe to another then a problem exists in the model and the line can not beextracted properly.

Mismatches between the design file and database can also cause iso extraction failures butthese types of problems should be trapped and reported adequately in other areas of thesoftware. You should not need to rely on the HITS report to find these kinds of problems.

When the data structure in section 4 of the report is correct then the traversal in section 5should be examined. Even if the network is correct, some other bug can cause the networktraversal to fail. Again, if the traversal is incorrect then ISOGEN will definitely fail. Whenboth the network and the traversal are correct, there is most likely a problem with ISOGEN.

When ISOGEN is at fault, then one of the following scenarios is true:

1. The drawing appears correct for the most part but some aspect of it is incorrect.

When this happens there is usually some option or combination of options that havebeen enabled that resulted in the problem. The best way to find the cause of theproblem is to start with a basic drawing generation setup that contains few "special"options. Then add a few options at a time until the problem is reproduced. Finally,through a process of elimination identify the option that is causing the problem. Allfailures of this type should be reported to Intergraph.

Page 197: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 27

2. The drawing or one sheet of it is scrambled — a total failure. When this happens it is

usually the case that disabling options will not result in the drawing working — thoughsometimes it does. The best thing to do when this happens is to try and reextract asmaller portion of the line if possible. The failure should also be reported to Intergraph.

When any sheet of an ISOGEN drawing fails, ALL sheets from the samepipeline may contain errors and are suspect.

Page 198: Isometric Drawing Extraction

6 - 28 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Page 199: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7. The Options File

The options file consists of a set of options and tables that drive the interface to ISOGEN.You can modify the options file to customize the drawings that are produced by ISOGEN.See the appendices for an example of an options file.

Information contained in the remainder of this manual assumes that you have knowledge ofthe following:

The PDS database structure

PDS Reference Database

The Label Description Library Utility

The Standard Note Library

Material Description Libraries

Page 200: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.1 File Structure

The options file is composed of two sets of options and several tables. Each option block andtable is preceded in the options file by a keyword that identifies it. The keyword must beginin column 1 and should NOT be surrounded by single quotes. The keywords and data thatfollow them can appear in any order in the options file.

You can put comments to the right of any table entry but not to the right of a keyword. Youcan also have comments preceding any keyword or following the last entry in a table.Comments either preceding a keyword or following the last table entry must have anexclamation point (!) in column 1 to identify it as a comment.

Keywords are always followed by a number - starting in any column - that identifies thenumber of table entries. It is valid for the number to be zero, indicating that there are notable entries. If the number that precedes a table does not match the number of entries inthe table, a warning message is generated at the time the table is read in.

Entries in tables consist of a row of numbers and sometimes character strings that areseparated by commas ( , ). Character strings that are part of a table entry MUST besurrounded by single quotes (’ ’).

A typical table in the options file might appear as:

TABLE_KEYWORDnrowsn1, n2, ’c1’, n3, ......m1, m2, ’cm’, m3, ...

Where:

TABLE_KEYWORD is the table key word discussed above.

nrows is the number of table entries.

n1, n2, ... are numbers in the first table entry.

’c1’ is a character string in the first entry.

m1, m2, ... are numbers in the last table entry.

’cm’ is a character string in the last entry.

The options file keywords consist of the following:

ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCKINTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCKFILES

Page 201: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 3

USER_DEFINED_WELDSWELD_PREFIXDETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITYPIPELINE_HEADERATEXT_SPECIFICATIONSINGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONSLINE_ID_DEFINITIONTYPE_1_LABELSTYPE_2_LABELSTYPE_3_LABELSSTART_POINT_NOTESSECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTEEND_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELSNOZZLE_NOTEDOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUESNOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUESSHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUESOFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUESMOVABLE_TEXTNEW_SYMBOL_KEYSGENITM_NOTE_FORMATALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEXUSER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOMUSER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOMUSER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOMNON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS

When an option in an option block is set to 1, it is enabled.

Page 202: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.2 ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCK

The ISOGEN options block is a group of options that are input directly to ISOGEN. Theseoptions do not effect the ISOGEN interface but, control the different characteristics ofdrawing output. However, some options selected in the ISOGEN options block might requirethat entries be defined in certain of the options file tables in order to work properly.

The ISOGEN options block consists of 140 numbers arranged in 10 rows of 14. Each numberis referred to as a "word" in the options block. Row 1 contains words 1 through 14, row 2contains 15 through 28 and so on. The positioning of a number within a word is important.Thus, in editing the options block be sure to keep the units digit of the entry in the samecolumn.

The following options should not be changed from their default settings. These options arenot used in the Intergraph environment.

Words______ Function_________

1 Plot length control7 Drawing control31 Iso output file32 Plotter scale factor33 Pipe detailed43-51 Wastage factors55-57 Diagnostic printing58 Clear screen131 Test parameter

Be careful when changing words 34 (picture scale) and 38 (split control).Values other than the default sometimes result in drawing failure.

Be careful modifying words 115 (angular tolerance) and 116 (lineartolerance). Large values of these options can cause sloped lines to beshown incorrectly.

The Drawing control option (word 7) must be left at 0. ISOGEN willsometimes fail if forced to put more information on a sheet than itdetermines it can fit. You can minimize the number of sheets produced byincreasing the sheet size.

Option 8 (dimension line distance) does not work when it is set to give adimension standout greater than 25 mm.

In general, ISOGEN is more successful with a large sheet size than asmall one.

Page 203: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 5

You can create virtually any size sheet - including one with a user-definedtitle block by using the drawing margin options (words 10-13) and thedrawing size options (words 14-16). User-defined graphics in referencefiles must be positioned in drawing margins or in a reserved strip alongthe bottom of the drawing (option 35) in order for stacking of multisheetdrawings to work properly.

ISOGEN drawing layout

Page 204: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.3 INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK

The Intergraph options block is a group of options, numbered in the same way as theISOGEN options (Appendix B), that directly control the actions of the ISOGEN interface.The specific meaning of each option is outlined below:

Word_____ Value______ Meaning_________

1 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN MTO neutral file.1 Produce the ISOGEN mto neutral file. (isoname.bom)

2 0 THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO ZERO

3 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN printed parts list.1 Produce the ISOGEN printed parts list. (isoname.prt)

4 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN component vrs sheet numberfile. This setting will not split the MTO neutral file.

1 Produce the ISOGEN component vrs sheet number file,isoname.sed. If the MTO map file includes componentoccurrence numbers and record types, this setting splits theMTO neutral file by sheet. Neutral files created by the splitare named: isoname(sheet#).b(extnum).

5 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN cut pipe report.1 Produce the ISOGEN cut pipe report. (isoname.cut)

When any of options 1-5 are set 0 (not generating a file), the files are in fact stillcreated. However, the command procedures which run ISOGEN delete thesefiles after the drawing is generated.

6 0 Disable the "CONNECTION NOT FOUND" message at lineendpoints where no connecting component is found.

Page 205: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 7

1 Enable "CONNECTION NOT FOUND" message at line end

points where no connecting component is found. (Does notapply to plugs, caps, and blind flanges.) This option can beused to highlight the fact that no connecting component wasfound at a line endpoint. When no connecting component isfound then implied materials cannot be generated at thatendpoint. This option can make checking of the drawingseasier.

7 0 Do not adjust connect point coordinates to the face-of-flange.

1 Adjust connect point coordinates to the face-of-flange. In thepiping model, component connect points are placed midwaythrough the gasket at flanged connections. When this optionis disabled, dimensioning on the iso also goes to the center ofthe gasket. When the option is enabled, dimensioning is tothe face-of-flange.

Page 206: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 8 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

8 Position A Bolt Length

This Intergraph option has multiple switch settings (suchas A, B, C, D). Intergraph switch settings are read fromright to left (D-C-B-A). For example, if this option is setto 21, 1 represents switch position A and 2 representsswitch position B. When setting an option with multipleswitches, leading zeros may be omitted, but trailing zerosmust be included.

0 Output bolt lengths in inches in the BOM printed on theiso.

1 Output bolt lengths in millimeters in the BOM printed onthe iso.

Position B Bolt Diameter

0 or blank Output bolt diameter in the default units (as defined inISOGEN option switch 41 and Intergraph option 43) inthe BOM printed on the iso. When using this setting,AText -359 must be left blank.

Page 207: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 9

1 Output bolt diameter in inches in the BOM printed on

the iso. This setting overrides the setting defined withISOGEN switch 41 (position A). When using this setting,AText -359 should be set to NPD and ISOGEN switch 65(position B) must be set to 1.

2 Output bolt diameter in millimeters in the BOM printedon the iso. This setting overrides the setting definedwith ISOGEN switch 41 (position A). When using thissetting, AText -359 should be set to NPD and ISOGENswitch 65 (position B) must be set to 2.

9 val Tolerance for considering valve operators and eccentricreducers to be skewed. Val is the maximum direction cosinetimes 1000. The default value is 10 (or .01).

10 0 The commodity code description includes consideration ofcomponent schedule. Therefore, do not append the componentschedule to the material description

1 Commodity code description does not include consideration ofschedule. Therefore, the component schedule is appended tothe material description.

Option 10 is not needed if label description library numbers,which output schedules, are embedded ([ ]) within materialdescriptions found in the Material Description Library.During extraction, the labels are expanded in the materialdescription.

For more information on the Label Description Library andthe Material Description Library, refer to the Reference DataManager document.

The material description for an elbow appears as follows inthe material description library where label 403 is defined toOutput Component Schedule:

"WELD ELL BE [403] CS ASTM A234-WPB"

Page 208: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 10 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

At extraction time, the label description library number[403] is expanded so that the description placed in thedrawing is:

"WELD ELL BE STD WT CS ASTM A234-WPB"

These embedded attributes can also be included in thematerial descriptions for implied items like bolts andgaskets.

11 val Piping component connection tolerance in uor’s. The defaultvalue is 20 uor’s. If the space between connect points isgreater than the value defined by this option, thepipes/components are not considered connected.

12 val Number of characters after which a line feed should beinserted in instrument tag numbers for display in aninstrument bubble. (See also ISOGEN option number 123.)

The following example assumes that the instrument tagnumber is INST-001.

1 When set to 1, a line feed is inserted after the first character.

10 Replace an embedded dash within the tag number with alinefeed.

Page 209: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 11

13 0 Display all valve operators on the isometric regardless ofwhether or not they are displayed in the piping model.

1 Do not display valve operators on the isometric that areturned off within the model.NOTE:This option can also be used in conjunction with Intergraphoptions 59 and 48 that deal with valve operator display andorientation notes.

14 0 Generate implied materials. These include bolts, gaskets andfield welds.

1 Do not generate implied materials.

Page 210: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 12 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

This option allows you to do testing without incurring theoverhead of generating implied materials. Execution of theISOGEN interface takes a significantly longer time whenbolts and gaskets must be generated.

15 0 Spool Numbering On (Uses consecutive numbering)

1 Spool Numbering Off10 Spool Numbering On (This option uses consecutive numbering

with the exception that spool numbering is set back to 1 foreach new sheet.)

16 0 Generate the HITS report and the intermediate data file.

1 Generate only the HITS report.

When generating only a HITS report an iso cannot begenerated since no input to ISOGEN is produced.

2 Generate only the intermediate data file for batch extraction.(DO NOT generate the HITS file)

Setting two should only be used with batch extraction. IfDEBUG is ON for batch extraction, position A is reset to 0.The HITS file is automatically generated when usinginteractive extraction.

17 0 Continue trying to extract the line if a component isencountered that is not in the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.

1 Stop extraction if a component is encountered that is not inthe PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.

18 0 Generate coordinates in the DESIGN VOLUME coordinatesystem.

1 Generate coordinates in the PLANT coordinate system.3 Generate coordinates in the DESIGN VOLUME coordinate

system using large coordinates.

Page 211: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 13

4 Generate coordinates in the PLANT coordinate system using

large coordinates.

Option 3 or 4 should be used if any coordinate can be outsidethe range plus or minus 13.3 miles in an English project orplus or minus 21.4 kilometers in a metric project.

NOTE:Coordinate System data is stored in the type 63 data of thepiping model. For Interactive Extraction, the software readsthe type 63 of the first model entered on the form. For BatchExtraction, the software reads the type 63 data from the firstpiping model in the area specified in each record of the batchinput file.

19 1 THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO 1.

20 0 Do not generate an Intergraph mto neutral file.1 Generate an Intergraph mto neutral file. The naming

convention: isoname+sheet number.b# (where # is theextraction number) is used when an Intergraph mto neutralfile is generated. MTO neutral file generation is discussed indetail in the section The MTO Neutral File Record Map.

NOTE:Intergraph option 4 must be set to 1 in order to generate anmto neutral file.

21 0 Do not generate welds in the mto neutral file.1 Generate welds in the mto neutral file where the welds listed

on the mto do not appear on the corresponding isometricsheet.

2 Generate welds in the mto neutral file where the welds listedon the mto appear on the corresponding isometric sheet. As aresult, using this option setting slightly increases run timeand generates a larger intermediate data file.

22 0 Extract by substring of the line name attribute.1 Extract by equality of the line ID attributes.

The meaning of this option is discussed at length in thesection Interactive Isometric Generation.

NOTE:Option 22 must be set to 1 when running batch isometricextractions

23 0 Use the system-defined nozzle connection note.The system-defined nozzle connection note is formatted as

follows:

NOZ: xxx - where xxx is the nozzle tagITEM: xxx - where xxx is the equipment tagsize-rating-facing

Page 212: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 14 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

1 Use the NOZZLE_NOTE table in the options file to form thenozzle connection note.

24 0 Generate pipe supports in the intermediate data file.1 Do not generate pipe supports in the intermediate data file.

25 0 Show bare branch weld as a length of pipe - with coordinatelabel pointing to CP2 of branch weld.

Page 213: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 15

1 Show bare branch weld as a dot - with coordinate label

pointing to CP1 of branch weld.

26 Position A Inspection Number

This Intergraph option has multiple switch settings (suchas A, B, C, D). Intergraph switch settings are read fromright to left (D-C-B-A). For example, if this option is setto 21, 1 represents switch position A and 2 representsswitch position B. When setting an option with multipleswitches, leading zeros may be omitted, but trailing zerosmust be included.

Inspection Numbers0 Do not extract inspection numbers.1 Extract inspection numbers. Do not display blank

inspection number.2 Extract inspection numbers. Display blank inspection

numbers as defined by INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATION16 (default as ****).

Position B Inspection Number Enclosure Type

0 bubble (default)1 rectangle2 rectangle with arrowed ends3 rectangle with rounded ends4 triangle5 diamond

27 0 Generate component tags as -37 records in the intermediatedata file.

1 Generate component tags as -22 records in the intermediatedata file. This option must be set to 1 in order to generateinstrument bubbles properly on both in-line and off-lineinstruments.

Page 214: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 16 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

28 0 Do not replace the ISOGEN instrument dial symbol (IDPL or

IDFL) with the instrument balloon.

1 Replace the ISOGEN instrument dial symbol with aninstrument balloon.

Regardless of which setting is used, the instrument tagnumber is displayed inside of a circle.

29 0 Do not make off-line instruments no-mto.

Page 215: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 17

1 Make all off-line instruments no-mto.

Offline instruments are defined as any instrument mapped tothe ISOGEN symbol IDPL or IDFL.

30 0 Do not show reinforcing pads in the ISOGEN BOM.

Page 216: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 18 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

1 Show reinforcing pads in the ISOGEN BOM.

A reinforcing pad can only be shown in the ISOGEN BOMwhen the PDS branch component in the model is mapped tothe ISOGEN component named TERF. The component in themodel should have the commodity code and materialdescription for the reinforcing pad.

31 0 Do not access the VALOPR table to map PDS symbol namesand valve operator names to ISOGEN symbols.

1 Access the VALOPR table to map PDS symbols and valveoperators to ISOGEN symbols.

This option is provided because there are two ways to map aPDS symbol and valve operator to an ISOGEN symbol. Oneway is through the VALOPR table described in the sectionThe Valve/Operator Table. The other way is through thePDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map discussed in the section ThePDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map. When this option is set to 1,the ISOGEN symbol name obtained from the symbol map isreplaced by an entry in the VALOPR table if it exists.

Page 217: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 19

32 0 Do not generate implied materials from the reference

database using table 212.

1 Generate implied materials from the reference database usingtable 212.

This option must be enabled (set to 1) in order to generateimplied materials in the mto neutral file and/or to generate anote on the drawing for the implied materials. Also, seeIntergraph option 45.

NOTE:The generation of implied items from the Implied MaterialData Table is triggered by special definitions you make in thereference database. Refer to the Reference Data Managerdocument for details.

Page 218: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 20 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Refer to the Material Take-Off Options material in the ProjectAdministrator’s Reference Guide for more information.

Material Takeoff Options that could effect the impliedmaterial output on the iso are stored in the type 63 data ofthe piping model. For Interactive Extraction, the softwarereads the type 63 of the first model entered on the form. ForBatch Extraction, the software reads the type 63 data fromthe first piping model in the area specified in each record ofthe batch input file.

33 0 Do not generate chain wheel operators, extension stems orfloor stands.

1 Generate chain wheel operators, extension stems and floorstands. Output information is based on the setting of INGRWord 45.

This option must be set in order to generate chain wheeloperators, extension stems and floor stands in the mto-neutral file or to generate a note on the drawing.

The generation of chain-wheel operators, extension stems andfloor stands is triggered by definitions you make in the modelfor specific valves. Refer to the Piping Design GraphicsReference Guide for details on making these definitions. Forthese items the material description library is accessed byadding the operator number to the following strings:

Item_____ Prefix______ Example_________

Chain Operators CHAIN_ CHAIN_1001Extension Stems XSTEM_ XSTEM_2001Floor Stands FSTAND_ FSTAND_3001

34 0 Do not generate the title block data files.1 Generate the title block data files.

The title block data files are used by the batch extractionsoftware to fill out drawing title blocks. If this option isenabled you must also specify a title block tables File underthe FILES section of the options file (refer to The Files Table,page 7 - 42 for more information).

35 THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO ONE.

Page 219: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 21

36 0 Do not remove unexpanded attribute specifications from

material descriptions.

1 Remove unexpanded material descriptions from materialdescriptions.

This option allows you to remove any embedded attributespecifications (labels) that are not expanded when thematerial description is generated. Thus, if a materialdescription contains labels that refer to unrelated tables, theunused label can be removed from the description. However,labels that cannot be expanded because of error will also beremoved - leaving the description incomplete although it mayappear complete on the drawing.

Page 220: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 22 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

37 0 Disable use of the alternate index into the material

description libraries.

1 Enable use of the alternate index into the materialdescription libraries.

This option allows you to access the material descriptionlibraries by using an attribute other than commodity code orspecialty tag number. Library access is first attempted usingthe commodity code or tag number. If no material descriptionis found, the attribute defined in theALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX table (discussed in thesection ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX) is used toretrieve a description from the appropriate library.

This option also allows you to establish a generic descriptionfor instruments, specialties and pipe supports. This can beused as an alternative to creating a material descriptionlibrary entry for each item.

Page 221: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 23

38 val Format of date strings output in the title block text files. Set

val as follows:

0 - DD-MMM-YYYY 4 - MMM DD, YYYY1 - DD-MMM-YY 5 - DD MMM YYYY2 - MM/DD/YY 6 - MM/DD3 - DD/MM/YY 7 - DD/MM

39 0 Disable flow arrows on pipe.1 Enable flow arrows on pipe.

40 0 Assign pipe flow arrows during traversal.1 Assign pipe flow arrows by segment.

When assigned during traversal, the first pipe receives a flowarrow. Arrows are then generated on the first pipesdownstream of branch components. When assigned bysegment, the first pipe encountered on each segment receivesa flow arrow.

41 0 Disable multi-endprep components.

1 Enable multi-endprep components.

This option controls the display of end-prep graphics oncomponents that have more than one end-prep such as theflanged and welded valve shown above.

Page 222: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 24 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

42 0 Disable boxed tag numbers on commodity items.

1 Enable boxed tag numbers on commodity items.

This option allows you to show tag numbers on the isometricfor commodity items (that is, items other than specialty items,instruments and pipe supports).

43 0 Output all bores in inches on the isometric.1 Reserved for future use2 Output all bores in millimeters on the isometric.

Page 223: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 25

NOTE:The settings for Intergraph option 43 should correspond withthe settings for ISOGEN Option 41, Position A (DimensionalUnits).

44 0 THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO ZERO.

45 val These options determine how implied materials from thereference database (212) (other than bolts and gaskets) arehandled.

0 Do not generate either a note in the drawing (based upon theGENITM_NOTE_FORMAT table) or an entry in the ISOGENbill of material.

1 Generate an entry in the bill of material, but not a note in thedrawing.

Page 224: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 26 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

2 Generate a note in the drawing based upon the

GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT table, but not an entry in the billof material. (This option does not apply to implied items fromthe spec.)

3 Generate a note in the drawing and an entry in the bill ofmaterial. (This option will not result in a note for implieditems from the spec.)

Page 225: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 27

NOTE:Material Takeoff Options that could effect the impliedmaterial output on the iso are stored in the type 63 data ofthe piping model. For Interactive Extraction, the softwarereads the type 63 of the first model entered on the form. ForBatch Extraction, the software reads the type 63 data fromthe first piping model in the area specified in each record ofthe batch input file.

46 0 Do not label the drawing with segment node numbers.1 Label the drawing with segment node numbers for those

segments where data originated from the P&ID.

47 0 Do not generate weight information in the BOM on the face ofthe iso.

1 Generate weight information in the BOM on the face of theiso using Imperial Units (raw weight).

2 Generate weight information in the BOM on the face of theiso using Metric Units (raw weight).

NOTE:Raw weight implies that the insulation of the component isnot included.

Intergraph option 47 should be used in conjunction withISOGEN option switch 41.

48 0 Disable secondary orientation notes for valve operators.

1 Enable secondary orientation notes. See also the sectionSECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE.

Page 226: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 28 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

49 0 THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO ZERO.

50 0 Disable induction bend groups.

1 Enable induction bend groups.

NOTE:For Intergraph option 50 to function properly, pipes and pipebends must be grouped so that they are included in aninduction bend group with the Data/Revise/Component Groupcommand from within PD_DESIGN.

Page 227: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 29

51 val Nozzle connection tolerance scaling factor. The default nozzle

connection tolerance is 4 mm. The default will be scaledaccording to the val entered divided by 100. Thus, to doublethe tolerance set val to 200.

52 0 Do not append the number of nuts per bolt to the materialdescription of bolts.

1 Append the number of nuts per bolt to the materialdescription of bolts.

NOTE:INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS ATEXT number 3 allowsfor a comment to be appended to the numeric value. Forexample, nuts per bolt.

53 0 THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO ZERO.

54 0 Use the pipe support tag number as the index into thespecialty material description library for pipe supports.

1 Use the pipe support commodity code, which must be uppercased, as the index into the specialty material descriptionlibrary for pipe supports.

Page 228: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 30 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

55 0 Do not alter extraction criteria case1 Convert extraction criteria to Lower-case.2 Use upper-case extraction criteria.

This option performs pipeline extractions where attributedata has been stored in a lower-case format in the database.All text generated in the resulting isometric drawings willstill be upper-case. Note that when extracting by line ID, andcode listed attributes are involved, that the code list set mustbe stored in lower-case.

56 0 Form the commodity code for chain operators using theoperator type attribute.

Page 229: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 31

1 Form the commodity code for chain operators using the chain

operator number.

57 0 Do not generate labels consisting of segment node numbers.

1 Generate labels consisting of segment node numbers to assistflow sheet checking. However, if the node number is blank,labels will not be generated.

Page 230: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 32 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

2 Always generate labels consisting of segment node numberseven when the node number is blank. An * is displayed if thenode number is blank.

58 0 Append the bolt length to the material description for bolts.

Page 231: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 33

1 Do not append the bolt length to the material description for

bolts.

59 0 Display valve operator when it is not in a primary direction.1 Do not display valve operator when it is not in a primary

direction.

NOTE:This option is used in conjunction with ATEXT -213, spindledirection.

60 0 Search continuation areas defined in the Add Iso Area orRevise Iso Area forms for continuation items only. Thedatabase partitions of the models contained in the primaryarea (the area listed in the batch input file) are the onlymodels scanned for the pipeline to be extracted as defined bythe LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the options file. Theremaining models that are attached as references are scannedfor continuation items, both pipeline and equipment nozzles.If the same pipeline, as defined by theLINE_ID_DEFINITION, continues into another area, acontinuation note is displayed on the iso that points to thesame line name as the iso being extracted.

1 Search continuation areas for LINE_ID_DEFINITIONs andcontinuation items. Any items that match the line ID will beincluded in the output isometric. All of the models from all ofthe pipeline continuation areas defined in the Revise IsoArea form is scanned for the line to extract. Also, all of thereference models are scanned for continuation items (bothpipeline and equipment nozzles). If the same pipeline, asdefined by the LINE_ID_DEFINITION, continues intoanother area, and the area is listed in the Revise Iso Areaform, the pipeline is included in the extraction.

NOTE:When set to 1, option 60 increases iso extraction time. It isrecommended that option 60 be set to 0 unless the line to beextracted extends across multiple areas.

2 Search all areas of the project for LINE_ID_DEFINITIONsand continuation items ignoring the continuation settings inthe Revise Iso Area form. ISOGEN searches every pipingmodel in the project for the pipeline to be extracted and alsosearches every equipment model for nozzle continuationitems.

NOTE:

Page 232: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 34 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Because there is no direct control over the number of modelsscanned by the software, setting 2 will take longer to processthat setting 0 or 1.

61 0 Generic item names such as COMP, INST, and SUPP will begenerated in the HITS file until the last section "Design filedata in IDF order" is printed. This section will print fourcharacters of the actual item name from the database.

Raw design file data

——————–

Name Occ cp # X Y Z Node Direct Section Flags Topo Seq Branch Sg_occ

PIPE 30 1 13.69 -28.50 10.0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 27 1

PIPE 30 2 15.69 -28.50 10.0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 27 2

COMP 51 0 16.44 -28.50 10.0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 27 3

COMP 51 1 15.69 -28.50 10.0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 27 4

COMP 51 2 16.44 -29.25 10.0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 27 5

Design file data sorted by coordinate

————————————-

Name Occ cp # X Y Z Node Direct Section Flags Topo Seq Branch Sg_occ

PIPE 30 1 13.69 -28.50 10.00 - 1 1 0 5 0 0 0 27 1

PIPE 30 2 15.69 -28.50 10.0 0 1 1 0 5 0 0 0 27 2

COMP 51 1 15.69 -28.50 10.0 0 1 1 0 3 0 0 0 27 3

COMP 51 2 16.44 -29.25 10.00 - 1 2 0 3 0 0 0 27 4

COMP 51 0 16.44 -28.50 10.0 0 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 27 5

Tracing data

————

Action Occ Cp Name Node Ref Design

5 Next 30 2 PIPE 1 2 1 1 1

5 Next 51 1 COMP 1 4 1 1 2

5 Next 51 2 COMP -1 5 1 1 3

-1 1 0

# Sections = 1

Design file data sorted by topo

——————————-

Name Occ cp # X Y Z Node Direct Section Flags Topo Seq Branch Sg_occ

COMP 51 0 16.44 -28.50 10.0 0 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 27 1

PIPE 30 1 13.69 -28.50 10.00 - 1 1 1 5 1 0 0 27 2

PIPE 30 2 15.69 -28.50 10.0 0 1 1 1 5 1 1 0 27 3

COMP 51 1 15.69 -28.50 10.0 0 1 1 1 3 1 2 0 27 4

COMP 51 2 16.44 -29.25 10.00 - 1 2 1 3 1 3 0 27 5

Design file data in IDF order

—————————–

Name X Y Z X Y Z Occ in_cp Out_cp Leg Dn_occ Sg_occ

PIPE 333756 -694944 243840 382524 -694944 243840 30 1 2 in 51 27

E90L 382524 -694944 243840 400812 -694944 243840 51 1 0 in 0 27

E90L 400812 -694944 243840 400812 -713232 243840 51 0 2 ou 0 27 End

61 1 Item names from the database will be generated for allsections of the HITS file. Setting this option to a 1 willincrease extraction time by approximately 25%. Intergraphrecommends this option be used for debug purposes only.

Raw design file data

——————–

Name Occ cp # X Y Z Node Direct Section Flags Topo Seq Branch Sg_occ

PIPE 30 1 13.69 -28.50 10.0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 27 1

Page 233: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 35

PIPE 30 2 15.69 -28.50 10.0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 27 2

E90L 51 0 16.44 -28.50 10.0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 27 3

E90L 51 1 15.69 -28.50 10.0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 27 4

E90L 51 2 16.44 -29.25 10.0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 27 5

Design file data sorted by coordinate

————————————-

Name Occ cp # X Y Z Node Direct Section Flags Topo Seq Branch Sg_occ

PIPE 30 1 13.69 -28.50 10.00 - 1 1 0 5 0 0 0 27 1

PIPE 30 2 15.69 -28.50 10.0 0 1 1 0 5 0 0 0 27 2

E90L 51 1 15.69 -28.50 10.0 0 1 1 0 3 0 0 0 27 3

E90L 51 2 16.44 -29.25 10.00 - 1 2 0 3 0 0 0 27 4

E90L 51 0 16.44 -28.50 10.0 0 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 27 5

Tracing data

————

Action Occ Cp Name Node Ref Design

5 Next 30 2 PIPE 1 2 1 1 1

5 Next 51 1 E90L 1 4 1 1 2

5 Next 51 2 E90L -1 5 1 1 3

-1 1 0

# Sections = 1

Design file data sorted by topo

——————————-

Name Occ cp # X Y Z Node Direct Section Flags Topo Seq Branch Sg_occ

E90L 51 0 16.44 -28.50 10.0 0 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 27 1

PIPE 30 1 13.69 -28.50 10.00 - 1 1 1 5 1 0 0 27 2

PIPE 30 2 15.69 -28.50 10.0 0 1 1 1 5 1 1 0 27 3

E90L 51 1 15.69 -28.50 10.0 0 1 1 1 3 1 2 0 27 4

E90L 51 2 16.44 -29.25 10.00 - 1 2 1 3 1 3 0 27 5

Design file data in IDF order

—————————–

Name X Y Z X Y Z Occ in_cp Out_cp Leg Dn_occ Sg_occ

PIPE 333756 -694944 243840 382524 -694944 243840 30 1 2 in 51 27

E90L 382524 -694944 243840 400812 -694944 243840 51 1 0 in 0 27

E90L 400812 -694944 243840 400812 -713232 243840 51 0 2 ou 0 27 End

62 Position A Weld Number Display

This Intergraph option has multiple switch settings (suchas A, B, C, D). Intergraph switch settings are read fromright to left (D-C-B-A). For example, if this option is setto 21, 1 represents switch position A and 2 representsswitch position B. When setting an option with multipleswitches, leading zeros may be omitted, but trailing zerosmust be included.

0 Do not display PDS generated weld numbers.1 Display PDS generated weld numbers on Iso drawings.

Position B Weld Number Display on the BOM0 Do not write weld numbers on isometric drawings.

Instead, display the welds in the bill of material (BOM).1 Display weld numbers on isometric drawings and in the

bill of material (BOM).

Page 234: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 36 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Position C Weld Display at Sheet Breaks0 Place the weld at the sheet break on the sheet containing

the component that has the higher east, north andelevation coordinate.

1 Place the weld at the sheet break on both sheets. Theweld is displayed as non-dashed on both isometrics.

NOTE:Intergraph option 62, position C, must be set to 1 forISOGEN option 22 (Field Fit Length) to work properly.

ISOGEN option 53, Weld Numbers, must be turned on inorder to display the generated weld numbers onisometric.

By default, this option generates a normal un-boxedarrowed message. If an enclosure is chosen usingISOGEN option 75,switch position A, only options 1, 2and 5 should be used.

Information on the Drawing and/or the parts list will beas follows:

COMMODITY CODE (-20 record): ’SHOP’ or ’FIELD’ or’OFFSHORE’DESCRIPTION (-21 record): ’Weld Type, Material A,Material B’For example:

Part Weld NPD CMDTYNo.____ Description___________ (IN)____ Code_____ QTY_____

9 SHOP WELD, 5 IN OD, B166-600(N06600) HOT FIN

4 SHOP 2

10 SHOP WELD, B166-600 (B0660)HOT FIN, 5 IN OD

4 SHOP 2

63 0 Do not calculate the isometric center of gravity and the totalisometric weight.

1 Calculate the isometric center of gravity and total isometricweight.

NOTE:A center of gravity weight library must be defined in theninth entry under the FILES section of the Options file foroption 63 to function properly. Refer to The Files Table, page7 - 42 for more information.

64 0 Uses the standard MTO-Neutral file length of 256 bytes.1 Uses the expanded MTO-Neutral file length of 1024 bytes.

Page 235: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 37

65 0 Dimensions on supports are determined by the ISOGEN

option switches 8, 9 and 40 and theNON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS section of the Intergraphoptions file.

1 Disable dimensioning for all supports.

66 0 Do not use the detail sketch facility.1 Use the detail sketch facility.

When option 66 is set to 1, the sectionDETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY must exist in the options file.The syntax of this section is similar to the TYPE_2_LABELsection. A note, referring you to the appropriate sketch, willbe automatically generated and placed on the iso.

NOTE:ISOGEN switch 71 must be set to 8000 for option 66 tofunction properly.

67 0 Do Not generate shop welds.1 Generate shop welds.2 Generate shop welds, but do not generate shop welds at pipe-

to-pipe connections.

68 0 Extract drawing even if original start point cannot be used.1 Stop extraction for a drawing if the original start point cannot

be used.

NOTE:This option is used in conjunction with ISOGEN’srepeatability function.

69 0 Do not produce the ISOGEN weld summary report.1 Produce the ISOGEN weld summary report.

70 0 Generate isometric limit points (sheet split record) in theintermediate data file (IDF) file as defined in PD_Design.

1 Do not generate isometric limit points (sheet split record) inthe intermediate data file (IDF).

71 StructuralColumnReference

This option allows you to place reference dimensionsfrom a structural column or grid line to one item on theisometric.

WARNING:Before using option 71 you must have an up-to-dateFrameWorks Reference Definition File that provides thelocation of all structural components and grid lines in theproject. See Generate FrameWorks Reference DimensionFile, page 5 - 86.

Page 236: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 38 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

This option references structural elements according totheir active cardinal point at the time of placement. It ishighly recommended that structural columns be placedby CP5 (center-center) if it is anticipated that the IsoStructural Reference feature will be used. See GenerateFrameWorks Reference Dimension File, page 5 - 86.

NOTE:Since a single reference file is used for the entire project,no structural models can be excluded from beingreferenced. Hence, there is no selectivity as to whatstructural column or grid line will be referenced on theiso. The referenced structural element will always be theone nearest to the start of the pipeline being extracted.

If a FAIL message appears on the isometric drawing andthe .err file is reporting a (35:2012) DATA FAULT,DOUBLEBACK PIPE error, refer to ISOGEN messagefile errors section of this document for information on thenature of this error.

This Intergraph option has multiple switch settings (suchas A, B, C, D). Intergraph switch settings are read fromright to left (D-C-B-A). For example, if this option is setto 21, 1 represents switch position A and 2 representsswitch position B. When setting an option with multipleswitches, leading zeros may be omitted, but trailing zerosmust be included.

Position A Reference Dimension Control0 Do not place reference dimensions.1 Place structural reference dimension at the first

component encountered from the start point.

Page 237: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 39

2 Place structural reference dimension at the start point of

the pipeline.

Position B Reference Location0 Reference to the closest column.1 Reference to the closest horizontal and vertical grid lines

ignoring elevation changes.

Page 238: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 40 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

2 Reference to the closest horizontal and vertical grid lines

and display elevation changes.

Position C Skew Box Display0 References with skewed movements will not be displayed

with a skewed box.1 References with skewed movements will be displayed

with a skewed box.

Position D Enclosure Type0 No enclosure for the reference.1 Use a rectangle for an enclosure.2 Use an arrow-ended rectangle for an enclosure.3 Use a round-ended rectangle for an enclosure.

Position E Line Style0 Use the default line type. (short dash line)1 Use style 1 line type (long dash/short dash line)2 Use style 2 line type (dash/dot-dot line)3 Use style 3 line type (dotted line)4 Use style 4 line type (dash/dot-dot line)

Page 239: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 41

72 Breaks on

FlangedPipe

This option controls whether flanged pipe will report asone peice or will break at pipe supports or olet branches.

0 Break flanged pipe into pieces when there is a pipesupport or olet branch along the pipe.

1 Report flanged pipe as one piece even when there is apipe support or olet branch along the pipe.

NOTE:If this option is set to 1 and there are olet branches onthe flanged pipe, the weldolets (WOL) are mapped toISOGEN symbol key WTBW and represented withcoupling record 126 in the Intermediate Data file (.idffile).

Page 240: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 42 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.4 The Files Table

The Files table contains the names of several external files which are used by the ISOGENinterface. The entries in this table are order dependent and must be in the order shownbelow.

All files may be defined as: network address: /directory path/filename.

For example: pdscert: /usr/isofiles/symbol.map

1. The PDS to ISOGEN symbol map

This table maps PDS component names to ISOGEN symbol names. The format andcontents of the table are discussed in more detail in the section PDS-to-ISOGENSymbol Map.

This library is required and must be specified.

2. The ISOGEN user-defined symbol library

This is a library of ISOGEN symbols that has either been translated from the VAX (seethe README file for translation information) or has been added to those delivered withthe ISOGEN product.

This library is optional and need not be specified.

3. The label description library

This is a library of user-defined labels which are based on database attributes.Creation of library entries is discussed in the PDS Reference Data Manager document.

This file specification is redundant in that a label description library is alreadyreferenced by piping model files. However, if you specify it here, you can have aseparate library that is used specifically for iso extraction and for no other purpose.

If this entry is left blank then the library referenced by the piping model file is usedinstead.

4. The valve / valve operator symbol map (VALOPR table)

This file contains a table that can be used to map a PDS valve and valve operatorcombination to a different symbol than that mapped by valve alone. This table isdiscussed in the section The Valve/Operator Table.

Page 241: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 43

In order to use this file, Intergraph options block option 31 must be set to

1.

This is an optional file name.

5. The mto neutral file map

This file contains the tables which govern the format of the Intergraph mto neutral file.Refer to The MTO Neutral File Record Map, page 12 - 1 for more information.

In order to use this table, Intergraph options block option 20 must be setto 1.

6. Reserved

7. The Title Block Tables File

This is an optional file containing tables that govern the generation of text that is to beinserted into a drawing title block by the batch extraction software.

When you specify this table, you must also enable option 34 in theIntergraph options block.

8. The Notes Table

This file is optional and contains data that can be mapped to the title block by the batchextraction software. The table is accessed through the Title Block Tables File. TheNotes Table allows you to map data to the title block which is not stored in thedatabase.

9. Center of Gravity Weight Library

This is an optional library that generates center of gravity calculations for ISOGEN.For more information on center of gravity calculations, see Center of GravityCalculation, page 19 - 2 .

In order to use this library, Intergraph options block option 63 must be setto 1.

10. Detail Sketch Facility Cell Library

This is a cell library which contains the cells specified in theDETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY section of the options file.

Page 242: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 44 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

11. Drawing Definition File

This file allows you to customize line weight, size and output level of the data on theisometric drawing.

12. Welds Definition / Format File

This file specifies the format of the weld box that will be appear on the isometricdrawing. It is also used to define the weld report.

13. Material List Definition File

This file allows you to define the format of a STYLE 2 or STYLE 3 Material Take Off.

14. Basic Bending Parameters File

This file can be used as a basic set of input to a bending machine. The 14th entry in theFILES section of the options file will contain the name of this file. If the first characterof the entry is *, the generated file will be isoname.bnd; where isoname is the nameused in creating the isometric design file name.

If this entry contains a node, directory and filename, the bending information isappended to that filename for each extracted line.

If this entry is left blank, a bending parameters file will not be generated.

Page 243: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 45

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.5 USER_DEFINED_WELDS

This table allows you to to assign a weld symbol to a particular weld type.

ISOGEN, versions 5.0 or later, allow you to create a user-defined weld symbolby using the symbol definition software. Once created, the new weld symbolgraphics should be proportionate to other user-defined symbols.

The newly created symbol should be mapped to a specific weld type in theUSER_DEFINED_WELDS section of the options file. Note that the weldsymbol is not mapped in the isomap.tbl file.

By using the following table format, you can define which SKEY is used with each weld type.For example, if a weld type codelist number is defined to use the SKEY FFWT, ISOGENgenerates the appropriate text and adds extra material as defined in the ISOGEN section ofthe options file.

The format of a table entry is:

VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ...,VALn, WELDTYPE, SYM

Where:

VTF is a number indicating the number of values to follow (maximum of20 values per line.

VAL1-VALn are the weld type attribute values that will be mapped to the symboldefined (SYM).

WELDTYPE is a number 1-3 where:1: SHOP2: FIELD3: OFFSHORE

SYM is the ISOGEN weld symbol name.

Page 244: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 46 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

If the table is not defined or a weld type code list value is not included in the

table, the following action is taken:

For more information, see Weld Types and Mapping, page 16 - 3 .

codelist value (from codelist 1100, Weld Type)1 = No weld11-20 = ’WW’ (shop weld)else = ’WF’ (field fit weld)

Example 1: Generating a user-defined weld from codelist values Show the requiredentries to generate the following welds:

a site weld symbol when codelist value 22 is used. This is a field weld, but does notrequire extra material to be added.

an offshore field fit weld symbol for code list values 30-33 inclusive.

a mitre offshore weld symbol for codelist value 40.

The format of the table entry is:

USER_DEFINED_WELDS31, 22, 2, ’WS’4, 30, 31, 32, 33, 3, ’WOF’1, 40, 3, ’WM’

Page 245: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 47

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.6 WELD_PREFIX

This table is used to add a prefix to an isometric weld number that is contained within anenclosure. The WELD_PREFIX table also allows the prefix to be positioned on the drawingframe as a form of general note about weld identification. The weld prefix may also beincluded as part of the output in the user-defined weld summary report.

The format of a table entry is:

WELD_PREFIX1#, ’TEXT’

Where:

# is a number 0 through 3 where:0 - is a general weld prefix to apply to all weld types1 - is a shop weld prefix to apply only to fabrication welds2 - is a site/field weld prefix to apply only to erection welds3 - offshore weld prefix to apply only to offshore welds

’TEXT’ is the actual prefix to be used

If all four prefixes are defined, the general weld prefix (setting 0) will beignored.

Example 1: Defining a Weld Prefix Determine the table entry that would have alloffshore welds have the prefix ’OFFSHORE-’ on the iso drawing.

The table entry would be:

WELD_PREFIX13, ’OFFSHORE-’

Page 246: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 48 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.7 DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY

This table is used to generate a detailed sketch or information note for specific item. Anycomponent meeting the specified value defined in this table generates a defined detail sketchor note. The defined value must exactly match the attribute or label.

You can generate general or specific notes for components and spools. The generalinformation note places a note on each isometric sheet of the pipeline. The specificinformation note only places a note on the specific isometric sheet that contains the itemgenerating the note.

You can define up to 300 Detail Sketch Facility table entries.

The format of a table entry is:

TABLE, COL, LABEL, ’COL VAL’, ’DET NAME’

Where:

TABLE,COL

is the table, column specification of the attribute that will be checkedand compared with ’COL VAL’.

LABEL is the label description library number that defines the format of thenote that will be checked and compared with ’COL VAL’. When usingLABEL, TABLE must be set and COL must be 0.

’COL VAL’ is the value that when equal to TABLE,COL or TABLE,LABEL willtrigger the detail to be placed on the isometric.

’DETNAME’

is the name of the detail cell from the cell library (defined by thetenth entry under the files section of the options file) to place on theisometric.

Information Note Entries

Two types of information notes are available:

General Notes are indictaed by a _N at the end of the cell.

Specific Notes are indictaed by a _S at the end of the cell.

Page 247: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 49

All cell names that end with _N or _S are treated as Information Notes and placedaccordingly. ATEXT numbers -541 and -542 also effect these criteria.

-541 _N is used as the delimiter/identifier in the general note name.

-542 _S is used at the delimiter/identifier in the specific note name.

Example 1: Example of the DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY Table

DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY5 !5 entries to follow

34, 0, 900, ’6Q1C01 GAT’, ’det_4’ !label 900: piping_comp_no, commodity_name34, 3, 0, ’6Q3C74’, ’det_1’ !commodity_name, character(6)34, 20, 0, ’90.0000’, ’det_2’ !bend_angle, double34, 0, 924, ’H’, ’HOLD_N’ !Comp HOLD status note12, 12, 0, ’SYS1’, ’I5_S’ !Specific Note Package #

Page 248: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 50 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.8 PIPELINE_HEADER

The pipeline header table is used to generate records in the intermediate data file that causeattribute change graphics to be generated in the isometric drawing. Attribute changegraphics can be used at changes in piping materials class, insulation type, and so on, along apipeline. This table allows you to control the database attributes that are used to generateattribute breaks on the drawing.

Example attribute change graphics

This table is also used to generate a note when some database attribute of a componentoverrides that of the pipeline. For example, a new pipeline might contain an existing valve.This table can be used to generate a note on the drawing that points to the valve andidentifies it as existing.

The format of a row (or a single entry) in this table is:

RECNO, ST, SC, SN, DFLT, PREFIX, CT, CC, CN, PT, PC, PN, IT, IC, IN

Where:

RECNO is the ISOGEN record number used for an attribute whose value canchange along the length of a pipeline. Record numbers from thefollowing table must be used for this item:

Page 249: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 51

Table 7 - 1. ISOGEN record numbers for pipeline attributes

ISOGEN ATEXTRec No_______ Attribute_________ No_____

-6 Line name -288-7 Spool number prefix n/a-11 Piping materials class (spec) -289-14 Date Record -250-15 Insulation type -290-16 Heat tracing type -291-17 Paint code -292-41 User-defined 1 -293-42 User-defined 2 -294-43 User-defined 3 -295-44 User-defined 4 -296-45 User-defined 5 -297

An entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table with an ISOGEN recordnumber of -7 is used to define a spool number prefix. If defined, theprefix is used by ISOGEN to form spool number labels in thedrawing.

When defining spool number prefixes, use a single ? symbol togenerate spool numbers only. Use two ? symbols for the spool numberprefix to generate spool numbers and sheet numbers.

As shown in the previous figure, the actual attribute values at anattribute change are preceded by some clarifying text. That text is"MATL," which identifies that the attributes shown are pipingmaterials classes. For information on modifying this text, refer toATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS, page 7 - 56 .

The Atext numbers you will need in the ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONStable to change the clarifying text are shown above in Table 7-1. Inthe case of the user-defined attribute changes the default Atexts areblank. In order to generate attribute change graphics in the drawingyou MUST define nonblank Atexts that correspond to the ISOGENrecord numbers you use. For example, if you want to use ISOGENrecord number -41 for a user-defined attribute change then you mustdefine ATEXT number -293 with a nonblank value if you want to seethe attribute change on the drawing.

The Atext numbers shown in Table 7-1 modify only the clarifying textshown with the attributes in the drawing. They do not modify thetitle block entries for these attributes. Different Atext numbers areused to modify this text. Refer to Appendix B for details.

Page 250: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 52 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

ST, SC is a table, column specification for the segment attribute whose value

might change along the pipeline. This attribute specification can beany segment level attribute in the material database. The segmentlevel table is table 12. The specification for piping materials class, forexample, would be table 12, column 12.

SN is an optional label description library number that you can use tospecify the segment attribute(s) that might change. By using thelabel description library number rather than than ST, SC (above) youcan define composite attributes that are combinations of 2 or moredatabase attributes.

The label description library holds a definition of each labeldescription library number. The number and its description in thelabel library can be used to form a text string (a label) that is formedfrom database columns. You define which columns are used in thelabel as well as the label format when making a definition in the labellibrary.

Iso extraction treats a string based on a label library number as apseudo attribute. A pseudo attribute can be used to generateattribute breaks just the same as regular database attribute can.

DFLT is an optional string used to define a default value for an attribute orlabel. When the attribute defined by ST,SC or SN is undefined(blank) then DFLT will be used. This shows attribute breaks forattributes that you normally do not want to provide values for. If youdo not provide a value for this field the string "UNDEFINED" is usedfor undefined attributes.

PREFIX is an optional prefix used in forming a note from a database attributewhen a component attribute overrides a segment attribute. Theoverride note is formed by appending the database attribute to theprefix defined here. The note formed in this manner points to theappropriate component in the drawing.

When the ISOGEN record number for the spool prefix is -7, PREFIXis used as a separator between the spool prefix and the spool number.

CT, CC is the table, column specification for the component level attributethat can override the pipeline level attribute defined by ST, SC.These items are optional. Some pipeline level attributes cannot beoverridden at the component level (pipeline name and pipingmaterials class are examples). When there is no override attributethese items should be set to 0.

Attribute specifications for CT, CC apply to the component table (34)in the design database.

Page 251: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 53

CN is the component level counterpart to SN. If the label generated by

CN differs from that generated by SN then an override note will begenerated. In order to avoid generating override notes on everycomponent you must either define CN in exactly the same way as SNexcept for the table and attribute numbers or not use the componentoverride feature.

PT, PC is the same as CT, CC except that this attribute specification appliesto pipe rather than components. Attribute specifications can onlyrefer to table 50 in the design database.

PN is the same as CN except that it applies to pipe.IT, IC is the same as CT, CC except that this attribute specification applies

to instruments rather than components. Attribute specifications arefrom the instrument table (67).

IN is the same as CN except that it applies to instruments.

Example 1: Breaking Supply Responsibility Along a Pipeline

Since there is no predefined ISOGEN record number for supply responsibility, you must useone of the user-defined records. Record -41 is used in this example. Referring to the databasetable format, the following database attributes apply:

Segment 12, 39Component - does not apply -Pipe - does not apply -Instrument - does not apply -

The table entry would appear as follows:

-41, 12, 39, 0, ’’, ’SUPPLIED BY’, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

Example 2: Changing Construction Responsibility Along a Pipeline

As in the previous example, there is no predefined ISOGEN record number for constructionresponsibility. So, you must use one of the user-defined record numbers. Record -42 is usedin this example.

The applicable database attributes are:

Segment 12, 38Component - does not apply -Pipe - does not apply -Instrument 67, 29

The appropriate table entry would be:

Page 252: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 54 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

-42, 12, 38, 0, ’’, ’CONSTR BY’, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 67, 29, 0

Example 3: Breaking Composite Attributes by Combining Insulation Purpose andThickness

For this example, we can use ISOGEN record number -15. Since the change that will beshown is made up of multiple attribute changes, we must use the label description library toform a pseudo attribute. Using the label library utility we have defined the following librarynumbers:

956 - segment insulation purpose and thickness 957 - instrument insulationpurpose and thickness

The table entry for this case would be:

-15, 0, 0, 956, ’’, ’’, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 957

The first entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table MUST be for line name(using the -6 record). Otherwise, the ISOGEN interface will stop with anerror.

The attribute that is used for this entry is displayed in the pipeline ID boxin the lower right hand corner of the drawing. You can use either the linename attribute (table 12, attribute 2) or the line ID (specified by usingtable 12, attribute -2) for ST, SC. Refer toLINE_ID_DEFINITION, page 7 - 59 for information on how a line ID

differs from a line name.

The table entries should be in order of increasing absolute value ofISOGEN record number.

Attribute changes in the drawing can be inhibited by either removing theentry for the attribute from this table or by setting the Atext for theclarifying text to blank in the ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS table.

When attributes are specified, the label library number should be 0.When the label library number is specified then the attributespecifications should be 0.

The line ID (COL = -2) can be used for the spool prefix.

ISOGEN word 39 must be set to 0 in order to display spool number labelsformed using the spool prefix.

Page 253: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 55

If ST is less than 0, the attribute is checked for component overrides butno segment level breaks will be shown in the drawing. When ST is madenegative, set RECNO to an undefined record number (such as -99).

Page 254: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 56 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.9 ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS

This table is used to modify the values of text strings that ISOGEN puts on drawings. Atable entry can also "turn off" a text string so that it does not appear. The format of a tableentry is:

ATEXT number, ’new text’

Where:

ATEXT number is one of the ATEXT numbers defined in Appendix B of theISOGEN Facilities Guide (which is Appendix B of thisdocument).

’new text’ is the new text string to be applied to the Atext number. The’new text’ will be used instead of the text defined in AppendixB of the facilities guide.

A particular text string can be turned off by setting its Atext value to blank.

Example 1: Modifying Text

Modify the clarifying text that precedes a piping materials class that is generated at a specchange by changing "SPEC" to "MATL".

The table entry would be:

-289, ’MATL’

Example 2: Modifying Text for an Eccentric Reducer

Turn on the "FLAT SIDE DOWN" message that points to eccentric reducers (this message isoff by default). Refer to Appendix B for further explanation.

The table entry would be:

-243, ’FLAT SIDE DOWN’

The table entries must be in order of increasing absolute value of Atextnumber. That is, -206 should precede -207 and so on. If one specificationis out of order then all of the following entries will be ignored.

Page 255: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 57

In order to turn off all ISOGEN generated title block data the followingAtext specifications can be used:

-250, ’ ’-253, ’ ’-270, ’ ’-271, ’ ’-272, ’ ’-317, ’ ’-318, ’ ’-400, ’ ’-401, ’ ’-402, ’ ’-403, ’ ’-404, ’ ’-405, ’ ’-406, ’ ’-407, ’ ’-410, ’ ’-411, ’ ’

Page 256: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 58 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.10 INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS

This table is used to modify the values of text strings that PD_ISO puts on drawings. Theformat of a table entry is:

ATEXT number, ’old text’, ’new text’

Where: ATEXT number is 1-15

1: ’NOT FOUND’

2: ’BOLT LENGTH’

’old text’ is the text string to be substituted.

’new text’ is the new text string to be applied to the Atext number.

The ’old text’ value is used if the ’new text’ value is left blank or if theINGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS records are omitted from the Options file.

INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS include:

1, ’NOT FOUND’, ’’ !Used based on Intergraph option 6 and ATEXT -2092, ’BOLT LENGTH’, ’’ !Used based on Intergraph option 583, ’NUTS PER

BOLT’,’’ !Used based on Intergraph option 52

4, ’CHAIN_’, ’’ !Used based on Intergraph option 33,565, ’FSTAND_’, ’’ !Used based on Intergraph option 336, ’XSTEM_’, ’’ !Used based on Intergraph option 337, ’HOR’, ’’ !Horizontal - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske8, ’VOR’, ’’ !Vertical - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske9, ’DEG’, ’’ !Degree - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske10, ’E’, ’’ !Used with skewed operator orientation notes11, ’N’, ’’ !Used with skewed operator orientation notes12, ’U’, ’’ !Used with skewed operator orientation notes13, ’W’, ’’ !Used with skewed operator orientation notes14, ’S’, ’’ !Used with skewed operator orientation notes15, ’D’, ’’ !Used with skewed operator orientation notes16, ’****’ ’’ !Default text used for unassigned inspection

numbers

Page 257: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 59

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.11 LINE_ID_DEFINITION

This table is used to define the format of the line ID. The line ID is a composite attributethat should be formed from a subset of those attributes which are used to form the line nameattribute. The line ID is intended to be a simpler way of referring to a pipeline.

The format of a table entry is:

ST, SC, ’SUFFX’

Where:

ST, SC is the table, column specification for one of the attributes making up theline ID. Any attribute from the segment level (table 12) can be used.

’SUFFX’ is an optional, single character, suffix used to terminate the attribute inthe line ID. A null entry (two successive single quotes) is valid.

The line ID itself is formed by linking all the attributes together with their suffixes ifdefined. The result is the line ID label.

In order to use the Display Iso feature from an interactive piping session, thistable and column must be set to 12, 3

Example 1: Defining a Line ID

Define a line ID composed of fluid code, sequence number and unit code. The columnnumbers involved are:

Fluid code 12, 9Sequence no 12, 10Unit no 12, 4

The table is defined as:

12, 9, ’-’12, 10, ’’12, 4, ’’

Using the previous line ID, what is the line ID for a line named 16IN-P12002-1C003?

Assuming that a single digit unit number follows sequence number in this line number, theline ID would be P-12002.

The suffix character defined in the table is used only in generating the textstring for display purposes. When inputting line names for extraction everyattribute forming the line ID MUST be separated by dashes. For instance, toinput the line ID in Example 8 you must key in P-1200-2.

Page 258: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 60 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.12 TYPE_1_LABELS

This table is used to generate notes on drawings that point to specific components. Thistable causes a note to be generated when some database attribute which you define in thetable has a value. When the attribute is undefined (that is, does NOT have a value) then nonote is generated.

When a line is extracted, each component is processed one at a time. This table allows youto generate a note, based on the value of a component’s attribute, at the time it is beingprocessed.

You can define up to 50 table entry lines for Type 1 Labels.

The format of a table entry is:

COMP TYPE, TABLE, COL, LDL NO, ENC TYPE (optional)

Where:

COMP TYPE is the component type to which the note should apply. Allowablevalues for component type are:

1 - Commodity item2 - Specialty item3 - Pipe4 - Instrument5 - Pipe support

TABLE, COL is the table, column specification for the attribute that should bechecked. If this attribute is defined, the note will be generated.An attribute is considered undefined based on its data type asfollows:

Integer - set to 0Real - equal to -32768ASCII - blank or nullCoded - 0 or 1

Any attribute that is not undefined is defined and will cause a noteto be generated.

You can also specify that a Real attribute be considered undefinedif it contains the value 0.0. To do this, make the value of TABLEnegative in the table (such as use -34 instead of 34 to designatetable 34).

Page 259: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 61

LDL NO is the label description library label number that defines the

format of the note that is to appear on the drawing. You mustdefine this note in the label description library as defined in thePDS Reference Data Manager document. If the label referencesattributes from the database, the attributes must be from thetable defined by TABLE or its associated table.

ENC TYPE is the enclosure type. There are five text-type records that triggerthe different enclosures shown below. If an enclosure is notrequired, use 0 as the enclosure type.

Type 1 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle an unlimited number of characterson a single line.

Type 2 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle an unlimited number of characterson a single line.

Type 3 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle an unlimited number of characterson a single line.

Type 4 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle a maximum of three characters ona single line.

Type 5 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle a maximum of three characters ona single line.

Example 1: Defining Type 1 Labels

Define a table entry that would generate a note (without an enclosure) when the REMARKSfield attribute for the component is defined. Using the label library utility, we have definedlabel 910 as shown below:

Page 260: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 62 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

The attribute referred to is table 34, column 46. The table entry would be:

1, 34, 46, 910

Where:

910 is the label number which defines the exact format of the note to be generated. The notewould point to the item (or items) in the drawing that corresponds to the component(s) in themodel whose remarks attribute has been defined.

The database table defined by TABLE must correspond to the component typeidentified by COMP TYP. Thus, the following restrictions exist:

COMP TYP___________ Allowable values of TABLE__________________________

1 12, 342 12, 343 12, 504 12, 675 12, 80

When LDL NO is set to 0 in the table, no note is generated.

The note that is defined by LDL NO need not use the attribute that is definedin the table as TABLE, COL. TABLE, COL is only the trigger in the notegeneration process.

A dollar sign ("$") embedded in a label is treated as a line feed by ISOGEN.

Page 261: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 63

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.13 TYPE_2_LABELS

This table is used to generate notes that point to specific components. Use this table togenerate a note whenever a specific attribute (user-defined in the table) is defined with aspecific value (also defined by you in the table).

Notice the difference between this table and the TYPE_1_LABELS table. Note thatgeneration from the TYPE_1_LABELS table is triggered by an attribute having ANY value.This table is more selective in that you specify the value of the attribute that is to triggernote generation.

You can define up to 99 table entry lines for Type 2 Labels.

The format of a table entry is:

TABLE, COL, ’COL VAL’, LENGTH, LDL NO, ENC TYPE (optional)

Where:

TABLE, COL is the table, column specification of the attribute that will bechecked and compared with ’COL VAL’.

’COL VAL’ is the value of TABLE, COL that will trigger note generation. If’COL VAL’ is the same as the value of TABLE, COL then a notewill be generated that points to the item.

LENGTH is an optional specification of the number of characters from thedatabase attribute that should be compared with ’COL VAL’. Ifset to 0, all characters of the attribute will be compared with ’COLVAL’.

LDL NO is the label description library number that defines the format ofthe note that will be generated when the attribute identified byTABLE, COL has the value ’COL VAL’ or the first 1 throughLENGTH characters of the attribute are the same as ’COL VAL’.If the label references attributes from the database, the attributesmust be from the table defined by TABLE or its associated table.

ENC TYPE is the enclosure type. There are five text-type records that triggerthe different enclosures shown below. If an enclosure is notrequired, use 0 as the enclosure type.

Page 262: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 64 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Type 1 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle an unlimited number of characterson a single line.

Type 2 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle an unlimited number of characterson a single line.

Type 3 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle an unlimited number of characterson a single line.

Type 4 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle a maximum of three characters ona single line.

Type 5 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle a maximum of three characters ona single line.

Example 1: Defining Type 2 Labels

Define a table entry that would generate a note (with a type 3 enclosure) that points to allblind flanges.

One way to accomplish this would be to check the value of the PDS commodity_nameattribute for the string "6Q2C08", the PDS commodity name for a Blind Flange. Theappropriate attribute is table 34, column 3. The table entry would be:

3, 3, ’6Q2C08’, 0, 911, 3

Where 911 is the label description library label number which defines the format of the note.Label 911 is defined as follows:

Page 263: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 65

Refer to notes 2, 3, 4, and 5 under the description of the TYPE_1_LABELStable. These notes also apply to the TYPE_2_LABELS table.

To test on code list number values rather than code list text, set LENGTH to 0and set COLVAL to the code list number. For example, to generate a note whenthe fabrication category 50(table), 14(col) is 25 use: 50, 14, ’25’, 0, 986.

Page 264: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 66 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.14 TYPE_3_LABELS

This table is used to generate a note when the value of a code-listed attribute matches one ofthe values specified in the table entry. This table is similar to TYPE_2_LABELS except that,rather than being triggered by a single value, a note can be triggered by one of severalvalues.

You can define up to 50 table entry lines for Type 3 labels.

The format of a table entry is as follows:

TYPE, TABLE, COL, LDL NO, NVALS, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALN, ENC TYPE(optional)

Where:

TYPE is the component type that the note should apply to. Use thefollowing values for TYPE:

1- Commodity item2- Specialty item3- Pipe4- Instrument5- Pipe Support

TABLE,COL defines the attribute that triggers note generation.

TABLE must correspond to TYPE as follows:

TYPE______ ALLOWABLE TABLES_______________________

1 12, 342 12, 343 12, 504 12, 675 12, 80

LDL NO Defines the format of the note to be generated if triggered. If thelabel references attributes from the database, the attributes mustbe from the table defined by TABLE or its associated table. IfLDL NO is set to 0, the value of TABLE,COL is generated as thenote.

NVALS Defines the number of code list numbers in the list to follow.

VAL1...VALN Code list numbers that should trigger note generation.

Page 265: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 67

Example 1: Defining Type 3 Labels

Show the table entry needed to generate a note when the component fabrication category isset to code list values 5, 7, or 17.

The table entry would be:

1, 34, 10, 994, 3, 5, 7, 17

Where:

Label 994 would define the format of the note that would be generated.

When LDL NO is set to 0 so that the code listed text is generated as thedrawing note, the short form of the code list text (that to the left of the "=" inthe code list source) can be generated by making COL negative. Therefore, inthe previous example, the following would be used to generate the short form ofthe code list text as the note.

1, 34, -10, 0, 3, 5, 7, 17

Page 266: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 68 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.15 START_POINT_NOTES

This table is used to generate notes at the beginning of a pipeline. The format of a tableentry is as follows:

TYPE, TABLE, LDL NO, ENC TYPE (optional)

Where:

TYPE Currently, TYPE must be set to 0.TABLE TABLE defines the tables that will be referenced by LDL

NO as follows:

TABLE_______ Valid tables in label LDL NO____________________________

12 SEGMENTS34 COMPONENTS50 PIPE67 INSTRUMENT

LDL NO Label library number which defines the format of a noteto be generated on the first component of the pipeline.

ENC TYPE is the enclosure type. There are five text-type recordsthat trigger the different enclosures shown below. If anenclosure is not required, use 0 as the enclosure type.

Page 267: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 69

Type 1 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle an unlimited number of characterson a single line.

Type 2 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle an unlimited number of characterson a single line.

Type 3 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle an unlimited number of characterson a single line.

Type 4 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle a maximum of three characters ona single line.

Type 5 Enclosure

This enclosure type can handle a maximum of three characters ona single line.

Example 1: Defining Start Point Notes

Define a table entry that would generate the line name attribute at the start of a pipeline.

The table entry would be:

0, 12, 900, 0

Where:

Label 900 returns the line name (T12C2) followed by a dash and the text, "Starts Here".

Page 268: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 70 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.16 END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS

This table is used to define the format of notes that are generated at line endpoints when theline endpoint connects on to another pipeline. The note defined by this table is NOTgenerated at line endpoints that are not connected to other pipelines. The note itself isformed from the attributes of the connecting component.

Each entry in the table is used to form one line of the note. Multiline notes are shown as ablock of text on the drawing. The format of a table entry is:

’PREFIX’, CT, CC, CN, PT, PC, PN, IT, IC, IN

The attribute that is used for this entry is displayed in the pipeline ID box in the lower righthand corner of the drawing. You can use either the line name attribute (table 12, column 2)or the line ID (specified by using table 12, attribute -2) for ST, SC. Refer toLINE_ID_DEFINITION, page 7 - 59 for information on how a line ID differs from a line

name.

Where:

’PREFIX’ is a short prefix for the attribute that will be displayed at the lineendpoint.

CT, CC is the table, column specification of the attribute that will bedisplayed when the connecting component is a commodity item ora specialty item.

CN is a label description library number that defines the format of thenote line when the connecting component is a commodity item or aspecialty item.

When CN is used then CT should be set to a value that defines thetables referred to in the note description, held in the label library.That is, if the note definition uses table 12 then CT should be setto 12. If the note definition uses table 34, then CT should be set to34.

In generating a line in the line endpoint note either column CT,CC is appended to PREFIX or the line is generated using the labeldescription library note identified by CN. When CT, CC is definedthen CN should be 0. When CN is not 0 then CC should be set tozero.

PT, PC is the table, column specification of the attribute that will bedisplayed when the connecting item is a pipe. These entries areanalogous to CT, CC for components.

Page 269: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 71

PN is the label description library number that defines the format of

the note line when the connecting component is a pipe. PN isanalogous to CN for components. When using PN you must set PTto a value that reflects the tables used in the note definition. Forexample, if the note uses table 12 then PT must be set to 12. If ituses table 50 then PT must be set to 50.

IT, IC is the table, column specification of the attribute that will bedisplayed when the connecting item is an instrument. Theseentries are analogous to CT, CC for components.

IN is the label description library number that defines the format ofthe note line when the connecting component is an instrument. INis analogous to CN for components.

When using IN you must set IT to a value that reflects the tableused in the note definition. For example, if the note uses table 12then IE must be set to 12. If it uses table 67 then IE must be setto 67.

Example 1: Defining Continuation Notes Define the table entries that would generate acontinuation note that consists of one line for the connected line’s line name.

For the note, the applicable database attribute is table 12, column 2. The table entry wouldbe:

’LINE:’, 12, 2, 0, 12, 2, 0, 12, 2, 0

Example 2: Defining Continuation Notes Redo example 1 using label description librarynumbers rather than column numbers.

The table entry for the line name would be:

’’, 12, 0, 951, 12, 0, 951, 12, 0, 951

The label description library number option is useful when you want to displaymore than one attribute on a single line in the note.

CT, PT, and IE are restricted as follows:

CT- 12 or 34PT- 12 or 50IT- 12 or 67

Page 270: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 72 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.17 NOZZLE_NOTE

This table is very similar to the END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS table except that it isused to form a note when the line endpoint is connected to an equipment nozzle. Theprimary difference is that with the NOZZLE_NOTE table some lines in the connection notecan be generated based on the generic termination type of the nozzle.

The format of a table entry is:

GEN TYP, TABLE, LDL NO

Where:

GEN TYP is a number that indicates those generic termination types forwhich this note line should be generated. The allowable values ofGEN TYP are:

-1- to indicate that the note line should be generated for ALLgeneric termination types.

1- to indicate that the note line should only be generated when thegeneric termination type of the nozzle is FLANGED.

2- to indicate that the note line should only be generated when thegeneric termination type of the nozzle is FEMALE.

3- to indicate that the note line should only be generated when thegeneric termination type of the nozzle is MALE.

TABLE is the database table from which attributes are taken in definingthe label description library entry that is identified by LDL NO. Ifthe attributes defined in the note are from the equipment tablethen TABLE should be 21. If the attributes used in defining thenote are from the nozzle table then TABLE should be 22.

LDL NO is the label description library number that defines the format ofthe note.

Example 1: Defining a Nozzle Connection Note

Define a table that generates a nozzle connection consisting of the following lines:

Line 1 Equipment item nameLine 2 Nozzle tag numberLine 3 A line that depends on end prep as follows:

A) Flanged - size-rating-facingB) Socket weld - size-rating-facingC) Welded - size-schedule-end prep

Page 271: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 73

The appropriate database attributes are:

Equipment name - table 21, column 2Nozzle tag - table 22, column 2size - table 22, column 4rating - table 22, column 5end prep - table 22, column 6schedule - table 22, column 17

The table would be:

-1, 21, 952-1, 22, 953

1, 22, 9542, 22, 9543, 22, 950

A note formed by this table for a flanged nozzle might be:

ITEM: 2103-C

NOZ: N11

6"-CL150-RFFE

If TABLE < 0 (such as -21 or -22) then the line will be appended to the previousline in the table without a linefeed. This allows you to combine attributes fromtables 21 and 22 onto a single line in the note block.

The Intergraph Options_Block word 23 controls whether the software uses theISOGEN default nozzle note or the note defined by this keyword.

Page 272: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 74 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.18 SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE

This table is used to define valve operators that require a secondary orientation in order toinstall them. For each operator it also defines the prefix for the secondary orientation label.

A table entry is as follows:

’OPER_NAME’, ’NOTE_PRFX’

Where:

OPTR_NAME is the symbol name of the valve operator which requires a secondorientation.

NOTE_PRFX is the prefix that should be used for second orientation.

Example 1: Defining Secondary Orientation Notes

Define the table entry that would result in a secondary orientation note for the valveoperator OP_9.

The table entry would be:

’OP_9’, ’ORIENT WRENCH’

The above table entry creates the following note in a drawing:

The Intergraph Options_Block word 48 controls whether the software uses theISOGEN default secondary orientation note or the note defined by thiskeyword.

Page 273: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 75

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.19 DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES

This table is used to allow the values of certain database attributes to determine whether ornot the piping in the isometric should be shown in dotted symbology or not. By using thistable you can, for example, make all "existing" piping show up in the iso in dotted symbologyrather than with solid lines.

Only code-listed attributes can be used to determine whether or not a section of piping or acomponent is to be dotted. Code-listed attributes are displayed as text strings when thePiping Review Attributes command is used. Attributes are displayed as having an integerdata type in the database table format.

The format of an entry in this table is:

ST, SC, CT, CC, PT, PC, IT, IC, VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn

Where:

ST, SC defines a segment level column (from table 12) whose value mightcause the piping to be dotted.

CT, CC defines a component level column (from table 34) whose valuemight cause a commodity item or specialty item to be dotted.

PT, PC defines a pipe column (from table 50) whose value might cause apiece of pipe to be dotted.

IT, IC defines an instrument column (from table 67) whose value mightcause an instrument to be dotted.

VTF is the number of values to follow in the list VAL1 through VALn.

VAL1-VALn are the values of the code-listed column which will force thesymbology to be dotted.

Example 1: Defining Dotted Symbology

Determine the table entry that will result in dotted symbology on the isometric when theconstruction status is "existing".

The relevant database attributes are:

segment: table 12, column 20component: table 34, column 32pipe: table 50, column 27instrument: table 67, column 29

Page 274: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 76 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Looking at the code-list number 130 (the construction status code-list) we can find that thecode-list number for "existing" is 3.

Thus, the table entry would be:

12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 1, 3

Whenever the value of the segment level attribute matches one of those in thelist VAL1 through VALn, all of the components attached to the segment will bedrawn with dotted symbology in the isometric. When the value of a componentlevel attribute (defined by CT,CC, PT,PC, or IT,IC) matches a value in the list,only that item will be drawn with dotted symbology.

Example 2: Defining Dotted Symbology

Determine the table entry that will result in the dotted symbology on the isometric when theconstruction status is EXISTING, REVAMPED, RELOCATED, TEMPORARY, DISMANTLEor FUTURE.

Page 275: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 77

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.20 NOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUES

This table is very much the same as the DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST table exceptthat it is used to imply a status of no-mto based on the value of a code-listed attribute. Whena component has a status of no-mto then it does not appear in the ISOGEN bill-of-material.This table can be used in addition to the no-mto attribute that explicitly defines a componentto be no-mto.

Again, only code-listed attributes can be used in this table. Refer toDOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES, page 7 - 75 for information on identifying

a code-listed column.

The format of an entry in this table is:

ST, SC, CT, CC, PT, PC, IT, IC, VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn

Where:

ST, SC defines a segment level column (from table 12) whose value mightcause the piping to be no-mto.

CT, CC defines a component level column (from table 34) whose valuemight cause a commodity item or specialty item to be no-mto.

PT, PC defines a pipe column (from table 50) whose value might cause apiece of pipe to be no-mto.

IT, IC defines an instrument column (from table 67) whose value mightcause an instrument to be no-mto.

VTF is the number of values to follow in the list VAL1 through VALn.

VAL1-VALn are the values of the code-listed column which will imply that theitem to be no-mto.

Example 1: Defining Components as No MTO

Determine the table entry that would result in all components with the construction status ofexisting to be no-mto. This example is very similar to the example covered in the sectionDOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES and requires an identical table entry:

12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 1, 3

Page 276: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 78 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.21 SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES

If the codelist number is not listed in the option file sections forSHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES or OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES,the item defaults to field.

This table is used to identify those values of the fabrication category attribute that are to beinterpreted as meaning shop. This is necessary because ISOGEN only allows the two optionsof either shop or field and does not distinguish (as PDS does) between supplier and fabricatorof a component.

If the codelist number is not listed in the option file sections for"SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES" or"OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES" the item will default to field.

ISOGEN lists shop materials separately from field materials. In erection-only isometricsISOGEN does not list shop materials. Also, some end-prep graphics are changed todistinguish between connections made in the shop and those made in the field. Fieldconnections are implied when the fabrication category changes from shop to field or vice-versa.

The format of the table entry is:

VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn

Where:

VTF is a number indicating the number of values to follow.

VAL1-VALn are the values of the fabrication category attribute that are to beinterpreted as meaning shop by ISOGEN.

Example 1: Segregating Fabrication Categories

Define the table entry that would result in the fabrication categories Contractor supplied,shop fabricated (codelist value 5) and Shop supplied, shop fabricated (codelist value 15) beinginterpreted as meaning shop by ISOGEN.

SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES12 5, 15

If needed, more than one row can be made in the table if the number of code-listed values per row exceeds 25.

Page 277: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 79

Example 2:

Page 278: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 80 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.22 OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES

If the codelist number is not listed in the option file sections forSHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES or OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES,the item defaults to field.

The OFFSHORE section is optional and is not required in the options file.

Also, refer to Offshore Material Category, page 8 - 9 and Offshore Fabrication Category,page 16 - 4 for related material.

The format of the table entry is:

VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn

Where:

VTF is a number indicating the number of values to follow.

VAL1-Valn are the values of the fabrication category attribute that are to beinterpreted as meaning offshore by ISOGEN.

Example 1: Segregating fabrication categories

Define the table entry that would result in the fabrication categories contractor supplied,offshore fabricated (code list value 39) and shop supplied, offshore fabricated (code list value49) being interpreted as offshore by ISOGEN.

The table entry is:

OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES12, 39, 49

If needed, more than one row can be made in the table if the number of code-listed values per row exceeds 25.

Page 279: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 81

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.23 MOVABLE_TEXT

This table allows you to relocate or turn off certain text strings and the north arrowgenerated by ISOGEN. If an item is not turned off, it can either be moved to its properposition in the drawing title block or moved into a drawing margin so this it is not a part ofthe plotted drawing.

The maximum number of movable text entries is twenty five.

This table is also used to set-up/ define a table or matrix of spool numbers that you locate inyour drawing.

The format of a table entry is:

RECNO, X, Y, TXTHGT, XOFF, YOFF, DIR

Where:

RECNO is the record number of the item to be moved or turned off. Whensetting up a spool number table you set RECNO to -7. Other validentries include any of the header record numbers defined for thePIPELINE_HEADER table (refer to PIPELINE_HEADER, page 7- 50 ) or one of the following:

Recno______ Item_____

-25 System ID for multi-line isometrics-700 drawing north arrow-701 (reserved)-702 sheet number on a drawing-703 number of sheets on a drawing

X is the x offset in 1/100ths mm from the bottom left corner of thesheet.

Y is the y offset in 1/100ths mm from the bottom left corner of thesheet. Use x and y equal to 0 to turn off a text string.

TXTHGT is the text height of the string being moved in 1/100’s mm (that is,text in mm X 100). 0 is the default setting as defined in theISOGEN option switches.

Page 280: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 82 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

XOFF is the horizontal distance in 1/100ths mm between spool numbers

in a spool number table. XOFF also defines the direction of travelfor locating the next table entry in the row. If XOFF is negativethe next table entry is to the left, otherwise it is to the right.Should be set to zero if RECNO is not -7.

YOFF is the vertical distance in 1/100ths mm between spool numbers ina spool number table. YOFF also defines the direction of travel forlocating the next table entry in the column. If YOFF is negativethen the next entry is located below the current one, otherwise it islocated above it. Should be set to zero if RECNO is not -7.

DIR is a compound number that defines the size and filling order of aspool number table as follows:

ROWS defines the maximum number of rows in the spool numbertable. COLS defines the maximum number of columns in thetable. TABLE DIRECTION defines the order in which the table isfilled with values. If TABLE DIRECTION is set to 0 then rows ofthe table are filled in succession. If TABLE DIRECTION is set to1 then columns are filled in succession.

This parameter should be set to 0 if RECNO is not -7.

Example 1: Defining Movable Text

Define table entries that would turn off the system ID for multi-pipeline isometrics and anytitle block text generated by -41 through -45 records in the PIPELINE_HEADER table.

The following table would accomplish this:

-41, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0-42, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0-43, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0-44, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0-45, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

Example 2: Defining Movable Text

The following spool table would result from the values XOFF=-700, YOFF=800, andDIR=1003004 (such as Table entry -7, 100, 100, 0, -700, 800, 1003004).

Page 281: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 83

Certain ISOGEN text strings like the line name (-6 record) cannot beturned off. Do not set X and Y to 0. You can move these items outside theplotted area of the drawing to eliminate them.

Text is justified by the lower, left corner of the string.

If the number of spools on an iso sheet exceeds the number of table entriesdefined for a spool number table then the table is filled and an errormessage is written to the error file.

To position the default spool numbers (that is, where the spool number issurrounded by square brackets) in a spool number table you should nothave a -7 entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table. If you want to positiononly the number (without the square brackets) then insert an entry intothe PIPELINE_HEADER table for the -7 record but set ST, SC, and SN to0. Also set PREFIX to a blank. If you have defined a spool prefix in thePIPELINE_HEADER table then the entire spool number, including theprefix, will be positioned in the table.

Page 282: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 84 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.24 NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS

Certain ISOGEN interface logic depends on the ISOGEN symbol name. When ISOGENsymbols are redefined and renamed, this logic can not be properly executed. This tableallows you to tell the interface software which user-defined symbol your new symbol is basedupon so that the special logic can be properly executed.

The format of a table entry is:

’SYMBOL KEY’, ’OLD SYMBOL KEY’

Where:

SYMBOL KEY is the name of your new ISOGEN symbol.

OLD SYMBOL KEY is the name of the ISOGEN symbol upon which your symbol isbased.

Example 1: >Defining ISOGEN Symbol Keys

Define a table entry which indicates that the symbol RVXX has been redefined and namedRRVV:

’RRVV’, ’RVXX’

An entry in this table is only required when the old symbol key (or the symbolupon which your symbol is based) is one of the following:

CVXX, SVXX, MVXX, HVXX, XVXX, RVXX, IIXX, OPXX, PRXX, DRXX, CTXXor any symbol which you redefine and intend to map to a multi-endprepcomponent in the model.

Page 283: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 85

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.25 GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT

This table is used to format notes for items that imply materials through the ImpliedMaterial Data Table and for valves with chain wheel operators, extension stems or floorstands.

This table is enabled by Intergraph option 45.

The table can contain up to four entries that are used to format notes.

The first entry is for valves with chain wheel operators.

The second entry is for valves with floor stands.

The third entry is for valves with extension stems.

The fourth entry is for the note pointing to a component that generates implied itemsthrough the specification database. One note is formatted for each item impliedthrough the specification database.

A table entry is a text string as follows:

Label Definition

Where:

The label definition is formed from text together with embedded specifications for attributespertaining to the implied item. An embedded specification is formed by a number withinsquare brackets (such as [n]). Valid numbers that can be used together with their meaningsare:

[1] The item code or commodity code of the implied item.[2] The quantity of implied material.[3] The material description of the implied material.[4] The chain operator number, for chain wheel operators.

Example 1: Defining General Item Notes

Show a note format that would display item code and quantity for an implied item:

’INCL. [2] - [1]’

When an implied item is generated through the reference database, the following examplenote might be generated in the drawing:

INCL. 1 - WBAAACFHNB

Page 284: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 86 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Example 2: Defining General Item Notes

Show an example note format for a chain wheel operator.

’INCL. CHAIN WHEEL OPTR. [1]$WITH [2] CHAIN’

The note generated on the iso might be:

INCL. CHAIN WHEEL OPTR. CHAIN_3001WITH 21’-0" CHAIN

The note formats should be defined with upper case characters.

A dollar sign ($) embedded within the note will act as a line feed.

Page 285: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 87

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.26 ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX

This table is used to define which database attributes should be used as a secondary oralternate index into the material description libraries.

Intergraph option 37 controls the use of this table.

The format of a table entry is:

TYPE, TABLE, COL, LDL NO

Where:

TYPE is a number that indicates the component type that is to have analternate index into a material description library. Valid valuesfor type are:

1 - Commodity item2 - Specialty item3 - Pipe4 - Instrument5 - Pipe support

TABLE, COL is the table, column specification of the attribute that is to serve asthe alternate index into a material description library. TABLEmust correspond to TYPE as follows:

TYPE______ ALLOWABLE VALUES OF TABLE__________________________________

1 342 343 504 675 80

LDL NO is a label description library number that defines a compositeattribute that should be used in place of TABLE, COL for thealternate index.

Example 1: Defining Secondary or Alternate Indices for the Material DescriptionLibrary

Show the table entry that defines the secondary index for a pipe support to be the fixedstring "PSUPPORT".

The table entry would be:

5, 80, 0, 972

Page 286: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 88 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Where:

Label 972 returns the string "PSUPPORT". It does not reference any attributes in thedatabase record for the support.

The attribute used as the primary index into the material descriptionlibraries is shown for each type below:

Primary IndexTYPE______ (TABLE, COL)______________

1 34, 82 34, 23 50, 124 67, 25 80, 4

It is not possible to define a secondary index for implied materials (boltsand gaskets), for generated items (like the stub end for a lap joint flange)from the spec or for generated items from the Implied Material DataTable.

Page 287: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 89

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.27 USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM

This table is used with the user-defined material take off feature. For more information,refer to User-Defined BOM / Material Control File, page 8 - 1 .

Fields defined in this table will write information to the -80:-89 records for bolts and gaskets.The implied items table provides a means to map attributes that are:

from the component that caused the item to be generated (e.g. flange pressure).

from the spec entry for the implied item (e.g for the commodity code).

from data calculated when the item is generated (e.g. bolt length).

The format of an entry in this table is:

TYPE, CT, CC, CLBL, PT, PC, PLBL, IT, IC, ILBL, ST, SC, CPF, ITEM,COLUMN, FLAG

Where:

TYPE defines the type of implied component that the table entry is to applyto.

TYPE______ TABLE ENTRY APPLIES TO____________________________

1 Gaskets Only2 Bolts only3 Welds only4 All of the above items

Where:

CT, CC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is aCOMPONENT or SPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for CT are 0, 12and 34.

CLBL is the label description library number that defines the note formatthat will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

PT, PC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is a PIPE.Valid values for PT are 0, 12 and 50.

PLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of notewhich will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

Page 288: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 90 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

IT, IC defines a table, column specification from a generating component

that is to be mapped when the generating component is anINSTRUMENT. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.

ILBL is the label description library number that defines the format of notewhich will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

ST, SC defines a table, column specification that is to be mapped when theattribute is taken from the reference database entry for the implieditem. Valid values for ST are 0 and 202.

CPF is a connect point flag. When CPF is set to 1, it indicates that theattribute should be retrieved from the generating item’ s connectpoint (that is, the connect point from the item generating the impliedmaterial).NOTE:When this flag is set, CT, PT and IT should be set to 0. CC, PC, andIC should be set to a value selected from the Connect Point Attributeindex in the USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM section.

ITEM When this value is nonzero it indicates that either the attribute to bemapped is data that was generated along with the implied item, orthe attribute to be obtained from the spec. Values for item aredependent on the implied item type as shown below.

Item Item_____ Description___________Type_____

ALL -1 Use ST, SC to obtain the attribute from thereference database.

BOLT 1 Number of bolts2 Bolt Length in Project Units

English for English ProjectMetric for Metric or Mixed Project

3 Bolt diameter in Project UnitsEnglish for English ProjectMetric for Metric or Mixed Project

4 Number of nuts5 Bolt diameter - English Units6 Bolt length in English Units

GASKET 0WELD 1 Weld ID number

2 Weld Type3 Material A4 Material B

COLUMN is a number -80:-89 defined in the MATERIAL LISTINGDEFINITION (MLD) file where the value will be displayed on the iso.

FLAG is a special flag used to inhibit conversion of code-listed attributes totheir ASCII string equivalents.

Page 289: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 91

When information is generated for an item, the item type is determined and one

of the previously listed table, column pairs is selected. The selected table,column pair is then used to retrieve an attribute from the database.

All pairs need not be defined. If a component data table entry should apply toonly one type of item, set the table, column pairs for other types to zero.

If the label number is defined as anything other than 0, that value will be usedin place of the table, column value or the value from connect point attributes.

Example 1:

1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, -80, 0

This table entry maps the gasket size to the -80 record.

2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 202, 3, 0, -1, -81, 0

This table entry maps the item name from the reference database for the bolt to the -81record.

2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, -82, 0

This table entry maps the bolt length to the -82 record.

4, 34, 0, 996, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, -83, 0

This table entry will generate a note to the -83 record when the current item is a bolt orgasket and the generating component is a COMPONENT or SPECIALTY ITEM. Label 996defines the format of the note that would be generated and in this case the label will outputthe generating component fabrication category as the note.

Page 290: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 92 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.28 USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM

Fields defined in this table write information to the -80 - -89 records for items generatedthrough the reference database (Table 212 Implied Items) and for chain wheel operators.The generated items table provides a means to map attributes that are:

from the component that caused the item to be generated.

from the reference database entry for the implied item (that is, for the commodity code).

The format of an entry in this table is:

CT,CC, CLBL, ET,EC, ELBL, PT,PC, PLBL, IT,IC, ILBL, ST,SC, SLBL, CPI,ITEM, COLUMN, FLAG

Where:

CT, CC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is aCOMPONENT. Valid values for CT are 0, 12 and 34.

CLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of notewhich will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

ET, EC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is aSPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34.

ELBL is the label description library number that defines the format of notewhich will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

PT, PC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is a PIPE.Valid values for PT are 0, 12 and 50.

PLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of notewhich will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

IT, IC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is anINSTRUMENT. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.

ILBL is the label description library number that defines the format of notewhich will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

ST, SC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is a PIPESUPPORT. Valid values for ST are 0, 12 and 80.

Page 291: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 93

SLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of note

which will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

CPI is a connect point identifier that is used to access connect pointattributes by connect point color (green or red) rather than byattribute number. When CPI is set (nonzero), CT, ET, PT, IT and STshould be set to zero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to a valueselected from the Connect Point Attributes index.

CPI____ Definition__________

1 retrieve a green connect point property2 retrieve a red connect point property

ATT_____ Connect Point Attributes________________________

1 nominal piping diameter2 outside diameter3 end preparation4 schedule/thickness5 pressure rating6 stress analysis node number7 face to center distance8 bolt type override9 gasket separation10 stress intensification11 head loss factor12 signal line type (instruments only) where *C

represents either CC, EC, PC, or IC

ITEM When the value is set to 1 it indicates that the attribute to be mappedis data from the reference database. The value for CC, EC, PC, IC andSC should be set according to the table shown below when ITEM isset to 1.

ATTR______ Description___________

1 Generated item commodity code2 Generated item quantity

COLUMN is a number -80 - -89 defined in the MATERIAL LISTINGDEFINITION (MLD) file where the value will be displayed on the iso.

FLAG is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibit conversionof code-listed attributes to their ASCII string equivalents. WhenFLAG is set to 1, the code-list number will be placed in the record.

When information is generated for an item, the item type is determined and oneof the previously listed table, column pairs is selected. The selected table,column pair is then used to retrieve an attribute from the database.

Page 292: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 94 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

All pairs need not be defined. If a component data table entry should apply toonly one type of item, set the table, column pairs for other types to zero.

If the label number is defined as anything other than 0, that value will be usedin place of the table, column value or the value from connect point attributes.

Example 1:

34, 3, 0, 34, 3, 0, 50, 3, 0, 67, 3, 0, 80, 4, 0, 0, 0, -80, 0

This entry maps the item name of the component that generates some implied material tothe -80 record.

0, 2, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, -81, 0

This entry maps the generated item quantity to the -81 record. In the case of a chain wheeloperator, this entry corresponds to the length of chain.

Page 293: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 95

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.29 USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM

Fields defined by this table appear in component, specialty item, pipe, instrument and pipesupport records.

The format of an entry in this table is:

CT, CC, CLBL, ET, EC, ELBL, PT, PC, PLBL, IT, IC, ILBL, ST, SC, SLBL,CPI, COLUMN, FLAG

Where:

CT, CC defines a table, column specification for the case when the currentitem is a component. Valid values for CT are 0, 12 and 34.

CLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of notewhich will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

ET, EC defines a table, column specification for the case when the currentitem is a specialty item. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34.

ELBL is the label description library number that defines the format of notewhich will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

PT, PC defines a table, column specification for the case when the currentitem is a pipe. Valid values for PT are 0, 12 and 50.

PLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of notewhich will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

IT, IC defines a table, column specification for the case when the currentitem is an instrument. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.

ILBL is the label description library number that defines the format of notewhich will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

ST, SC defines a table, column specification for the case when the currentitem is a pipe support. Valid values for ST are 0, 12 and 80.

SLBL is the label description library number that defines the format of notewhich will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.

CPI is a connect point identifier. It is used to access connect pointattributes by connect point color (green or red) rather than byattribute number. When CPI is set (nonzero) then CT, ET, PT, IT andST should be set to zero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to oneof the values shown in the following index.

Page 294: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 96 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

CPI____ Definition__________

1 retrieve a green connect point property2 retrieve a red connect point property

ATT_____ Connect Point Attributes________________________

1 nominal piping diameter2 outside diameter3 end preparation4 schedule/thickness5 pressure rating6 stress analysis node number7 face to center distance8 bolt type override9 gasket separation10 stress intensification11 head loss factor12 signal line type (instruments only) where *C

represents either CC, EC, PC, or IC

COLUMN is a number -80:-89 defined in the MATERIAL LISTINGDEFINITION (MLD) file where the value will be displayed on the iso.

FLAG is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibit conversionof code-listed attributes to their ASCII string equivalents. WhenFLAG is set to 1, the code-list number will be placed in the record.

When information is generated for an item, the item type is determined and oneof the previously listed table, column pairs is selected. The selected table,column pair is then used to retrieve an attribute from the database.

All pairs need not be defined. If a component data table entry should apply toonly one type of item, set the table, column pairs for other types to zero.

If the label number is defined as anything other than 0, that value will be usedin place of the table, column value or the value from connect point attributes.

Example 1:

34, 3, 0, 34, 3, 0, 50, 3, 0, 67, 3, 0, 84, 4, 0, 0, -80, 0

This table entry maps the item name attribute for all component types to the -80 record.

34, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 50, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -81, 0

This table entry maps the new item name attribute for component types of COMPONENTand PIPE to the -81 record. Nothing is generated in the record for SPECIALTY ITEMS,INSTRUMENTS or PIPE SUPPORTS by this table entry.

Page 295: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Options File 7 - 97

0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, -82, 0

This table entry maps the GREEN nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 1) to the -82record. Since PIPE SUPPORTS do not have connect point properties, no number is specifiedfor them in the table entry.

0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, -83, 0

This table entry maps the RED nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 2) to the -83record.

0, 4, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, -84, 0

This table entry maps the GREEN schedule (schedule 1) to the -84 record.

12, 14, 0, 12, 14, 0, 12, 14, 0, 12, 14, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -85, 0

This table entry maps the insulation purpose attribute from the segment to the -85 record forall items except PIPE SUPPORTS.

12, 22, 0, 12, 22, 0, 12, 22, 0, 12, 22, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -86, 1

This table entry maps the paint code CODE_LIST VALUE from the segment to the -86record. The code-list value is put in the record rather than the attribute itself because FLAGis set to 1 and the attribute being mapped is code-listed.

34, 0, 994, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -87, 0

This table entry will generate a note to the -87 record when the current item is a component.Label 994 defines the format of the note that would be generated, and in this case the labelwill output the component fabrication category as the note.

Page 296: Isometric Drawing Extraction

7 - 98 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________7.30 NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS

This feature allows you to select all pipe supports and hangers without dimensioning thatare displayed on an isometric.

The format of a table entry is:

NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS13, PS1, PS2, PSP1

Where:

1 is the number of lines to follow

3 is the number of values to follow

PS1, PS2,PSP1

are the pipe support model codes that will be displayed, but notdimensioned.

For more information on other ISOGEN dimensioning features, refer toDimensioning and Coordinate Output, page 17 - 1 .

Page 297: Isometric Drawing Extraction

User-Defined BOM / Material Control File 8 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8. User-Defined BOM / Material Control File

The ISOGEN package allows you to define (within certain limits) the layout and content ofthe ISOGEN generated Material List and related Material Control File. By makingmodifications to the Material List Definition (MLD) file and options file you can:

Revise the Material List Style.

— The current basic style with new optional column for weight - Style 1.

— Placing user-defined data in a column-type layout - Style 2. This style is definedand controlled by the new Material List Definition (MLD) file. MTO list headerinformation is included in the material list definition file (MLD).

— Placing data in a column-type format (no headings) on a user-defined drawing sheet- Style 3. This style will be defined and controlled by the new Material ListDefinition (MLD) file. The MTO list header information is displayed in the isoborder file.

Create a user-defined Material Control File.

This file is defined and controlled by the new Material List Definition (MLD) file. TheMLD file is the 13th entry in the FILES section of the ISOGEN options file.

Create a new Offshore Material category.

Define optional material accumulation parameters.

Select part number ID box format on the plotted isometric

Define the Optional output of the Length format of pipes, miscellaneous componentsand pipe length.

Define a full range of Bolt Units (size X length).

Revise the format of the cut list.

Define welds to be included on the material list.

Re-position the tile block.

Reserve an area for a user-specified title block.

When using the new user defined formats, it is recommended that several trialruns are done. This way, you can verify that the layout is practical and that therequested data is both valid and available, before committing to project use.

Page 298: Isometric Drawing Extraction

8 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Validity checks will be performed on the contents of the MLD file and warningmessages output when necessary. Typical checks validate all major headingsand all data identifiers. A check is also done to confirm that all mandatory datais included in the file.

User-defined MTO - Related Information

The following is a list of related elements within the ISOGEN software that may bemanipulated when creating a user-defined BOM or Material Control file.

Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix B)

ISOGEN Options: 2, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, 65, 73, 74

Related Intergraph Options (Section 7)

Intergraph Option: 8, 10, 14, 22, 29, 30, 33, 36, 37, 45, 47, 50, 52, 54, 56, 62

Related Options File Material (Section 7)

USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOMUSER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOMUSER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM

Also: The thirteenth entry in the FILES Section of the options file: MLD file (See Chapter 8)

Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (Appendix B)

-322, -323, -339, -356 - -363, -365, -367, -368 - -378, -415 - -419, -421 - -423, -455

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.1 Types of Material List

Three types of material lists are available Style 1, Style 2 and Style 3. ISOGEN optionswitch 23 controls which Style material list is used. The MLD file contains the definition ofthe content and format of Style 2 and Style 3 Material Lists.

Style 1 - Standard Material List

To produce a material list identical to those produced prior to the 5.0 ISOGEN softwarerelease, turn off the intermediate sub-headings (PIPE, FITTINGS, FLANGES, etc). This canbe done by setting the appropriate Atexts to BLANK. This will continue to provide thecapability of producing a continuous-type material list.

A 4.3 version of the ISOGEN options file can be used without any modificationsto produce an iso with the 5.0 software that looks as it did when it was producedwith the 4.3 software.

Style 2 - User-defined Variation of the Standard Material List

Page 299: Isometric Drawing Extraction

User-Defined BOM / Material Control File 8 - 3

Style 3 - User-defined Text and User-positioned Text

Only text is output. No headings are output. Style 3 works well for boxed or column typebills of material.

The Cut List and Center Line Summary facilities are not available for Style 3.

Basic Contents of a Style 1 Material List

Standard form Material List (as currently output and using all current sort criteria)

New column for component weight (optional)

New section for Offshore materials

Revised Cut List (optional)

New form of the Bolt size x length output

An option for repositioning the title block when Material List on the right is used.

Basic Contents of a Style 2 Material List

User variation of the Style 1 material list

User-definable column headings/data content for horizontal layout (done in the MLDfile)

Extra data attributes available for listing (This can be done by using the 80- 89 recordidentifiers in the MLD file.)

Similar vertical layout to Style 1. (uses the same sort criteria)

All options listed for Style 1

Facility for User to change sort group of components. (For example, move Blank Flangefrom Valve/In-Line Item group to Flange group)

Basic Contents for a Style 3 Material List

Fully user-defined drawing backing sheet (All column, boxes, headings, etc pre-definedin the seed isometric or border file)

Three major categories of Materials to be identifiable (For example, FABRICATION,ERECTION, OFFSHORE)

No intermediate Material Type headings to be output

User-definable data content and data output positions for all material list informationin the MLD file

Page 300: Isometric Drawing Extraction

8 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Extra data attributes available for listing (This can be done by using the 80- 89 recordidentifiers in the MLD file

Material Listing UP/DOWN facility For example:

listing TOP to BOTTOMlisting BOTTOM to TOPlisting Fab Materials DOWN/ Erec Materials UPlisting Erec Materials DOWN/ Fab Materials UP

If the Offshore category is used, you are restricted to using a continuouslist (Top to Bottom/Bottom to Top) and should use the column for categoryidentification (For example, FAB, EREC, OFF ).

Automatic ISO overflow facility (used if there are too many parts for the given backingsheet)

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.1.1 Operating Requirements

The following requirements must be met to successfully use the user-defined BOM / MaterialControl File functionality.

Material List Definition (MLD) File

This will be a required entry when using the user-defined bill of material (Style 2 orStyle 3). The options file section titled FILES will require a new entry (the 13th entry)defining the location and name of the user-defined MLD file.

Bill of Material Columns.

You must define data to be output on the MTO for each component type in the MLDfile. This done by using new or existing data identifiers. Existing BOM identifiers areCommodity Code (-20 record) or Commodity Description (-21 record). New BOMidentifiers consist of user-defined identifiers:

— -80 - -89 record types

— PT-NO, QTY, N.S., WEIGHT, CATEGORY, GROUP

The user-defined identifiers can contain anything from the database for a specificcomponent.

Three sections (see below) of the Intergraph options file define reported information and theidentifier that is associated with that information (-80 - -89 record types) per item type.

The -20 and -21 record types can not be redefined. You will not be required tooutput either of these record types on the user-defined BOM, but the .idf filewill always contain these two records.

Page 301: Isometric Drawing Extraction

User-Defined BOM / Material Control File 8 - 5

Type -80 identifiers, if any, will always follow the -21 record type in the .idf file.

User-defined information can be formatted by manipulating the following three sections inthe options file.

USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM - used with components, engineered items, pipe,instruments and supports.

USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM - used with bolts, gaskets and welds.

USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM - used with cap screws and chain wheeloperators.

To generate an entry in the bill of material for generated items, Intergraphoption 45 must be set to 1 or 3.

Page 302: Isometric Drawing Extraction

8 - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.2 Material List Definition (MLD) File

The options file section titled FILES will require a new entry (the 13th entry) defining thelocation and name of the user-defined MLD file. The new entry in the FILES section will beverified, mounted and included as a -122 record type in the .idf file. This entry is requiredwhen using the user-defined bill of material.

The MLD file allows you to define (with certain limits) the style and content of the following:

The Heading content and layout of a PRINTED Style 1 (Weight Heading only) or Style2 Material List.

The column headings, data content definitions and positional coordinates of the mainbody of a plotted and/or printed Style 2 Material List.

The main body of a Style 1 (current style) plotted or printed material listcan not be changed.

For a Style 2 type Material List the BASIC FORMAT is the same as thecurrent style. The number, position, and content of the various verticaldata columns is the part of the list that is user definable.

The data content and positional coordinates for all items on a plotted Style 3 MaterialList.

When using a Style 3 Material List, the option of obtaining a printed list isnot available.

The layout/data content of a user-specified Material Control File.

Because of the current methods used within the ISOGEN program, thequantities included in the Material Control File must be identical to thequantities generated for the Material List. This is because the sameaccumulation rules are used for both.

Page 303: Isometric Drawing Extraction

User-Defined BOM / Material Control File 8 - 7

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.3 User-Defined Material Control File (.bom file)

When Intergraph option 1 is set to 1, the MLD file allows you to define the layout andcontent of the printed Material Control File (M/C File). The Material Control File is intendedto be used as a vehicle for data transfer between ’Systems’.

There will be several differences in layout when compared with the filegenerated for a Printed Material List (.prt file).

Basic Requirements for a Material Control File

Allow any width (Not limited to 132 characters).

Allow any length of file.

No ’Paging’ functionality is required.

Include any Title Headings/Column Headings (if user-defined) once at the start of thefile.

Output of lengths in any quantity (QTY) column should be in the format set in ISOGENoption switch 24.

Bolts to be included in the file should follow the same rules as the bolts used for theassociated material list.

Size and length units are set by ISOGEN option switch 65. Use ATEXT-359 to reformat the size and length information.

The ISOGEN software allows you to identify all UNITS used within the M/C file through theuse of Unit Identification entries. There is no limit on the number of Unit Identificationentries and the format is user-definable. Unit ID entries must be included in the MLD fileand immediately follow the MATERIAL-CONTROL-FILE identifier. Any unit id entries willbe the first items output in the M/C file.

Unit identification entries will not impact the ISOGEN system. Their onlypurpose is to identify the UNITS used for size and lengths in the M/C interfacefile.

Some typical unit ID entries:

UNITS-BORE dataUNITS-LENGTH dataUNITS-BOLT-DIA dataUNITS-BOLT-LENGTH data

Where: data identifies the units used in the M/C file.

Page 304: Isometric Drawing Extraction

8 - 8 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

A user-defined Material Control file will be triggered by the identifier MATERIAL-CONTROL-FILE which is located in the MLD file. The definition of the required file(layout/content) will follow the MATERIAL-CONTROL-FILE identifier. The file can begenerated either with or without Titles and/or Column Headings.

The definition of Title Headings, Column Headings and Data Items will use the same basicrules as a Style 2 printed material list. The key identifiers to be used are:

PRINTED-M/C-TITLESPRINTED-M/C-COLUMN-HEADINGSPRINTED-M/C-DATA-ITEMS

In the case of Data Items, the -39 IDF RECORD IDENTIFIER can be included in theMaterial Control file, but not on the Material List. This can only be used when using theMaterial List Non-Accumulation facility (ISOGEN option 74).

Available Data Items for the Material Control File

Unique Name_____________ IDF Record Number___________________

PIPELINE-REFERENCE -6DRG -PIPING-SPEC -11PT-NO -QTY -N.S. -ITEM-CODE -20DESCRIPTION -21WEIGHT -CATEGORY (uses ATEXT -376 - 378)GROUP uses ATEXT -307, -308, -309, -311 - -315,

-339, -375-80 - -89 (user-defined attributes)

UNIQUE-COMPONENT-IDENTIFIER

-39 Segment and Component OccurrenceNumbers

If Unique Name and associated IDF Record Number both exist, either may be used.

UNIQUE NAMES with no IDF Record Numbers are shown with a - in the IDFRECORD NUMBER column. When this occurs, you must use UNIQUE NAME.

IDF Record Numbers with no UNIQUE NAME are shown with a - in the Unique Namecolumn. When this occurs, use IDF Record Number.

Page 305: Isometric Drawing Extraction

User-Defined BOM / Material Control File 8 - 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.4 Offshore Material Category

Any item designated as Offshore will be treated as an ERECTION type item in the drawing,but will be listed on the Material List under a new main heading as defined by ATEXT -371.All materials sorted are within the new heading category.

The M/C file will contain a 3 in word 6 of existing component records when theitem is designated as Offshore.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.5 Transferring Components Between Sort Groups

The MLD file has a TRANSFER feature that will allow you to move components from onesort group to another.

The identifier TRANSFER must be followed by any relevant information that would identifythe component to be transferred and the new group under which it will be listed. Componentidentification will be done by record ID numbers. Refer to the Record Identification Numberslisted in Appendix B of this document (35 =Elbow, 100 = pipe).

Available sort Group identifiers include:

PIPE pipeVALV valves + inline itemsFITT fittingsINST instrumentsFLAN flangesSUPP supportsGASK gasketsMISC miscellaneous componentsBOLT boltsWELD welds

If you plan to list any of the above Group Identifiers on a Style 2 or Style 3Material List, ATEXTs -307, -308, -309, -311, -312, -313, -314, -315, -339, and-375 must be set in the options file.

A typical entry in the MLD file might be:

TRANSFER107 FLAN

Where:

Page 306: Isometric Drawing Extraction

8 - 10 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

107 is the record ID for BLANK FLANGES and FLAN is the

NEW sort group under which Blank Flanges should be listed.Any number of blank characters between record ID andGroup identifiers are allowed.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.6 Generating an Optional Format for Length Output

By default, length output on the Material List for PIPE, MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTSand CL LENGTH is set to the nearest 1/10 M or 1/10 FT and is formatted:

Metric 10.4 MEnglish 10.4 ’

ISOGEN option 24 allows for an alternative format to output either in millimeters or feetand inches.

Metric 1040 mm (rounded to the nearest mm)English 10’-5" (rounded up to the nearest inch)

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.7 Bolt Units (size x length)

Option switch 65, Bolting Length in the M/C file, allows you to define bolt length/boltdiameters. Any value set in the last position of ISOGEN option switch 65 is output in thesecond digit (tens position) of word 2 in the 60 type record in the M/C file.

Any value set in the second position of ISOGEN option switch 65 is output in the third digit(hundreds position) of word 2 of the 60 type record in the M/C file. Bolt diameters (in word 2)and bolt lengths (in word 7) of 500 (bolt) records in the M/C file will be generated in the unitsappropriate to the various ISOGEN switch settings.

The Material List also allows an alternative output format for bolts. The alternative outputwill be used whenever ATEXT -359 is set to any value other than blank.

The suggested setting is diameter x length.

ISOGEN will always output in a bolt-diameter-by-bolt-length order. Bolt Units will beplaced just below the new heading using a program generated text string. The text string iscreated by using a combination of ATEXTs -330 and -331.

Typical Bolt Unit Output:

BOLTS_______DIA x LENGTH (ATEXT -359)

Bolt (INS x INS) (Generated)Descr. 3/4 x 2.1/2

Page 307: Isometric Drawing Extraction

User-Defined BOM / Material Control File 8 - 11

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.8 Generating a Revised Format of the Cut List

Modifications made to the current cut list format

ATEXT -322 (Cut) is ignored.

ATEXT -323 (Length) is moved up to the top line of the headings.

Set ATEXT -361 so that the default text, Ft-Ins, will be positioned below LENGTHwhen imperial units are being used.

Place ATEXT -331(mm) below LENGTH when mixed or metric units are being used.

Set zero inches to output as 2’0" and not 2’.

The revised layout still has two cut pieces on each line.

Typical layout:

PIECE LENGTH N.S. REMARKS PIECE LENGTH N.S. REMARKSNO. (FT-INS) (INS) NO. (FT-INS) (INS)

New cut list format

The new cut list format has a revised layout with only one cut piece per line. To request thenew cut list format, use ISOGEN option 2.

Typical new layout:

PIECE LENGTH N.S. END END ITEMNO. (FT-INS) (INS) ONE TWO CODE

— OR —

PIECE LENGTH N.S. END END ITEMNO. (FT-INS) (INS) ONE TWO CODE

Gaps between new heading elements are handled by the ISOGEN software based on eitherthe actual Atext heading or the length of the information items that are printed under eachheading. This will be either the standard Atext or any user-modified Atext.

Page 308: Isometric Drawing Extraction

8 - 12 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

When using the new cut list format, you must verify that the total width of the cut list is lessthan the width of the requested material list. This will prevent the cut list from overflowingonto the drawing section of the isometric.

Use ATEXTs -362, -363, -364, -365 when using the new cut list format.

If PART NO. is required on the cut list instead of ITEM CODE, ATEXT -364should be blank and ATEXT -365 set to PART$NO.

The Cut List Remarks Column

Current Atexts for cut list REMARKS (-326, -327, -328) are still used. If any of these Atextsare changed, sufficient space should be left between column headings to accommodate data.In the new cut list format layout, multiple remarks are allowed. Each remark is located on aseparate line. For example:

REMARK

LOOSE FLGFF WELD

Multiple occurrences of the same remark will be output in the form PLD BEND(2) where the last 2 characters are automatically generated.

End One and End Two Columns

Entries in these columns describe the operations performed in order to prepare the ends forfabrication. Five ATEXTs (-366 - -370) are available to identify the five basic operationsthat can be recognized by the ISOGEN system.

For the new cut list format, certain items must be treated as BWs (Butt Welds),but do not have the BW end condition as part of the SKEY. These itemsinclude:

Flanges (105/106)

FLWN - Flange Weld Neck

FOWN - Flange Orifice Weld Neck

FLSE - LJSE Butt Weld Type

All other 105’s and 106’s to use Square Cut

The type of end preparation on pipe is determined by the SKEY of the fitting orby the weld type. For weld types: SKEYS WW, WS, WF, assume BW endpreparation.

Page 309: Isometric Drawing Extraction

User-Defined BOM / Material Control File 8 - 13

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.9 Welds in the Material List

When using INTERGRAPH option 62 and ISOGEN option 64, welds can be added to theMaterial List. Welds can be displayed in any of the Fabrication/Erection/Offshore sections ofthe Material List. To list welds in the last position of each section of the Material List, usethe heading defined by ATEXT -375. Welds added to the Material List will not be includedin the standard M/C interface file. It is a user option in any user-defined M/C file.

Accumulation of welds is controlled by ISOGEN option switch 74.

Weld part numbers are not normally indicated on the plotted iso section of theisometric. If needed, ISOGEN option 73 with a Style 3 for weld part numberscan be used to place weld part numbers.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.10 Style for Fabricated (Pulled) Bends Output

By using ISOGEN option 23 (position B), the outputs Bend Angle and Bend Radius can bedisplayed for pulled bends. The following is a typical revised output using the Style 1 andStyle 2 Material Lists.

Description___________ NS___ QTY_____

U03 Fabricated (Pulled) Bend 3.0D Bend RadiusAngle 85.0

1 1

Part numbers less than 10 have a zero included (For example, U03 and not U3).

Bend radius messages will use ATEXT -337 for bends expressed in number ofdiameters. (For example, 3.0D Bend Radius).

A bend radius expressed in mm or Ft/Ins uses ATEXT -338 with the actual radiuslisted. (For example, 450 mm Bend Radius or 1’-6" Bend Radius).

ATEXT -374 is used to generate the ANGLE text element in a format such as 85.0 (foran 85 degree angle).

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.11 Style for Material List Output

When using ISOGEN option switch 23, position A and B, with setting 10 or 11:

The current form of output is sorted into the categories, Fab/Erec/Offshore, with sub-groupsof Pipe, Flanges, Fittings, etc. within each category. Except for the addition of the new Weldsub-group, there is no change to the Material List that is currently generated.

When Using ISOGEN option switch 23, position A and B, with setting 20 or 21:

Page 310: Isometric Drawing Extraction

8 - 14 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

An alternative form of output that has no separate Fab/Erec categories and no sub groups isgenerated. This creates a continuous Material List with component and welds listed in theorder they were found in the intermediate data file (.idf file). This does not apply to Gasketsand Bolts that are accumulated; they are printed in the weld list as the first occurrence ofeach type.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.12 Positioning the Title Block

ISOGEN option 25 allows you to either turn off or reposition the Title Block to the bottom ofthe Material List.

ISOGEN calculates the height of the Title Block and draws a horizontal line between the twovertical lines that form the Material List boundaries. Checks are then made on ATEXTs-317 and -318. If they are not set to blanks and have not been positioned, the CL summary ispositioned above the Title Block.

ISOGEN option switch 35 reserves an area at the bottom of the Material List.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.13 MLD File Content

Heading Definitions for a Style 2 printed material list (ISOGEN MTO neutral file) in theMLD file contain three types of information items:

A Heading Title element

An associated data item to be listed with the Title element

A basic activity identifier.

All data items may be identified by either ’NAME’ or their .idf file record ID Number.

A typical MLD file layout for a Style 2 Printed Material List heading would be:

PRINTED-MATERIAL-LIST TITLESPAGE ’ ’’Blank’’Blank’PIPELINE REF :- ’-6’ PROJECT NO. :- ’-9’’Blank’AREA REF :- ’-10’ REVISION NO. :- ’-8’’Blank’PIPING SPEC :- ’-11’ DATE OF RUN :- ’-14’’Blank’’Blank’

The normal Material List would then be printed. This would be either the normal Style 1 listor any Style 2 list that you have defined.

In the previous example:

Page 311: Isometric Drawing Extraction

User-Defined BOM / Material Control File 8 - 15

’ ’ is used with the page attribute and indicates a

program generated page number.

’Blank’ indicates a blank line.

Titles will be output at the top of each new page.

Number of lines per page will be taken from the existing option switch 63.

Items Available for Output as Part of a Printed Material List Heading

Unique Name_____________ IDF Record Number___________________

Pipeline-Reference Drawing -6Piping-Spec -11Nominal-Class -12Nominal-Rating -12Date-DMY -14Pipeline-Temp -19System-Reference Page -25

Column Headings and Data Content Guidelines for Style 2 Material List

Maximum heading width should not exceed 130 characters.

There should always be the same number of data items as column headings unlessspace is left for future data additions.

Column headings in the MLD file, must use the exact format of the required listingfollowed by the relevant data items to be printed.

Each name (identifier) must be enclosed in single quotation marks.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.14 MLD File Format Guidelines

As a general rule, all heading and title formatting must be positioned in the MLD file exactlyas it is to be positioned on the printed output. Title elements, other than unique identifiers,can be used with any format. Data item identifiers will be enclosed in single quotationmarks.

Unique identifiers are used to determine what is defined and must match exactly.These identifiers include:

— STYLE2-COLUMN-HEADINGS

— STYLE2-DATA-ITEMS

The format must be headings followed by data items.

— Blank characters can be used as required.

Page 312: Isometric Drawing Extraction

8 - 16 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

— Blank columns are allowed.

— Use a | character to indicate vertical column positions.

Column headings can be any ascii string.

Data items must carry the following:

— A data item identifier

— A start position along the horizontal line

— A justification marker.

Data Item Identifiers can be defined by using a Unique Name or, where applicable, theIDF Record Number (For example, ’Item-Code’ -30 L or ’-20’ 30 L ).

If a separation line is required on the generated Material List to separate the PARTNO. column from the rest of the List, a | character should be inserted in the requiredposition on the last line of the column headings. If an indicator is not found, theMaterial List will be generated without a separation line.

If the PT-NO (part number identifier) column is located at the extreme left or right sideof the Material List, ISOGEN will generate the vertical dividing line to separate thepart numbers from the remaining items.

A | character should be inserted end the end of the last line of the column headings toindicate where the right border line of the Material List is required (For example, twospaces beyond the maximum width of the last data item).

Justification Markers

R Right JustifiedL Left JustifiedN A true number field. If N is used as a decimal number (Real)

the decimal point will be positioned in the selected column. IfN is not used as a decimal number (Integer), the units digit ispositioned in the selected column.

Style 2 and Style 3 Data Item Identifiers

The following values are available for use as Data Identifiers in the MLD file for Style 2 andStyle 3 MTO’s. The allowable justification for each record is also listed.

Unique IDF AllowableName______ Record Number_______________ Justification____________

PT-NO - L or RQTY - N (fixed)N.S. - L (fixed)ITEM-CODE -20 L or RDESCRIPTION -21 L (fixed)WEIGHT - N (fixed)CATEGORY uses ATEXT -376 - 378 L or R

Page 313: Isometric Drawing Extraction

User-Defined BOM / Material Control File 8 - 17

GROUP uses ATEXT -307 - -309, -311

- -315, -339, -375L or R

- -80 - -89 (user-definedattributes)

L (fixed)

- -39 Only used on MaterialControl listings, Segment andComponent OccurrenceNumbers

L or R

When Unique Name and associated IDF Record Number both exist, either may be used.

Unique Names with no IDF Record Numbers are shown with a - in the IDF RecordNumber column (PT-NO, QTY,N.S., WEIGHT). When this occurs, use the UniqueName.

IDF Record Numbers with no Unique Name are shown with a - in the Unique Namecolumn. When this occurs, use IDF Record Number.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.14.1 Style 3 Material List

A Style 3 Material List requires a backing sheet (drawing frame) that contains a reservedarea for Material List information. The precise format is user-definable, but no columnheadings are defined in the MLD file. All column headings must already exist in the seed orborder design files.

This style of output requires two types of information.

— STYLE3-CONTROLS

— STYLE3-DATA-ITEMS

Basic Control Information for a Style 3 Material List

Unless otherwise stated, where a number is required it will be integer or in realmm’s with only one decimal place allowed.

Unless otherwise stated, all of the following inputs are mandatory.

Define the type of list that will be generated (sectionalized, continuous, etc.). Validtypes include:

Continuous-DownContinuous-UpFabrication-DownFabrication-UpErection-DownErection-UpOffshore-DownOffshore-UpErection/Offshore-DownErection/Offshore-Up

Page 314: Isometric Drawing Extraction

8 - 18 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

These will be used as either single entries or multiple entries depending

on the form of list required.

Identify start positions for information using the format:

Start-Position XPOS YPOS

Where: XPOS and YPOS is the x and y location in the design file

Define vertical spacing between each line of horizontal text using the format:

VERTICAL-SPACING value

Define the maximum number of lines that can be printed before automatic overflowonto another sheet occurs. This number can be defined for the complete list or on asection-by-section basis if the section function is being used. Use the format:

MAXIMUM-ENTRIES value

Where: value is an integer

Define the character height to be used for material list information using the format:

TEXT-HEIGHT value

Define the level where material list information should be placed (optional). Using theformat:

DRAWING-LAYER value

Where: value is a level 1 - 63

Define character weight (optional). Using the format:

TEXT-THICKNESS value

Where: value is a weight 0 - 10

Style 3 Data Item Information

Data items must specify a data item identifier and start position information.

Identifiers -80 - -89 must carry the maximum number of characters allowed on eachprint line.

Start position is the x position in mm’s that identifies the bottom left hand point of thetext string to be plotted. All text will be LEFT justified.

Example Input:

Data Item Identifier Xpos Max charITEM-CODE 225.0-80 280 47

Page 315: Isometric Drawing Extraction

User-Defined BOM / Material Control File 8 - 19

See the previous table under the heading Style 2 and Style 3 Data

Identifiers for a list of Style 3 Data Identifiers.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.15 Example User-defined Material List - Style 2

STYLE2-COLUMN-HEADINGS

PART SIZE ITEM COMPONENT QTY BLT BOLT NUTS/ MODEL SCH/ END MATL GEOMNO. (INS) CODE DESC. DIA LNGTH BLT CODE RAT PREP GRADE STD

’blank’

STYLE2-DATA-ITEMS

’PT-NO’ 2 R’N.S.’ 6 L’ITEM-CODE’ 13 L 11’DESCRIPTION’ 26 L 28’QTY’ 58 N’-80’ 79 L 5 !Model Code’-81’ 85 L 5 !GCP Sch/Rat’-82’ 92 L 5 !End Prep’-83’ 97 L 10 !Matl Grade’-84’ 107 L 15 !Geo Std’-85’ 68 L 10 !Bolt Length’-86’ 73 L !Nuts/Bolt’-87’ 62 L !Bolt Diameter

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________8.16 Example User-defined Material List - Style 3

Continuous Down Type :

STYLE3-CONTROLSSTART-POSITION 225.0 190.5VERTICAL-SPACING 4.5TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5DRAWING-LAYER 15CONTINUOUS-DOWNMAXIMUM-ENTRIES 55TEXT-THICKNESS 2

STYLE3-DATA-ITEMS|Typical Data

Page 316: Isometric Drawing Extraction

8 - 20 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Fabrication-Down, Erection-Up Type:

STYLE3-CONTROLSVERTICAL-SPACING 4.0TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5TEXT-THICKNESS 3DRAWING-LAYER 15MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 37FABRICATION-DOWNSTART-POSITION 225.0 190.5ERECTION_UPSTART-POSITION 225.0 42.0

STYLE3-DATA-ITEMS|Typical Data

Split Type:

STYLE3-CONTROLSVERTICAL-SPACING 4.0TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5TEXT-THICKNESS 2DRAWING-LAYER 15FABRICATION-DOWNSTART-POSITION 225.0 190.5MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 14ERECTION_DOWNSTART-POSITION 225.0 130MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 14Offshore_DOWNSTART-POSITION 225.0 70MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 7

STYLE 3-DATA-ITEMS

Typical Data

Page 317: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Creating Seed Files for Extraction 9 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________9. Creating Seed Files for Extraction

To extract and plot isometrics, create a seed design file and a seed plot request file. The seedfile names are keyed in at the Interactive Isometric Extraction form and the Define DefaultSet form (seeInteractive Isometric Extraction, page 3 - 1 and Define Default Sets, page 5 - 13 for more

information).

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________9.1 Creating an Isometric Seed File

The isometric seed file is an empty MicroStation design file that the system copies beforecreating a new isometric. The seed file usually contains a single reference file consisting ofthe drawing border and title block.

To create an isometric seed file:

1. Copy one of the product option files (defaults.dat, mxdefaults.dat, etc.) and set ISOGENoptions block word 14 for one of the standard drawing sheet sizes, or words 15 and 16for a nonstandard sheet size. Setting these option block words defines a box withinwhich your drawing border, title block and the ISOGEN drawing will reside.

2. Set ISOGEN option 3 to 1 so that you can see the corners of the drawing border boxwhen an isometric is created. Also, set the ISOGEN options block word 35 to define thereserved area for the title block.

Page 318: Isometric Drawing Extraction

9 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

3. Set ISOGEN options 10 - 13 to create margins from the edge of the box created in Step

1. All of your user-defined border and title block graphics must be drawn within thesemargins; one or more of them will probably be quite large. You cannot reserveirregularly shaped areas within the drawing box for your border and title block. Youmust fit them into the rectangular margin areas.

4. Generate an isometric using the interactive software (see Interactive IsometricExtraction, page 3 - 1 section Interactive Isometric Generation). The iso should be smallenough so that only one sheet is generated.

5. Call up the iso in graphics and plot it with the appropriate drawing size. Plot the areathat will contain both your user-defined graphics and the ISOGEN drawing. Do notplot a small strip along the bottom of the drawing (appx. 1/8") since you will probablywant to move into that area some ISOGEN-generated text strings that cannot beturned off.

You do not have to plot an ISOGEN D size drawing with D sizedimensions. You can use ISOGEN switches to make any size drawing youwish. You can then scale the drawing to have any plotted size you like.For this reason, experimentation is usually needed to arrive at a suitablecombination of ISOGEN and plotting parameters.

6. Examine the plot. There must be sufficient space for your user-defined border and titleblock graphics. Also, the drawing graphics and text size must be suitable for the plotsize. Adjust ISOGEN option 14 or options 15 and 16 to adjust the scale of the drawing.Adjust options 4 and 27 to change the text size.

7. Cycle through Steps 2 through 5 until you are satisfied with the resulting plot.

In general, ISOGEN seems to perform better with a larger drawing areathan a smaller one (the drawing area is increased with option 14 oroptions 15 and 16).

Try to find a median between providing ISOGEN a large drawing areaand scaling down the drawing for plotting purposes. At some point,scaling down a large drawing results in text that is too small. If the textsize cannot be increased, then you will either have to plot with a biggerscale (resulting in a larger drawing) or reduce the ISOGEN drawing area(to reduce the amount of scaling needed at plot time).

8. After completing Steps 1 through 6, create a drawing border in a separate design file.Create a 2D design file for your border and attach the drawing file created above as areference file. Use the drawing to locate your border and title block.

9. Use the reference file attachment from the border file and attach the new border to thenew seed.

10. Place the required text nodes in the new seed file for use with the Title Block Tablesfile.

11. Turn off the ISOGEN border with ISOGEN word 18.

Page 319: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Creating Seed Files for Extraction 9 - 3

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________9.2 Creating a Plot Request File

The plot request file is a special file used by the plotting software when processing a plot job.It contains values for plotting options and, sometimes, a definition of the plot itself. Theformat of the plot request is standard IPLOT format.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________9.2.1 IPLOT Plot Request Files

An IPLOT plot request file is necessary if you want to plot isometrics using the IPLOTsoftware.

Use the following steps to create an IPLOT plot request file:

1. Copy your isometric seed file and get into the copy in graphics. Set up view 1 to haveall of the parameters that you wish to be active for the plotted drawings (that is, turnoff text node display, turn on/off levels to be plotted, etc.). Save this set-up with FILEDESIGN. Determine the coordinates, in working units, of the area to be plotted. Theseshould be the lower left and upper right corners of the fence that would have been usedfor plotting.

Write the coordinates down.

2. From the command line prompt, key in the following command to create the IPLOT plotrequest file:

$iplot create "plot parameter filename" -design=design name -queue=queue name-region=[x1, y1, x2, y2] -scale=design units:plotter units -view=#

where:

plotparameterfilename

plot parameter filename to be generated

design name is the name of the design file created by copying the seed file in step 1above.

queue identifies the plot queue on the plot node.

region identifies the area to plot. Use the coordinates determined from step 1.

Page 320: Isometric Drawing Extraction

9 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

design units:plotter units

is an option scaling ratio for the plotted area. If you prefer, you mayuse -XSIZE=x size or -YSIZE=y size instead of the -SCALE= parameterto define the scaling. You may also leave this parameter off if noscaling is needed.

#- view number

Example 1:

iplot create test.i -design=test.dgn -queue=muxque -region=[0,0,17:0,11:8] -view=1

The system creates the file test.i.

Page 321: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Mapping Attributes to the Title Block 10 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________10. Mapping Attributes to the Title Block

The Title Block Tables Files are used to associate database attribute data and other datawith text nodes in an isometric design file. You make this association between attribute dataand design file text nodes so the batch iso extraction software can automatically fill out thedrawing title block.

Intergraph option 34 must be set to 1 before the software will generate the titleblock data files.

You can obtain title block information from several sources using the Title Block Tables File.These sources include database attributes from the line being extracted (for example, pipingmaterials class), data stored within the project control database information (for example,revision block data), from the Notes Table and internally generated information (for example,sheet number).

The format of the tables and the table entries in the Title Block Table Files are identical tothat of tables and table entries in the iso extraction Defaults file. The format is as follows:

The body of the table is preceded by a keyword.

Each keyword is followed by a number that defines the number of table entries.

The elements of each table entry are separated by commas.

The following three tables are used to map attributes to the drawing title block:

The text node number can not be greater than 999. Also, the number of text nodes ina seed file can not exceed 250.

1. Notes Table (Table keyword is SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE)

You can use this table to identify the attributes that should be summarized in tabularform on each sheet of a multisheet isometric. Usually, data summarized in this formwill be from piping segments, but it may also originate from the Notes Table. When thetitle block for a particular sheet is filled in, only data from segments extracted to thatsheet is placed in the title block.

2. Drawing Data Table (Table keyword DRAWING_DATA_TABLE)

You can use this table to identify attributes from the first piping segment, the largestpiping segment, from the Notes Table or from the project control database. Attributesmapped through this table will appear on every sheet of a multisheet isometric.

Page 322: Isometric Drawing Extraction

10 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

3. Sheet Data Table (Table keyword SHEET_DATA_TABLE)

You use this table to place the sheet number and number of sheets in each drawing.You can also use this table to append the sheet number onto the drawing number foreach sheet, making the drawing number unique for each sheet.

Page 323: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Mapping Attributes to the Title Block 10 - 3

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________10.1 SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE

Each sheet of a multisheet iso consists of the piping from one or more segments in the pipingmodel. You can use the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE to define a summary block of segmentinformation in a drawing title block.

The ISOGEN interface uses this table to create an output file containing data for all of thesegments that make up the pipeline. Next, ISOGEN creates an output file that identifieswhich segments appear on each sheet of a multisheet iso. These two files are then used todetermine the information that must be summarized on each individual sheet.

Example 1:

Suppose that for each sheet of an isometric, you want to summarize, in a table, data from allof the piping segments that appear. Here is an example table for a specific sheet:

Piping Spec 1C0031 1C0031 1C0080Design Pressure 150 150 150Design Temperature 300 300 600Insulation Type C D CInsulation Thickness 6" 8" 6"

In this example, there are three segments where the data being summarized is different.This does not mean that the sheet contains only three segments, but that there are onlythree different segments (where the difference is defined only by the attributes in the table).

The segment attributes shown in the table above are:

Piping Spec Table 12, Column 12Design Pressure Table 12, Column 28Design Temperature Table 12, Column 29Insulation Type Table 12, Column 14Insulation Thickness Table 12, Column 15

The purpose of the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE is to allow you to define all of the attributesthat make up a single column in the title block summary table. Once you have defined theseattributes, the batch extraction software determines how many columns of actual data areneeded based upon the specific segments that appear on each sheet.

You must have one table entry in the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE for each attribute you wantto summarize in the Segment Summary Table. An entry in the table has the following form:

TBLNO, ST, SC, SN, OFF, LEN, FLAG, NODE, INC

where:

Page 324: Isometric Drawing Extraction

10 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

TBLNO is a table number that ranges from 1 to 9. You can define up to 9 different

tables in your title block. For each different table number you should definethe attributes and other information that comprise the table definition.

For each table number defined, one output file record is generated for eachsegment in the pipeline. Therefore, if you use two table numbers and apipeline contains 10 segments, 20 records are generated in the output file.

To eliminate trailing zeros from isometric attributes, create an isometric labelfor the appropriate attributes (temperature, pressure, etc.) then call theisometric label (instead of the table/column) from the title block mapping file.

ST, SC defines a segment column that will appear in the table. Valid values for STare 12 and 1.

SN is a label description library number used to define an attribute or acomposite attribute that should appear in the title block table. When SN isspecified (as non-zero), ST and SC should be set to 1.

If SN is a negative value, the Notes Table is accessed. Text is then extractedfrom the Notes Table based on the value defined by the absolute value of SN.

OFF is a byte offset (relative to 0) to the start of the field in the output file record.Set OFF as follows:

The minimum offset must be 11. The first 11 bytes of each output record arereserved for the table number and segment occurrence number.

Fields from different table numbers must not overlap. For example, data intable number 1 might be mapped to fields 12 through 100, while data in tablenumber 2 might be mapped to fields 101 through 200. If you do overlap fields,the data might not be sorted properly in the title block.

Do not map any field to an offset greater than 255.

LEN is the length of the field in the output record. The offset plus length of anyfield must not exceed 255.

FLAG is a special sort flag that indicates that the field is to be considered a sortfield for purposes of sorting the data prior to placing it in the title block. SetFLAG to:

1 to specify that the field should be sorted in descending order.

-1 to specify that the field should be sorted in ascending order.

When multiple fields are used for sorting the data, the most important sortfield should appear in the notes table prior to the least important.

Page 325: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Mapping Attributes to the Title Block 10 - 5

NODE is the initial text node number in the summary table for the attribute. The

summary information is mapped to a matrix of text nodes in the seedisometric design file. The size of the matrix needed is not known until afterthe isometric is extracted. Specify here the lowest text node number for anattribute in the table.

INC is the increment for the text node number. Text node numbers for each itemin the attribute summary are determined by taking the base node numberand adding a multiple of the increment whenever a new column (or row) ofdata is added.

Example 2:

Define the notes table for the data summarized in Example 11.1.

Assume that the seed isometric design file has been created with the following set up:

Piping Spec +10 +20 +30 +40 +50 +60 +70 +80Design Pressure +11 +21 +31 +41 +51 +61 +71 +81DesignTemperature

+12 +22 +32 +42 +52 +62 +72 +82

Insulation Type +13 +23 +33 +43 +53 +63 +73 +83InsulationThickness

+14 +24 +34 +44 +54 +64 +74 +84

The numbers represent the text nodes that have been placed in the seed design file. Sincethere are only eight columns of node numbers, at most only eight segments can besummarized in the title block. If there are more than eight different segments on a sheet,some are ignored and not summarized in the title block.

The table needed to summarize this information would be:

1, 12, 12, 0, 11, 6, 1, 10, 10 !piping spec1, 12, 28, 0, 17, 4, 0, 11, 10 !design pressure1, 12, 29, 0, 21, 4, 0, 12, 10 !design temperature1, 12, 14, 0, 25, 2, 0, 13, 10 !insulation type1, 12, 15, 0, 27, 4, 0, 14, 10 !insulation thickness

The first entry in the table maps the piping spec to column 12 for a length of 6 bytes. Thepiping spec field is a sort key that alphabetizes the columns of data in the table so that theyappear in alphabetical order by spec name. The beginning node number for spec is 10 andeach new column of data has an increment of 10. In this example, the first spec is placed atnode 10, the second at 20, the third at 30 and so on.

If you put an attribute like segment npd in a table such as the one in Example2, a typical line could generate a large number of columns or rows in thesummary table. A better solution might be to use a different TBLNO for thistype of attribute and summarize in a separate table on the drawing.

Example 3:

Summarize the data shown in Example 2 in one table. Summarize all of the npd’s and linenames shown on a sheet in separate tables.

Page 326: Isometric Drawing Extraction

10 - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

The following notes table would accomplish this:

1, 12, 12, 0, 11, 6, 1, 10, 10 !piping spec1, 12, 28, 0, 17, 4, 0, 11, 10 !design pressure1, 12, 29, 0, 21, 4, 0, 12, 10 !design temperature1, 12, 14, 0, 25, 2, 0, 13, 10 !insulation type1, 12, 15, 0, 27, 4, 0, 14, 10 !insulation thickness2, 12, 11, 0, 31, 6, 1, 100, 1 !npd3, 12, -2, 0, 37, 8, -1, 150, 1 !line id

In this example, the fields defined in tables 2 and 3 do not overlap the fields defined in table1.

If the seed isometric design file contains only text nodes 100, 101, and 102 for npd’s, only thethree largest sizes on the sheet are displayed. This happens because FLAG is set to 1indicating that the npd field is a sort field.

Page 327: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Mapping Attributes to the Title Block 10 - 7

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________10.2 DRAWING_DATA_TABLE

You can use the Drawing Data Table to define attributes that should be placed in everydrawing sheet title block. Data that you can place in every title block can originate from thefirst segment of the pipeline processed by the ISOGEN interface, from the largest npdsegment of the pipeline, from the Notes Table, from the project control database, or it can bean internally generated attribute.

An entry in the drawing data table consists of the following:

SOURCE, TBL, COL, NUM, FLAG, NODE

where:

SOURCE is the source of the attribute that is to be mapped to the title block.

Set the value of SOURCE to one of the following:

1 if the attribute is from the first segment of the pipeline.

2 if the attribute is from the largest npd segment of the pipeline.

3 if the attribute is from the Project Database.

4 if the attribute is one of the special items as defined in the description ofTBL, COL that follows.

5 if the attribute is from the Notes Table accessed with attributes from thefirst piping segment.

6 if the attribute is from the Notes Table accessed with attributes from thelargest piping segment.

TBL, COL defines the specific attribute that you want to map to the title block. Theexact interpretation of TBL, COL depends upon SOURCE as follows:

SOURCE is 1 or 2

TBL, COL is the database table, column pair of the attribute to map. For alisting of the database structure, see Piping Design Database Table Format,page D - 4 .

SOURCE is 3

TBL, COL identifies the attribute to retrieve from the Project ControlDatabase. The following index must be used for TBL, COL.

Set TBL to 1 for data from the area level of the file (that is, any data whichappears in the Revise Iso Area form while in the batch iso environment).

Set the value of COL as follows:

Page 328: Isometric Drawing Extraction

10 - 8 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

COL Data Item for TBL = 11 Piping area

2-21 Model design files22 Options file23 Seed isometric file24 Plot request form25 Output file directory26 Iso design file name option27 Drawing number option90-99 User data 1 through 10

Set TBL to 2 for data from the drawing level of the file (that is, any datafrom the Revise Drawing form while in the batch iso environment). Set thevalue of COL as follows:

COL Data Item for TBL = 21 Piping area2 Primary line id3 Secondary line id 14 Secondary line id 25 Drawing number6 Batch reference7 Iso file name8 Model status code9 Model revised date

10 Current extraction date11 Current extraction number12 Number of sheets from previous extraction13 Date MTO neutral file was generated14 Date MTO was sent for Material Control15 Current revision number16 Revision block Revision number17 Revision block By initials18 Revision block Chk initials19 Revision block appv initials20 Revision block issue date21 Revision block extraction number22 Revision block number of sheets23 Revision block Description65 Number of Sections90-99 User data item 1 through 10

Set TBL to 101 for project description data (as in the project.ddl file). Setthe value of COL as follows:

COL Data Item for TBL = 101

2 project number3 project name4 job number5 company name6 plant name

Page 329: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Mapping Attributes to the Title Block 10 - 9

SOURCE is 4

Set the value of COL as follows for special items:

COL Data item for SOURCE=41 Project Database name2 Mto neutral file name3 Options file name

SOURCE is 5 or 6

TBL should be 1. COL defines which value to return from an entry in theNotes Table. For more information, refer to Creating a Notes Table, page11 - 1 .

NUM NUM functions differently depending upon SOURCE as follows:

SOURCE is 1 or 2

NUM is a label library number used to define composite database attributesas an alternative to TBL, COL. When NUM is defined COL should be 0.TBL should be set to 1. The label must refer only to segment table 12.

SOURCE is 3

NUM defines which revision level to return data from.

Flag Revision level for TBL=2, COL=16-23

0 Current revision1 Revision prior to the current revision2 Revision prior to that for FLAG = 13 Revision prior to that for FLAG = 24 Revision prior to that for FLAG = 35 Revision prior to that for FLAG = 46 Revision prior to that for FLAG = 5

If the value of flag is such that the revision that it identifies is less than 0,no output is generated.

When the batch run option INCREMENT REVISION NUMBER is in effect, thecurrent revision number is one plus the latest revision number stored in theproject database Table 185 Column 17. If the option is not in effect, the currentrevision number is the latest revision number stored in the project databaseTable 185 Column 17.

SOURCE is 4

NUM must be 0

SOURCE is 5 or 6

Page 330: Isometric Drawing Extraction

10 - 10 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

NUM is a label library label that, when expanded, becomes the input intothe Notes Table. TBL must be 1. Refer to Creating a Notes Table, page 11- 1 for more information.

FLAG When SOURCE is 1 or 2, you should set FLAG to 1 if you want to inhibitthe conversion of code-listed attributes to their text-string equivalents. Forother values of SOURCE, FLAG should be set to 0.

NODE is the text node number to which the attribute should be mapped.

Example 1:

1, 12, 0, 951, 0, 5

Maps the string defined by label number 951 to text node number 5. Label 951 is expandedusing attributes from the first piping segment of the pipeline.

3, 2, 91, 0, 0, 97

Maps the first user data field for a drawing to text node 97.

3, 1, 22, 0, 0, 96

Maps the defaults file stored at the area level in the Batch Data File to text node number 96.

4, 0, 3, 0, 0, 95

Maps the options file used for the current extraction to text node number 95.

6, 1, 3, 979, 0, 11

Maps the 3rd output field from a Notes Table record to text node number 11. The NotesTable record key is defined by label library label number 979, which is expanded usingattributes from the largest piping segment in the pipeline.

Example 2: Mapping Values to Title Blocks

It is possible to map a value that is not stored in the database to the title block of an isousing the Title Block Table, isoc.blk, in conjunction with the Notes Table, isoc.note.

When entries contain a source of 5 or 6 in the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE section of the TitleBlock Table, isoc.blk, as shown below, the system references the Notes Table, isoc.note, forthe data to use on the text node of the iso title block.

Examples of a Title Block Table isoc.blk and the Notes Table, isoc.note, are shown below.

Title Block Table entry: isoc.blk

DRAWING_DATA_TABLE25, 1, 1, 992, 0, 125, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15

Page 331: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Mapping Attributes to the Title Block 10 - 11

Notes Table entries: isoc.note

1C0031 >150# CS2C0032 >300# CSSS >Stainless SteelCS >Carbon Steel

In the example above, the line containing 5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12 uses label 992. Label 992 isdefined as Table 12, Column 12 (piping_materials_class). The system reads Table 12,Column 12 and extracts the data.

For instance, the extracted data might be piping_materials_class 1C0031. The system thencompares 1C0031 with the Notes Table and prints the corresponding value of 150# CS ontext node 12. If the piping materials class value is 2C0032, 300# CS is placed on text node12. Likewise, the line containing 5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15 uses label 982.

Label 982 is the attribute value defined for the Materials of Construction Class. The systemreads the attribute value and extracts it. For instance, the extracted data might be CS. Thesystem then compares CS with the Notes Table and prints the corresponding value, CarbonSteel, on text node 15. If the extracted data is SS, Stainless Steel is placed on text node 15.

When there is no match in the Notes Table for a specific piping materials class entry, theerror message ’Notes table look-up failed’ is displayed in the .err file.

Page 332: Isometric Drawing Extraction

10 - 12 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________10.3 SHEET_DATA_TABLE

You can use the Sheet Data Table to map the sheet number and number of sheets into thedrawing title block and to append the sheet number to the drawing number prior to itsplacement in the title block.

A table entry is defined as follows:

SOURCE, TBL, COL, FLAG, NODE

where:

SOURCE is the data item source. Set the value of SOURCE as follows:

SOURCE Attribute source

0 Internally generated attribute3 Attribute from the Project Database

TBL, COL identifies a data item only when SOURCE is set to 3. (Use TBL=2, COL=5to specify the drawing number.) For each sheet in the isometric, the sheetnumber is appended to the data item before it is placed in the title block.

If SOURCE is set to 0, TBL and COL must also be set to 0.

FLAG identifies internally generated attributes. FLAG is also used to append thesheet number to the attribute defined by TBL, COL. Set the value of FLAGas follows:

FLAG Data item

1 Sheet number when SOURCE = 02 Number of sheets when SOURCE = 0

-1 Append sheet num to attribute defined by TBL, COL-2 Append sheet num prefixed by a "-"

Sheet number and number of sheets can also be located in a title block usingthe MOVABLE_TEXT table in the options file. However, that method will notresult in correct sheet numbers when a multi-section isometric is extracted.

NODE is the text node number to which the attribute should be attached.

Example 1:

Develop the table to map sheet number and number of sheets to the title block. Show theentry needed to append the sheet number to the drawing number for each sheet.

Page 333: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Mapping Attributes to the Title Block 10 - 13

The table needed to accomplish this would be:

0, 0, 0, 1, 160 !sheet number0, 0, 0, 2, 161 !number of sheets3, 2, 5, -1, 200 !drawing number

Page 334: Isometric Drawing Extraction

10 - 14 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Page 335: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Creating a Notes Table 11 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________11. Creating a Notes Table

This section describes how to create a Notes Table. A Notes Table is a user-defined tablethat you can use to map nondatabase attributes into an iso drawing border during batch isoextraction. The table consists of one input together with a variable number of outputs. Theinput to the table is either a fixed string, such as "PROJECT DATA", or is derived fromsegment level database attributes.

During a batch run, a table input is determined by expanding a label library number thatyou define in the Title Block Map (refer to DRAWING_DATA_TABLE, page 10 - 7 andSEGMENT_DATA_TABLE, page 10 - 3 for more information). The label is used as the keyor index into the notes table. The table is searched until a match is found with the key.When a match is found, one of the table outputs is mapped to a text node. You define whichoutput is mapped to which text node in the Title Block Map.

Table Format

The Notes Table is an ascii data file you create with the text editor. In the file one record orline is an entry. The number of table entries is unlimited. A single entry is limited, however,to 256 bytes or characters. The key and table outputs are separated from each other with thegreater than (>) character. For more information, refer to DRAWING_DATA_TABLE, page10 - 7 . The format of a table entry is:

TBL INPUT > OUTPUT1> OUTPUT2> ... >OUTPUTn

Example 1:

PROJECT DATA > PROJECT ABC> ANYWHERE, USA> REFINERY EXPANSION>6368-20

The key for this table entry is the fixed string "PROJECT DATA". The outputs are thestrings "PROJECT ABC", "ANYWHERE, USA", "REFINERY EXPANSION", and "6368-10".

U50-A10> RED

The input for this table entry is U50-A10 (unit 50 - area 10). The only output is the string"RED".

Page 336: Isometric Drawing Extraction

11 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________11.1 Using the isoc.note File

The notes file, isoc.note, in conjunction with the title block tables file, isoc.blk allows you tomap a value, not stored in the database, to the title block.

The files isoc.note and isoc.blk are delivered examples of a Notes file and a TitleBlock Tables file.

Example Title Block Table entry:

Example DRAWING_DATA_TABLE entry:25, 1, 1, 992, 0, 125, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15

Example Notes Table entry:

1C0031 >150# CS2C0032 >300# CSSS >Stainless SteelCS >Carbon Steel

Entries in the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE section of the Title Block Tables file that have asource of 5 or 6 cause the software to search the Notes Table for information to output onto atext node in the iso title block. For more information, see DRAWING_DATA_TABLE, page10 - 7 .

In the previous example, line 5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12 uses label 992 (table 12, column 12; pipingmaterial class) to define search/access criteria that will be used to search line segments inthe piping model. The output of the piping model segment search is used as input to theNotes Table (see previous example). If the value returned from the search was pipingmaterial class 1C0031, it would be used as input into the Notes Table. The resulting outputof piping material class 1C0031 would be 150# CS. The software would then place the outputvalue, 150# CS, on text node 12.

If the piping material class had been 2C0032, the resulting text on text node 12 would be300# CS. Any other piping material class found as a result of the search would output anerror Notes table look-up failed. This is because the input value is not in the Notes Table.

The second line in the Title Block Table entry (5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15) will write a note to textnode 15 on the iso if the Materials of Construction Class attribute value stored with the linesegment is SS or CS. If SS is returned from the search of the previously mentioned TitleBlock Table Entry, "Stainless Steel" would be placed on text node 15. If CS was returned,"Carbon Steel" would be placed on text node 15.

Page 337: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The MTO Neutral File Record Map 12 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________12. The MTO Neutral File Record Map

The MTO neutral file record map consists of a set of tables that is used to format records inthe MTO neutral file. A record is generated in the MTO neutral file for each component thatis MTO-able in the extracted pipeline. The neutral file record length can be either thestandard 255 byte or the expanded 1024 byte depending on the setting of Intergraph option64.

The format of a record in the neutral file varies depending on the type of component thatgenerates the record. The following record types may exist in a neutral file:

Commodity item record

Pipe record

Engineered item record

Instrument item record

Pipe support record

Implied bolts record

Implied gasket record

Implied weld record

Generated item record

While each of these record types can have several fields that contain the same data, each canalso contain additional data that is unique to its type (for example, number of bolts in thebolt record).

The neutral file map tables tell the iso extraction software which design database attributesto place in each record and where to place them. The map is composed of four tables:

1. Common data table (Table keyword is COMMON_RECORD_DATA)

The common data table defines attributes that are to be placed into each recordregardless of the type of the record.

2. Component data table (Keyword is COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES)

The component data table defines the attributes that are to be placed into commodityitem, pipe, specialty item, instrument and support record types.

Page 338: Isometric Drawing Extraction

12 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

3. Implied item table (Keyword is IMPLIED_ITEMS)

The implied item table defines the attributes that are to be placed into bolt, gasket andweld type records.

4. Generated item table (keyword is GENERATED_ITEMS)

The generated item table defines the attributes that are to be placed into the records ofitems that generated through the reference database.

The tables themselves are similar to options file tables in that the body of a table is precededby a keyword that identifies the table. The keyword is followed by a number that indicatesthe number of table entries. One row or line constitutes a table entry. One table entrydefines a neutral file record field. Each table is discussed in detail in this section.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________12.1 COMMON_RECORD_DATA

Fields defined in this table appear in every neutral file record. An entry in this table has thefollowing form:

TABLE, COL, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG

Where:

TABLE, COL is the table, column specification for a segment level attribute thatis to be mapped into the record or is set as shown in the indexbelow for a special data item.

TABLE_______ COL_____ Special data item mapped to the record_____________________________________

-1 1 component occurrence number-1 2 segment occurrence number-1 3 commodity code-1 4 commodity item material description-1 5 record type (required)- see note below-1 6 RESERVED FOR LATER USE-1 7 file units - see note below-1 8 specialty item material description-1 9 instrument item material description-1 10 pipe support item material description-1 11 generated item material description-1 12 dry component center of gravity X coordinate -

reported in sub-units-1 13 dry component center of gravity Y coordinate -

reported in sub-units-1 14 dry component center of gravity Z coordinate -

reported in sub-units-1 15 wet component center of gravity X coordinate -

reported in sub-units

Page 339: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The MTO Neutral File Record Map 12 - 3

-1 16 wet component center of gravity Y coordinate -

reported in sub-units-1 17 wet component center of gravity Z coordinate -

reported in sub-units-1 18 model name-1 19 area name-1 20 partition number

The commodity code can be mapped through this table or throughthe component level tables. It should be mapped here whencommodity codes are size dependent.

The record type is a simple character string as follows:

COMP - for commodity itemsPIPE - for pipeENGR - for specialty itemsINST - for instrumentsSUPP - for pipe supportsGASK - for gasketsBOLT - for boltsWELD - for weldsGENR - for generated items

File units is a simple character string as follows:

ENGL - for English unitsMIX - for mixed unitsMETR - for all Metric units

can also use COL=-2 to obtain the line ID rather than the line name.

Generated items consist of chain wheel operators and items impliedthrough the reference database.

OFFSET Is the offset (relative to 0) in the record for the start of the field.

LENGTH Is the length of the data item’s field. The sum of offset + lengthmust not exceed the length of the output record (255 characters).

FLAG Is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibitconversion of code-listed attributes to their ASCII stringequivalents. When FLAG is set to 1, the code-list number will beplaced in the record.

Example:

12, 12, 14, 6, 0 maps the piping materials class into EVERY MTO neutral filerecord starting at output field 15 (offset 14) for 6 bytes.

Page 340: Isometric Drawing Extraction

12 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

12, -2, 4, 10, 0 maps the line id (defined in the defaults file) into EVERY MTO

record starting at output field 5 for 10 bytes.

-1, 1, 20, 8, 0 maps the component database occurrence number into EVERYrecord starting at output field 21 for 8 bytes. Note that forimplied materials this is the occurrence number of theGENERATING component.

-1, 5, 0, 4, 0 maps the record type of each record into output field 1 for 4bytes.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________12.2 COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES

Fields defined by this table appear in component, specialty item, pipe, instrument and pipesupport records. An entry in the table has the following form:

CT, CC, ET, EC, PT, PC, IT, IC, ST, SC, CPI, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG

Where:

CT, CC defines a table, column specification for the case when the currentitem that is generating a neutral file record is a component. Validvalues for CT are 0, 12 and 34.

ET, EC defines a table, column specification for the case when the currentitem is a specialty item. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34.

PT, PC defines a table, column specification for the case when the currentitem is a pipe. Valid values for PT are 0, 12, and 50.

IT, IC defines a table, column specification for the case when the currentitem is an instrument. Valid values for IT are 0, 12, 67.

ST, SC defines a table, column specification for the case when the currentitem is a pipe support. Valid values for ST are 0, 12, and 80.

When the MTO neutral file record is being generated for an itemthen its type is determined and one of the entity, attribute pairsabove is chosen for purposes of fetching an attribute from thedatabase.

Not all pairs in the above set need to be defined. If a componentdata table entry should apply only to one type of item, set theentity, attribute pairs for other types to zeroes.

CPI is a connect point identifier. It is used to access connect pointattributes by connect point color (green or red) rather than byattribute number for the COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES table.CPI is also used by the IMPLIED_ITEMS table when set to 1 toindicate that the attribute will be retrieved from the connect pointof the item generating the implied material.

Page 341: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The MTO Neutral File Record Map 12 - 5

When set to 1, CPI is used by the IMPLIED_ITEMS table toindicate that the attribute will be retrieved from the connect pointof the item generating the implied material.

When CPI is set (nonzero), CT, ET, PT, IT, and ST should be set tozero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to one of the valuesshown in the following index.

CPI____ Means_______

1 retrieve a green connect point property2 retrieve a red connect point property

Index______ Connect Point Attributes________________________

1 nominal piping diameter2 outside diameter3 end preparation4 schedule thickness5 pressure rating6 stress analysis node number7 face-to-center distance/pipe length8 weld number9 weld type10 gasket gap11 stress intensification factor12 head loss factor13 inspection number

OFFSET is the offset into the neutral file record to the start of the field.

LENGTH is the length, in bytes, of the field.

FLAG Is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibitconversion of code-listed attributes to their ASCII stringequivalents. When FLAG is set to 1, the code-list number will beplaced in the record.

If lap joint flanges are mapped to ISOGEN record number 106 to generate boththe stub and flange in the ISOGEN material list, a separate record generated isin the MTO neutral file for the stub as well (refer to the section The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map, page 13 - 1 .) The MTO record for the stub is generatedby overlaying attributes from the reference database entry for the stub onto thedatabase record for the flange and then applying theCOMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES table to this temporary occurrence.

Example 1:

34, 3, 34, 3, 50, 3, 67, 3, 80, 4, 0, 53, 6, 0

This table entry maps the item name attribute for all component types into the neutral filerecord starting at column 53 for 6 bytes.

Page 342: Isometric Drawing Extraction

12 - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

34, 4, 0, 0, 50, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 60, 6, 0

This table entry maps the new item name attribute for component types of COMPONENTand PIPE. Nothing is generated in the record for SPECIALTY ITEMS, INSTRUMENTS orPIPE SUPPORTS by this table entry.

0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 66, 8, 0

This table entry maps the GREEN nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 1) into theneutral file record. Since pipe supports do not have connect point properties, no number isspecified for them in the entry.

0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 2, 74, 8, 0

This table entry maps the RED nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 2) into the neutralfile record.

0, 4, 0, 4, 0, 4, 0, 4, 0, 0, 1, 94, 6, 0

This table entry maps the GREEN schedule (schedule 1) into the neutral file record.

12, 14, 12, 14, 12, 14, 12, 14, 0, 0, 0, 118, 2, 0

This table entry maps the insulation purpose attribute from the segment into the neutral filerecord for all items except pipe supports.

12, 27, 12, 27, 12, 27, 12, 27, 0, 0, 0, 126, 2, 1

This entry maps the paint code CODE-LIST VALUE from the segment into the MTO neutralfile record. The code-list value is put in the record rather than the attribute itself becauseFLAG is set to 1 and the attribute being mapped is code-listed.

Example 2:

The following is an example of how to set the COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES to extract iteminspection number and inspection numbers for item connect point one.

34, 121, 34, 121, 50, 59, 67, 128, 80, 38, 0, 96, 4, 0 !item insp key34, 122, 34, 122, 50, 60, 67, 129, 0, 0, 0, 100, 4, 0 !cp1 insp key

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________12.3 IMPLIED_ITEMS

Fields defined in this table appear in neutral file records for bolts, gaskets and welds. Theimplied items table provides a means to map attributes that are:

from the component that caused the item to be generated (for example: flange pressurerating)

from the spec entry for the implied item (for example: for the commodity code)

Page 343: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The MTO Neutral File Record Map 12 - 7

from data calculated when the item is generated (for example: bolt length)

An entry in this table has the following form:

TYPE, CT, CC, PT, PC, IT, IC, ST, SC, CPF, ITEM, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG

Where:

TYPE defines the type of implied component that the table entry is toapply to.

TYPE______ TABLE ENTRY APPLIES TO____________________________

1 Gaskets only2 Bolts only3 Welds only4 All of the above items

CT, CC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is aCOMPONENT or SPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for CT are 0,12 and 34.

PT, PC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is a PIPE.Valid values for PT are 0, 12 and 50.

IT, IC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is aninstrument. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.

ST, SC defines a table, column specification that is to be mapped when theattribute is taken from the reference database entry for theimplied item. The only valid values for ST are 202 and 0.

CPF is a connect point flag. When this item is set to 1 it indicates thatthe attribute will be retrieved from the connect point of the itemgenerating the implied material. When set other than zero, CT,PT and IT should be set to 0. CC, PC and IC should be set to oneof the values shown in the following Connect Point Attributesindex.

Index______ Connect Point Attributes________________________

1 nominal piping diameter2 outside diameter3 end preparation4 schedule thickness5 pressure rating6 stress analysis node number7 face-to-center distance/pipe length8 weld number9 weld type

Page 344: Isometric Drawing Extraction

12 - 8 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

10 gasket gap11 stress intensification factor12 head loss factor13 inspection number

ITEM When this value is other than zero, it indicates that either theattribute to be mapped is data that was generated along with theimplied item, or the attribute is to be obtained from the spec.Values for item are dependent on the implied item type as shownbelow.

Item type_________ ITEM______ Description___________

ALL -1 Use ST,SC to obtain the attribute fromthe spec database

BOLT 1 Number of bolts2 Bolt length in Project Units

English for English ProjectMetric for Metric or Mixed Project

3 Bolt diameterEnglish for English ProjectMetric for Metric or Mixed Project

4 Number of nuts5 Bolt diameter in English Units6 Bolt length in English Units7 Bolt weight in English Units (pounds)8 Bolt weight in English Units

(kilograms)GASKET 0WELD 1 Weld ID number

2 Weld Type3 Material A4 Material B

OFFSET is the offset into the neutral file record to the start of the field.

LENGTH is the length, in bytes, of the field.

FLAG is a special flag used to inhibit the conversion of code-listedattributes to the ASCII string equivalents.

You cannot map attributes for a weld from the reference database into theneutral file record. However, you can use a component TYPE of 4 (for ALLimplied items) when mapping attributes from the spec for bolts andgaskets. In the case of a weld the field will be left blank.

Two welds may be generated on olet-like components. The first weld,which corresponds to the weld that attaches the olet to the header, isgiven the size from the header pipe as a safe estimate of the weld size.

Page 345: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The MTO Neutral File Record Map 12 - 9

The second weld, which corresponds to the point where the branch pipeattaches to the olet, is given the branch pipe size.

No welds are generated at branch welds. Branch welds are defined asthose components that are mapped to the ISOGEN symbol TESO. Thereason for this is that the component itself represents a weld and it isgenerated in the neutral file.

One weld is generated at a reinforcing pad. The weld represents theattachment of the pad to the header pipe. The reinforcing pad componentrepresents the attachment of the branch pipe to the header.

Example:

This table entry maps the gasket size into the neutral file record starting at output field 67for 8 bytes.

1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 66, 8, 0

This table entry maps the item name from the reference database for a bolt into the neutralfile record.

2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 202, 3, 0, -1, 53, 6, 0

This table entry maps the bolt length into the neutral file record.

2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 127, 8, 0

This table entry maps the inspection number for welds, bolts and gaskets into the MTOneutral file record.

4, 0, 13, 0, 13, 0, 13, 0, 0, 1, 0, 51, 4, 0

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________12.4 GENERATED_ITEMS

Fields defined in this table appear in neutral file records for items generated through thereference database and for chain wheel operators. The generated items table provides ameans to map attributes that are:

from the component that caused the item to be generated

from the reference database entry for the implied item (for example: for the commoditycode)

Page 346: Isometric Drawing Extraction

12 - 10 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

An entry in this table has the following form:

CT, CC, ET, EC, PT, PC, IT, IC, ST, SC, CPI, ITEM, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG

Where:

CT, CC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is aCOMPONENT. Valid values for CT are 0, 12 and 34.

ET, EC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is aSPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34.

PT, PC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is a PIPE.Valid values for PT are 0, 12 and 50.

IT, IC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is aninstrument. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.

ST, SC defines a table, column specification from a generating componentthat is to be mapped when the generating component is a pipesupport. Valid values for ST are 0, 12 and 80.

CPI is a connect point identifier. It is used to access connect pointattributes by connect point color (green or red) rather than byattribute number for the COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES table.

When set to 1, CPI is used by the IMPLIED_ITEMS table toindicate that the attribute will be retrieved from the connect pointof the item generating the implied material.

When CPI is set (nonzero), CT, ET, PT, IT, and ST should be set tozero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to one of the valuesshown in the following index.

CPI____ Means_______

1 retrieve a green connect point property2 retrieve a red connect point property

Index______ Connect Point Attributes________________________

1 nominal piping diameter2 outside diameter3 end preparation4 schedule thickness5 pressure rating6 stress analysis node number7 face-to-center distance/pipe length8 weld number9 weld type10 gasket gap

Page 347: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The MTO Neutral File Record Map 12 - 11

11 stress intensification factor12 head loss factor13 inspection number

ITEM When this value is set to 1 it indicates that the attribute to bemapped is data from the reference database. The value for CC,EC, PC, IC, and SC should be set according to the table shownbelow when ITEM is set to 1.

Attr._____ Description___________

1 Generated item commodity code2 Generated item quantity

OFFSET is the offset into the neutral file record to the start of the field.

LENGTH is the length, in bytes, of the field.

FLAG is a special flag used to inhibit the conversion of code-listedattributes to the ASCII string equivalents.

Example:

34, 3, 34, 3, 50, 3, 67, 3, 80, 4, 0, 0, 53, 6, 0

This entry maps the item name of the component that generates some implied material intothe MTO neutral file record at offset 53 for 6 bytes.

0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 75, 8, 0

This entry maps the generated item quantity into the MTO neutral file record at offset 75 for8 bytes. In the case of a chain wheel operator, this entry corresponds to the length of chain.

Page 348: Isometric Drawing Extraction

12 - 12 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Page 349: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map 13 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________13. The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map

You can use the PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map table to tell the ISOGEN interface softwarewhich ISOGEN graphics symbol to use for a specific PDS component when it generates theIsometric drawing. The table is composed of 9 columns of data that are position-dependent(that is, the data must appear in specific columns in the table). You can add comments to thetable by placing an an exclamation point (!) in column 1. A table entry consists of one row ofdata.

The format for a table entry is as follows:

PDS Item name: Columns 2-7, left justified

ISOGEN symbol name: Columns 9-12, left justified

ISOGEN record number: Columns 14-16, right justified

Number of connect points: Columns 18-19, right justified

Tap name: Columns 21-24, left justified

Tap record number: Columns 26-28, right justified

PDS operator name: Columns 30-35, left justified

end prep low: Columns 37-40, right justified

end prep high: Columns 42-45, right justified

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________13.1 The PDS Item Name

The PDS item name is the primary index into the table. Each PDS item that exists in apipeline must have an entry for it in this table. As each component is processed, the table issearched for a corresponding table entry or entries.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________13.2 The ISOGEN Symbol Name

The ISOGEN symbol name is the primary output from the symbol map table. All of theISOGEN symbols available with ISOGEN are shown in Appendix B. Look especially at thenotes at the end of the appendix. The symbol names are generally four characters in length.The first two characters identify the type of symbol and the last two identify the endpreparation. For many symbols, the end prep characters are double asterisks (**). The **indicate that the symbol may end in one of the following sets of characters:

Page 350: Isometric Drawing Extraction

13 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

BW - indicating buttweld endsFL - indicating flanged endsSC - indicating threaded endsSW - indicating socket weld endsCP - indicating compression endsPL - indicating plain ends

You can carry the variable end prep notation into the symbol map by substituting thecharacters XX for the characters **. For example, the ISOGEN symbol name for a ball valveis BV** and the table entry would be BVXX. When a line is extracted, the XX is converted toone of the end prep codes shown above based on the end prep of the component in the model.When you map a PDS component to an ISOGEN component, you must be sure that theconnect point skeletons (that is, configuration or geometrical arrangement of the connectpoints) are the same. You cannot, for example, map a gate valve (whose connect points lie ona straight line) to an elbow (whose connect points define a 90-degree change-of-direction).The basic connect point skeletons handled by ISOGEN are:

end point component (plug, blind flange)

straight-through component (gate valve, flange)

offset component (eccentric reducer)

return component (u bend)

change-of-direction component (elbow, angle valve)

single branch component (tee, olet, 3-way valve)

double branch component (cross, 4-way valve)

The change-of-direction components for elbows are not restricted to 90-degreechanges of direction. Other change-of-direction components, such as 2-wayvalves, are restricted.

The tee components TESO and TEXX can have variable angle changes ofdirection. Other branch components, such as 3-way valves, must have 90-degree changes in direction.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________13.3 The ISOGEN Record Number

Another primary output from the symbol map table is the ISOGEN record number. It iscritical that the ISOGEN record match the component type identified by the symbol name.ISOGEN record numbers are defined in Appendix B.

Page 351: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map 13 - 3

The symbols in Appendix B are grouped by component type. The component type isidentified at the top of the first page of each group of symbols. For example, a CV** is aninstrument while a VG** is a valve. Appendix B, Record Identification Numbers, shows thatthe record number for an instrument In Leg is 90. The record number for a valve is 130.

The PDS symbol for a lap joint flange represents two components: the flangering and the stub. You can generate either one or two components in theisometric when you extract the line. If the ISOGEN record number for the lapjoint is set to 105, only one component (one entry in the BOM) is generated. Ifthe ISOGEN record number is set to 106, the ISOGEN interface automaticallygenerates a component representing the stub. In this case, you must have anentry in the reference database for the stub. The spec access data for the stubis identical to that for the flange except that the option code is that of the flangeplus 5000.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________13.4 Number of Connect Points

Another table output is the number of connect points for the component. This number doesnot include taps that the symbol may have. It is used both for identifying closurecomponents (plugs, caps, blinds) and for processing tapped components. It is most importantthat this number be correct for components that may be tapped.

The number of connect points is also used to distinguish tee type components (which havethree connect points) from branch weld type components (which have two connect points).The number of connect points must be correct for these types of components. Incorrectvalues will cause incorrect entries in the bill-of-material and/or cut pipe report.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________13.5 Tapped Component Name

The tapped component name is used in special situations. When it is used, the ISOGENsymbol key is taken from this field, rather than the ISOGEN symbol key field.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________13.5.1 Tapped elbows

An elbow is one of the components that ISOGEN considers special. Because it is special, youmay not redefine it to add tap points as you can with most other symbols. This results in theneed for special handling of tapped elbows.

Symbol keys exist for elbows that have a single tap (see Appendix B). For an elbow that istapped in the model, the symbol key that is passed to ISOGEN is taken from the tappedcomponent name field of the table. Since there are no symbol keys for elbows with more thanone tap, you will not be able to extract a doubly tapped elbow.

Page 352: Isometric Drawing Extraction

13 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________13.5.2 Olets attached to fittings

Normally, olet type components are used as branch or tee-type components. However,sometimes an olet is attached to a fitting such as a reducer. ISOGEN does not allow thenormal olet type fittings to be used in this case and so you must match an olet attached to acomponent to a different symbol (you must use one of the coupling components).

In this situation, connect point 1 of the olet will be attached to a tap. Whenever an olet isfound to be connected to a tap, then the symbol key that is passed to ISOGEN is taken fromthe tapped component name field (rather than the ISOGEN symbol name field).

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________13.6 Tapped component record number

The tapped component record number corresponds to the tapped component name just as theISOGEN record number corresponds to the ISOGEN symbol name. For a tapped elbow, therecord number changes from 35 to 70. For the olet attached to a component, the recordnumber changes from 40 to 126.

Example 1:

Show the required ISOGEN table entries needed to map socket weld GAT valves to theISOGEN symbol VTSW, flanged GAT valves with the operator OP_100 to the symbol VTFLand all other GAT valves to the symbol VV**.

PDS ISG ISG NO TAP TAP PDS END ENDNAME_______ NAME_______ REC_____ CP___ NAME_______ REC_____ OPER______ LOW_____ HIGH______

GAT VTFL 130 2 OP_100 1 199GAT VTSW 130 2 400 429GAT VVXX 130 2

The table entries must be defined in the same order as shown above.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________13.7 PDS Valve Operator Name

The PDS valve operator name is an optional table input. This input is used when it isdefined in the model and when it is defined in this table. When a component has a valveoperator, the valve operator name from the model is compared to the valve operator name inthe table (if it is defined). If they are the same, the table entry is checked further. If theyare not the same, the table entry is rejected. If the valve operator is not defined in the table,then it is not considered in the table lookup.

Page 353: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map 13 - 5

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________13.8 End Prep Low and End Prep High

The end prep low and end prep high table entries define an end prep range, a range of endpreparation values, which makes component end prep an optional table input. If the endprep range is defined, the component’s end prep is checked to see whether or not it fallswithin the range defined by end prep low and high. If it does fall within the range, a matchhas occurred and the table entry is accepted. If it does not, the table entry is rejected. If norange is defined, the components end prep is not considered in the table lookup.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________13.9 Order of Table Entries

Due to the manner in which the table lookup is performed, it is necessary to put the mostrestrictive table entries prior to the least restrictive. Entries should be in the following orderin the table:

1. Entries with PDS name, operator name and end prep range.

2. Entries with PDS name and either valve operator name or end prep range.

3. Entries with only PDS name and neither valve operator or end prep range.

When table entries are placed in the above order, the software can choose the proper tableentry, for each case.

Page 354: Isometric Drawing Extraction

13 - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Page 355: Isometric Drawing Extraction

The Valve / Operator Table 14 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________14. The Valve / Operator Table

The valve / operator table is used to map a PDS valve and valve operator to an ISOGENsymbol different from the one mapped by the valve item name alone. This enables you totake better advantage of the variety of valve symbols that are defined within ISOGEN. Italso gives you more flexibility in how you map PDS symbols to user-defined ISOGENsymbols. A valve / operator table is an ASCII file created with the editor. The format of thetable is as follows:

m,n’VALV1’, ’VALV2’, ... ’VALVn’,

’OPER1’, ’SYM11’, ’SYM12’, ... ’SYM1n’,’OPER2’, ’SYM12’, ’SYM22’, ... ’SYM2n’,

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .’OPERm’, ’SYMm1’, ’SYMm2’, ’SYMmn’

Where:

m- is the number of rows in the table or the number of operators.

n- is the number of columns in the table or the number of valves.

’VALVp’- is the pth column heading in the table where p is less than or equal to n.

’OPERq’- is the qth row heading in the table where q is less than or equal to m.

’SYMpq’- is the table entry corresponding to VALVp and OPERq.

Example 1:

Develop an example valve / operator table.

4, 2’GATR’, ’GAT’,

’OP_3’, ’VTXX’, ’VVXX’,’OP_5’, ’VKXX’, ’VDXX’,’OP_9’, ’VSXX’, ’VNXX’,’OP_11’, ’VGXX’, ’VPXX’

You do not need to define every table entry with a value for SYMpq.If VALVp and OPERqshould not map to a new symbol, make the table

entry a blank (’’).

Page 356: Isometric Drawing Extraction

14 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Every entry in the table, except for mand n, must be surrounded bysingle quotes and separated by commas. Otherwise, an error will occurwhen the table is read in.

Each valve defined in the VALOPR table must still be defined in the PDSto ISOGEN symbol map. When a valve and operator map to a new symbolin the VALOPR table, the new symbol must have the same ISOGENrecord number as the one defined for the valve in the PDS-to-ISOGENsymbol map.

For example, you can map a PDS symbol named GLORto an ISOGENsymbol named VVXXwith an ISOGEN record number of 130. However,you can not map the GLORwith an operator symbol of OP_3 to theISOGEN symbol CVXX, because CVXXis an instrument with an ISOGENrecord number of 90.

Intergraph option 31 must be enabled in order for the VALOPR table to beaccessed.

The capability provided by this table is similar to that provided throughthe PDS to ISOGEN symbol map. If you are mapping valves and valveoperators to ISOGEN symbols, then using the VALOPR table is muchmore efficient than having multiple records in the PDS to ISOGEN symbolmap.

If, however, you are utilizing the end prep range in the symbol map, youshould also use the PDS operator name which is input in the symbol mapto map valves and valve operators. The reason for this is that referencesto the VALOPR table overlay references to the PDS to ISOGEN symbolmap. That is, VALOPR table access occurs subsequent to the lookup inthe PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.

Page 357: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Repeatability 15 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________15. Repeatability

ISOGEN’s Repeatability facility allows isometric drawings to be re-extracted. When adrawing is re-extracted, its repeating data is recalled for purposes of extracting the isometricafter modifications have been made in the piping model. Repeating data includes:

The Iso’s Traversal Start point - (saved to the project database)

The Extracted Item’s Iso Sheet Number - (saved to the design database)

The extracted Item’s Piecemark Number

Repeatability can be enabled and disabled via the Schedule Batch Jobform.

Repeatability - Related Information

The following is a list of related elements within the ISOGEN software that may bemanipulated when using the repeatability feature.

Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix B)

38, 108, 109

Related Intergraph Options (Section 7)

4, 68

Related Options File Material (Section 7)

NONE

Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (Appendix B)

NONE

Page 358: Isometric Drawing Extraction

15 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________15.1 Repeatability Restrictions and Limitations

The following is a list of restrictions, limitations and rules that must be followed to ensuresuccess when using the repeatability facility.

Since there is only one place in the piping design file for sheet and spool numbers,repeatability will only be supported for one type of isometric.

Split points placed in piping will be ignored during re-extraction.

Implied items are not saved in the database and have no record kept that identifies thesheet to which they apply. Therefore, implied items will always be re-extracted on thesame sheet as the item which implied them.

The ISOGEN software will decide if a sheet will break at a flange. Allbolts and gaskets for the flange will be on the same sheet as the flange.

The repeatability facility should not be used if the design is not stable or if extensivechanges are being made to a pipeline. If extensive revisions are made to a line andrepeatability is used, the result may be a sheet that contains too much information todecipher.

If this situation occurs, it may be necessary to disable repeatability and extract thedrawing normally so that it can be repaginated.

Commands that maintain the old database record are preferred during piping designafter the option to use repeating isometrics has been used. Delete Component deletesthe database record, and there is no way of knowing the sheet to which it belongs. Thisis especially true if the item prior to it is on sheet 1, and the item after it is on sheet 2.

If you plan on re-extracting an isometric drawing, it must first be extracted withISOGEN option 108 set to 1 or 2. Once set, this option will not allow pipe splits.

When a line is re-extracted, items with a sheet number of 0 will be placed on the samesheet as the item just prior to it.

When a line is re-extracted, items that were added before the previous traversal startpoint will be placed on sheet one.

It will not be possible for a multi-sheet iso to contain only disconnectedpipelines. For example, if sheet 1 has two notes CONT ON DRG 2,drawing 2 will connect these ends.

If an entire sheet is deleted, the sheet numbering will be incorrect when re-extracting adrawing. For example, the initial extraction generates three sheets. A redesign is doneand the second sheet is deleted. When this line is re-extracted, it will produce twosheets since blank sheets can not be output.

Page 359: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Repeatability 15 - 3

New spool numbers will not be generated when additional piping is added to thedrawing. Since new spool numbers are not identified by ISOGEN, the spool number inthe design database will not be updated when extracting with existing sheets.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________15.2 Extraction Information in the Database

Extraction information, depending on its classification, is written to either the project ordesign database.

Extraction Information in the Project Database

Re-extraction information saved to the project database includes the original start traversalpoint, section number, entity, component occurrence and segment occurrence numbers. Theproject database table pdtable_189 contains re-extraction information.

The following is the format for the table, pdtable_189.

# Isometric Drawing Re-Extraction Data

table number = 189 , number of columns = 8

1 , drawing_indx_no , integer2 , section_no , short3 , start_traversal_X , integer4 , start_traversal_Y , integer5 , start_traversal_Z , integer6 , start_entity , short7 , start_comp_occ, integer8 , start_seg_occ , integer

Extraction Information in the Design Database

When the repeatability is used and the option Save Sheet Extraction Data has been set,existing columns in the design database will be updated in tables 34, 50, 67, and 80. Thesecolumns include:

iso_dwg_index_no , integerisometric_sheet_no , character(2)piece_mark_no , character(10)

Where:

iso_drawing_index_no will be the number in table 185 column 1 ofthe project database.

isometric_sheet_number will be the number of the sheet on which theitem appears.

Page 360: Isometric Drawing Extraction

15 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

piece_mark_no will be the number of the spool on which the

item appears.

When a component belongs to a spool that starts on a different sheet, thepiece_mark_no value is reported as a three digit number in the format: xyy.Where x is the iso sheet number on which the spool starts and yy is thecomponent’s spool number (on the x sheet).

Only shop items can receive piece mark numbers. All field items are assigned apiece_mark_no of 0.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________15.3 Determining the Traversal Start Point

When using the repeatability function, the ISOGEN software will determine the traversalstart point for the extraction. In order of highest priority, the following is a list of rules fordetermining a traversal point.

1. Compare the start_entity and start_comp_occ with each item that has been determinedto be an end point. If a match occurs, use this as the start point.

— End point marked as -1, or -2 for a cap, is a valid start point.

— End points marked as -3 for pipe support are not considered as a valid start point.Refer to Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by Topo, page 6 - 15 for moreinformation.

2. The original start component is not an endpoint. Compare the start_seg_occ with eachitem that has been determined to be an end point.

— If one end matches, use this end point as start point.

— If two ends match, pick the end that is the closest to the last traversal start point.

3. The original start component and segment occurrence are not considered endpoints.The last start point component exists, but it is no longer an end point. Choose the endpoint that is closest to the original start component.

Intergraph option switch 68 can be used to stop the extraction process ifthe original start item can not be used.

The ISOGEN software will generate informational-type messages thatshow the decision process that lead to selecting a traversal start point.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________15.4 Determining Sheet Split Points

A sheet split location is determined by comparing the current isometric_sheet_no (sheetnumber) with the previous item sheet number (excluding sheet 0). Split point location issaved and output after the .idf file has completed and all split locations have beendetermined.

Page 361: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Repeatability 15 - 5

Sheet split locations will be determined using the following rules:

Sheet numbers that are 0 will not be considered for sheet split records. Unlessotherwise stated, they will not be considered as a sheet change.

When a component is processed and that component has a sheet number different frompreviously processed components, a sheet split record is created. Until a new sheetnumber is read, all processed components will be output to that sheet.

An informational-type message will be output if the previous item’s sheetnumber was set to 0 and the current sheet number is a new sheet. Thisreminds you to verify that all items were put on the correct sheet. The messagewill include the occurrence number of the item with sheet set to 0. A messageto be used by the piping software is output in the MTO format.

Error and Warning messages concerning sheet splits are output to the end of idfgeneration.

Correcting Incorrect Splits

If an item has a 0 in the isometric_sheet_no column of the database, it is treated as either anadditional item or the previous item was deleted and replaced with a new item. In thissituation, a general rule has been established:

Items whose sheet number is set to 0 will be output on the previous item’s sheet. Such that,when a starting item has its sheet number set to zero, the item would appear on sheetnumber 1.

If necessary, this situation can be corrected by setting the isometric_sheet_no of theappropriate item to the correct sheet number in the design database. If more than one itemin a series of items have sheet numbers set to 0, find the item that should start the new sheetand change the isometric_sheet_no to the correct number.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________15.5 Determining Spool Split Points

Like sheet split points, a spool split location is identified by comparing currentpiece_mark_no (spool number) with previous item’s spool number (excluding spool number 0).Location of the split between spools will be saved and output after the .idf file has beengenerated and all split locations have been determined.

Items with spool number 0 will be placed on the current spool being processed. The spoolsplit locations are determined using the following rules:

Sheet numbers that are 0 are not considered for sheet split records. Unless otherwisestated, they are not considered as a sheet change.

When a component is processed and has a sheet number different from previouslyprocessed components, a sheet split record is created. Until a new sheet number isread, all components processed will be output to that sheet.

Page 362: Isometric Drawing Extraction

15 - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

An informational-type message will be output if the previous item’s spool

number was set to Blank and the current spool number is a new spool. Thisreminds you to verify that all items were put on the correct spool. The messagewill include the occurrence number of the item with spool set to 0. A message tobe used by the piping software is output in the MTO format.

Page 363: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Welds 16 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________16. Welds

The following is a list of weld features available in the ISOGEN software:

Delivered weld symbols

Dotted weld symbols

User-defined weld symbols

Codelist values for standard notes 180 and 1100

Weld type and mapping

Offshore fabrication category

Unique weld numbering

User-defined weld prefix

User-defined weld summary report

Welds listed in the bill of materials

A weld type defined as codelist value 2 will be interpreted as a no weldconnection. This can be used when a weld is not wanted on match lines or pipeand pipe bends. All PDS applications recognize codelist value of 2 (from codelist1100: weld type) as a no weld connection.

For pipe bends, change skey PB to PBBW designates to the ISOGEN softwarethat the connection is a butt weld. ISOGEN will automatically place a shopweld symbol at the connection and include the correct data in the cut list. Thedelivered map file will not change (set to PB by default).

Weld Enhancements - Related Information

The following is a list of related elements within the ISOGEN software that may bemanipulated when creating a Weld Enhancement.

Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix B)

22, 53, 54, 74, 75

Page 364: Isometric Drawing Extraction

16 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Related Intergraph Options (Section 7)

62, 69

Also: The twelfth entry in the FILES Section of the Options File: Weld Definition ReportFormat File (WDF) (See Chapter 8)

Related Options File Material (Section 7)

USER_DEFINED_WELDSOFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUESWELD_PREFIX

Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (Appendix B)

-414, -415, -416, -417, -418, -419, -421, -422, -423, -457

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Delivered weld symbols

SKEYs for Existing Weld Types

Description___________ SKEY______

Field Fit WF (Can add extra length to pipe)Weld Mitre WMWeld Mitre field fit WMFOffshore Weld WOOffshore Weld Field Fit WOFWorkshop WWSite WSErection Weld Connection XX (Where XX would be for fittings

with SW, SC, CP)

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________16.1 Dotted Weld Symbols

Dotted weld symbols can not be redefined, and are intended for internal program useonly. They are automatically selected when the need for a dotted weld is detected by theISOGEN software. Dotted welds should be used when:

a dotted pipeline continuation situations occurs

dealing with a pipeline that has a special status of dotted

open ends of a pipeline terminate with a welded end

Page 365: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Welds 16 - 3

New Dotted SKEYs for Weld Symbols

Description___________ SKEY______

Workshop WWDSite WSDField Fit WFDWeld Mitre WMDWeld Mitre WMFDOffshore Weld WODOffshore Weld Field Fit WOFDErection Weld Connection on fittingswith SW, SC, CP

XXD

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________16.2 User-defined Weld Symbols

The following is a list of guidelines that must be followed when creating a new weld symbol.

Mitre welds can not be redefined. All other weld symbols can be user-created.

New weld symbols can be generated just as any other user-defined symbol with theIsometric Symbol Editor, located under the Utilities option. Refer to Entering theIso Symbol Editor Environment, page 5 - 72 for more information.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________16.3 Codelist Values for Standard Note 180 and 1100

When the ISOGEN software is used to segregate offshore welds and identify mitre welds,standard note tables 180 and 1100 should be revised to accommodate this functionality.Changes to these tables will allow you to define which items will be in the offshore categoryof the bill of materials. Making revisions to standard notes 180 and 1100 will also allowdifferent graphics symbologies of weld connections (offshore, mitre.). For more information,see Weld Types and Mapping, page 16 - 3 .

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________16.4 Weld Types and Mapping

To define a weld type (shop, field, offshore) and weld symbology, revise the options file tableUSER_DEFINED_WELDS. This allows you to create a weld symbol and identify thoseweld-type codelist numbers (CL 1000) that will have a different weld symbol on the isometricdrawing. It is also possible to map the weld symbol (existing or user-defined) to theappropriate weld-type codelist number by revising the USER_DEFINED_WELDS section.For more information, seeUSER_DEFINED_WELDS, page 7 - 45 .

When the USER_DEFINED_WELDS section is not added to the options file:

Shop welds (WW SKEY) and field fit welds (WF SKEY) are the only availabletypes of welds.

Page 366: Isometric Drawing Extraction

16 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Shop welds are given fabrication codelist value numbers 11 through 20inclusive.

No Weld is given fabrication codelist value 1.

Field fit welds are given all other fabrication codelist value numbers with theexception of 1, and 11 through 20.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________16.5 Offshore Fabrication Category

The ISOGEN software offers and optional feature for segregating offshore fabricationcategory in the bill of materials. The OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES sectionin the options file is used in the same way as the Shop FABCAT section. For moreinformation, see OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES, page 7 - 80 .

If the codelist number is not listed in the option file sections forSHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES orOFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES the item will default to field.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________16.6 Unique Weld Numbering

The ISOGEN software has the ability to display unique weld numbers from the pipingdatabase and display them on the isometric drawing. Since a PDS-generated weld number iseight characters long, the weld number is an arrowed message. If an enclosure is chosen forweld numbering (see ISOGEN option 75), it must be one of the following:

diamond ended box

round ended box

rectangular box

If an enclosure is not chosen, the default will generate a normal arrowed message with nobox that points to the weld.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________16.7 User-defined Weld Prefix

The ISOGEN software allows the addition of weld prefix when using weld numbering. Aweld prefix may be used:

As a prefix to the actual weld number on the isometric in a box. The box shape to be setin Isogen option 75.

As a form of general note about weld identification when positioned on the drawingframe.

Page 367: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Welds 16 - 5

As part of the output in the user-defined weld summary report to identify each weld.

For more information, see WELD_PREFIX, page 7 - 47.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________16.8 The Weld Summary Report

A printed weld summary report is generated by setting Intergraph option 69. A new filename in the FILES Table (refer to The Files Table, page 7 - 42 ) of the options file isrequired if a user-defined format of the weld summary report is to be used. The designatedfile can be used for both the weld summary on the isometric drawing and the printed weldsummary file.

This optional file is referred to as the Weld Definition File (WDF) and is the twelfth entry inthe FILES Table of the options file. The WDF file allows you to specify, within certain limits,the style and content of:

The headings and data content of an alternative weld box to the normal weld box thatis generated using ISOGEN option switch 53.

Any alternative box’s output on the isometric in the same position as thenormal weld box will be located in the bottom right corner of the isometricdrawing area.

The headings and data content of the weld summary report.

If the Intergraph option to generate a weld summary report is set to 1 and theWDF file name is undefined, a Warning Error will be issued and the weldsummary report will not be created. The report file name will be isoname.wXXwhere XX is the revision number.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________16.8.1 Weld Definition File Format

The Weld Definition File (WDF) allows the user to:

Define the format of an alternative weld box displayed on the isometric drawing

Define a backing sheet on the drawing frame

Define the format of the Weld Summary Report

As a general rule, all heading and title formatting must be positioned in the file exactly as itis positioned on the printed output. Title elements, other than unique identifiers, can beused with any format. Data item identifiers will be enclosed in single quotation marks.

Unique identifiers will be used to determine what is defined and must match exactly. Theseidentifiers include:

WELD-BOX-HEADINGSWELD-BOX-DATA-ITEMSWELD-INFO-CONTROLSWELD-INFO-DATA-ITEMSWELD-SUMMARY-TITLES

Page 368: Isometric Drawing Extraction

16 - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

WELD-SUMMARY-COLUMN-HEADINGSWELD-SUMMARY-DATA-ITEMS

Weld Boxes - Alternative Style

Available formats for Weld boxes include headings, box data items, controls and informationdata items.

There is no imposed limit on the width of the user-defined weld box. Although, keep inmind that the weld box takes up space in the isometric drawing area. Therefore, thewidth should be kept to an absolute minimum.

Blank characters can be used as required.

Blank columns are allowed.

Use the | character to indicate vertical column positions.

Weld box headings can be any ascii string.

Weld box data items must carry:

— a data item identifier

— a start position along the horizontal line

— a justification marker

Weld Box Data Item Identifiers:

Identifier_________ ATEXT Used_____________

WELD-NO -414, -415, -416WELD-CAT -414, -415, -416N.S.WELD-TYPE -417, -418, -419,-421, -422, -423

Weld Box Justification Markers

R Right JustifiedL Left JustifiedC Center Justified

Weld Boxes - Using a Backing Sheet

When this form of weld information output is used, a design file (drawing frame) must beprovided. The design file must contain an area that can receive weld information. Theformat is user definable, but no column headings are defined. All column headings mustalready exist in the design file.

Page 369: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Welds 16 - 7

This style of output requires two types of information:

Basic Weld Control Information

Weld Data Item Information

Basic Weld Control Information

Unless otherwise stated, where a number is required it will be integer or in realmm’s with only one decimal place allowed.

Unless otherwise stated, all of the following inputs are mandatory.

Define the form of list to be output by entering one of the following.

CONTINUOUS-DOWNCONTINUOUS-UP

Define start positions for information using the format:

START-POSITION XPOS YPOS

Where: XPOS and YPOS is the x and y location in the design file.

Define the vertical spacing between each line of horizontal text on the welding list usingthe format:

VERTICAL-SPACING value

Define the maximum number of lines that can be printed before automatic overflowonto another sheet occurs using the format:

MAXIMUM-ENTRIES value

Where: value is an integer

Define the character height used for weld information using the format:

TEXT-HEIGHT value

Define the level where weld information should be placed. (Optional) Use the format:

DRAWING-LAYER value

Where: value is a level 1 - 63

Define the weight of characters output. (Optional)

TEXT-THICKNESS

Where: value is a weight 0 - 10

Page 370: Isometric Drawing Extraction

16 - 8 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Weld Data Item Information

Data items must carry a data item identifier and start position information ( The x positionin mm’s locates the bottom left hand point of the text string to be plotted. All text will beLEFT justified).

Weld Box Data Item Identifiers

Identifier_________ ATEXT Used_____________

WELD-NO -414, -415, -416WELD-CAT -414, -415, -416N.S.WELD-TYPE -417, -418, -419,-421, -422, -423

Weld Summary Report

The weld summary report page length is controlled by ISOGEN option switch 63.

When generating this report three sections of data are required in the WDF file. Theseinclude:

The printed weld summary title definitions (WELD-SUMMARY-TITLES) This sectioncan contain two types of information

— Heading titles

— Data items to be listed with the title

Unique identifiers available for title information:

PIPELINE-REFERENCEPIPING-SPECDATE-DMYPAGE

The column heading definitions (WELD-SUMMARY-COLUMN-HEADINGS)

— This section can be any ascii string.

The data definitions to be listed in each column (WELD-SUMMARY-DATA-ITEMS)

Refer to the previous definition of Weld Box Data Item for the format of this section.

’ ’ used with PAGE attribute indicates program generated page number.

’Blank’ indicates a blank line.

The overall width of the weld summary report should not exceed 130 characters.

Page 371: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Welds 16 - 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________16.8.2 Example WDF File

An example for an alternative weld list in the WDF file:

WELD-BOX-HEADINGS| Weld | Weld | N.S. | Weld | Welder || No | Cat | mm | Type | ID |

WELD-BOX-DATA-ITEMS’WELD-NO’4 R’WELD-CAT’ 10 L’N.S.’ 17 L’WELD-TYPE’ 25 L

An example for user defined backing weld list in the WDF file:

WELD-INFO-CONTROLSCONTINUOUS-DOWNSTART-POSITION 225.0 80.5VERTICAL-SPACING 4.5MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 20TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5DRAWING-LAYER 16TEXT-THICKNESS 2

WELD-INFO-DATA-ITEMS’WELD-NO’ 225.0’WELD-CAT’ 235.0’N.S.’ 245.0’WELD-TYPE’ 260.0

An example for a user defined weld summary report in the WDF file:

WELD-SUMMARY-TITLESWELD SUMMARY PAGE ’ ’’Blank’PIPELINE REF: ’PIPELINE_REFERENCE’’Blank’PIPING SPEC : ’PIPING-SPEC’

Page 372: Isometric Drawing Extraction

16 - 10 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

WELD-SUMMARY-HEADINGSWeld Weld N.S. Weld Welder

No Cat mm Type ID____ ____ ____ ____ ______

WELD-SUMMARY-DATA-ITEMS’WELD-NO’8 R’WELD-CAT’ 17 L’N.S.’ 26 L’WELD-TYPE’ 37 L

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________16.9 Welds Listed in the Bill of Materials

For welds listed in the BOM:

Intergraph option 62 controls material pointers for welds.

The commodity code will be SHOP, FIELD or OFFSHORE.

The description will be weld type, material grade A and material grade B.

Page 373: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Dimensioning and Coordinate Output 17 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________17. Dimensioning and Coordinate Output

Coordinate and Dimensioning Features - Related Information

The following is a list of related elements within the ISOGEN software that may bemanipulated to change dimensioning/coordinate output.

Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix B)

9, 41, 66, 80, 81, 119

Related Intergraph Options (Section 7)

NONE

Related Options File Material (Section 7)

NONE

Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (Appendix B)

-455

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________17.1 Dimensioning Features

ISOGEN’s dimensioning features allows you to:

Dimension Valve Centerlines

Suppress Branch Dimensioning

String Dimensioning

Gaskets Included In Flanged Component Dimensions

USA Style Dimensioning

Non-Dimensioned Supports

ISOGEN option 119 controls vertical dimensions/elevations. See Appendix B,Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.

Page 374: Isometric Drawing Extraction

17 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Dimensioning Valve Centerlines

This feature dimensions valves with certain bores and/or end conditions dimensioned to theircenterline only, using string or composite dimension types. This is controlled by ISOGENoption 80 and 81.

Centerline dimensioning on valves will only work with valves that have aspindle point define. Refer to Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment,page 5 - 72 for information on defining a spindle point.

ISOGEN option 80 defines the end type that will be dimensioned to the item’s centerline.

ISOGEN option 81 determines the upper size limit of valves that will be dimensioned to theircenterline. All diameters that exceed the value specified by switch 81 are dimensionednormally.

ISOGEN options 80 and 81 provide the complete definition of valves which will bedimensioned to their centerline. Units of input for the size limit are defined with ISOGEN41.

See Appendix B, Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.

Suppressing Branch Dimensioning

This feature suppresses branches and tee bends/elbows with certain bores and/or number ofcomponents. Units of input for the size limit are defined by ISOGEN option 41.

ISOGEN option 81 determines the upper size limit of branches whose dimensioning will besuppressed. All branch sizes that exceed the value specified by switch 81 are dimensionednormally.

ISOGEN option 81 also determines the upper limit of components in a branch run that willhave dimensioning suppressed. A branch run that exceeds the number of definedcomponents is dimensioned normally.

See Appendix B, Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.

String Dimensioning

This feature allows pipeline components to be dimensioned individually.

ISOGEN option 9 flags individual dimensions to be output for every component in thepipeline.

See Appendix B, Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.

Gaskets Included in Flanged Component Dimensions

This feature allows dimensioned flanged components to include gaskets (if present) in thedimension. Leader lines from adjoining flanges are displayed, while dimension leader linesfrom valve ends are not displayed.

Page 375: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Dimensioning and Coordinate Output 17 - 3

ISOGEN option 9 flags dimensioning to include gasket thickness.

See Appendix B, Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.

USA Style Dimensioning

This feature displays the dimension on top of the dimension line.

ISOGEN option 9, causes dimensions to be displayed on top of the witness line (USA style).

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________17.2 Coordinate Features

ISOGEN’s coordinate features allow you to:

Extend Witness Lines

Display Elevations at Bend/Elbow Intersections

Display Elevations at Branch Intersections

Display Split Point Coordinates

ISOGEN option 119 controls vertical dimensions/elevations. See Appendix B,Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.

Extend Witness Line

This feature allows elevations/coordinates to be output along an extended witness line atbends/elbows.

ISOGEN option 66, displays elevations/coordinates along extended witness lines.

See Appendix B, Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.

Display Elevation at Bend/Elbow Intersections

This feature allows you to:

Suppress Elevations at bend/elbow intersections

Partial set of coordinates at bend/elbow intersections

Only the coordinates that have changed

A full set of coordinates at bend/elbow intersections.

ISOGEN option 66 is used to define the Display Elevation at Bend/Elbow Intersectionsfeature.

Page 376: Isometric Drawing Extraction

17 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

See Appendix B, Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.

Display Elevations at Branch Intersections

This feature allows you to:

Suppress elevations at branch intersections

Display a partial set of coordinates at a branch intersection

Display only the coordinates that have changed

Display a full set of coordinates at branch intersections

ISOGEN option 66 is used to define the Display Elevation at Branch Intersections feature.

See Appendix B, Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.

Split Point Coordinate Display

This feature allows a full set of coordinates at iso split points to be grouped with acontinuation note.

ISOGEN option 66 is used to define the Display Elevation at Branch Intersections feature.

See Appendix B, Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.

Page 377: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility 18 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________18. Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility

The Detail Sketch Facility allows pre-defined detail sketches (MicroStation cells) to beautomatically selected and positioned on the isometric drawing. In addition, a crossreference is added to the referenced item on the plotted pipeline.

The Information Note Facility automatically selects general or specific notes (MicroStationcells) and positions them on the isometric drawing in the same manner as detail sketches.The initial information note is placed in the lower left corner of the drawing with additionalnotes being placed to the right along the bottom of the drawing.

Information notes and detail sketch cells can be placed on the same drawing.

Page 378: Isometric Drawing Extraction

18 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Detail Sketch/Information Note Facility - Related Information

The following is a list of related elements within the ISOGEN software that may bemanipulated when using the Detail Sketch Facility.

Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix B)

71, 92

Related Intergraph Options (Section 7)

66

Related Options File Material (Section 7)

DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY

Also: The tenth entry in the FILES section of the options file: cell library. This entrydefines the microstation cell library that contains the detail/note cells.

The eleventh entry in the FILES section of the options file: DDF file. This entry in theoptions file defines the DDF (Data Definition File) that will be used to determine graphicparameters for the detail sketch/note.

Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (Appendix B)

-456, -541, -542

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________18.1 Detail Sketch Entries in the DDF

This is an example of the portion of the Data Definition File (DDF) that pertains to theDetail Sketch facility.

DETAIL-SKETCHFILE-FORMAT DXFSKETCH-SIZE 50 50CROSS-REFERENCE 35 5 ALPHATEXT-HEIGHT 3TEXT-THICKNESS 2DRAWING-LAYER 1

Where:

DETAIL-SKETCH is the section header in the DDF.

FILE_FORMAT DXF determines the format of the detail. This line isignored by PD_ISO.

Page 379: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility 18 - 3

SKETCH-SIZE 50 50 determines the X-Y size of the detail on the iso.

The value is in either millimeters or inches(determined by ISOGEN switch 92).

CROSS-REFERENCE 35 5ALPHA

determines the X-Y cross reference position onthe detail in either millimeters or inches(determined by ISOGEN switch 92), and thecharacter type of the cross reference text.

TEXT-HEIGHT 3 determines the text height for the cross referenceidentifier.

TEXT-THICKNESS 2 determines the weight of the text for the crossreference identifier.

DRAWING-LAYER 1 determines the level for the cross referenceidentifier text.

For more information about the DDF, refer to Isometric Presentation, page 20 -1 .

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________18.2 Information Note Entries in the DDF

This is an example of the portion of the DDF that pertains to the Information-Note facility.

INFORMATION-NOTEFILE-FORMAT DXFNOTE-SIZE 50 20

Where:

INFORMATION-NOTE is the section header in the DDF.

FILE-FORMAT DXF determines the format of the note cell. This lineis ignored by PD_ISO.

NOTE-SIZE 50 20 determines the X-Y size of the detail on the iso.The value is in either millimeters or inches(determined by ISOGEN switch 92).

Page 380: Isometric Drawing Extraction

18 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Page 381: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Weight Display 19 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________19. Weight Display

The Weight Display Facility allows the weight stored in the Design database for eachcomponent to be extracted from the 3D model and listed on the isometric material list. Totalweight can be generated for the pipeline, for the Fabrication (Shop) components, for theErection (Field) components, and for Offshore components. Spool weight can be generatedfor Spool isometrics.

Weight Display - Related Information

The following is a list of related elements within the ISOGEN software that may bemanipulated when using the Weight Display Facility.

Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix B)

41

Related Intergraph Options (Section 7)

47, 63

Related Options File Material (Section 7)

NONE

Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (Appendix B)

-352, -353, -354, -355, -379, -380, -381

Weight will be interpreted as:

Unit weight of a component

Weight per length of a pipe/tube

Where: length is a foot in Imperial Units, and a Meter in Metric units

A Warning Message will be output to the error file when weight has not beenrecorded in the design database for a pipe/component:

(35:1111) Warning - Component(s) with no Weight found

Page 382: Isometric Drawing Extraction

19 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________19.1 Center of Gravity Calculation

Before Calculating the Iso Center of Gravity

1. Generate an ISAM center of gravity weight library.

From Windows File Manager or the DOS prompt, run the ˜\pdiso\bin\bldwtlib.exeexecutable to generate or update an ISAM weight library.

Once initialized, bldwtlib prompts you to input an ASCII weight library neutral file.The default, weight_lib.neu, is located in the ˜\pdiso\examples directory and containsentry definitions and example data that can be referenced to make a custom weightlibrary neutral file.

After a weight library neutral file is defined, you are prompted to enter a name or usethe default name, cog_weight.l, for the resulting ISAM weight library. By default, thefile is written to the examples directory.

2. Set Intergraph option 63 to 1.

3. Edit the ISOGEN options file.

— Define the name of the ISAM center of gravity library under the ninth entry of theFILES category. This is the library that will be used to make center of gravitycalculations.

For example, ’˜\pdiso\examples\cog_weight.l’ !COG WEIGHT LIBRARY

— Define the center of gravity entry in the MTO record map, which is the fifth entry ofthe FILES category.

For example, ’˜\pdiso\examples\cogmto.tbl’ !MTO RECORD MAP

If the Debug switch on the Submit Batch Job form is set to on, a center ofgravity report file, <isoname><sheet#>.cog, is written to the output directory.

If the Verify on the Submit Batch Job form is set to on, additionalIntergraph information about each component is added to the center of gravityreport file.

In the STIB data file (used to place drawing title block text), center of gravity x,y and z coordinates are assigned as node numbers 908, 909 and 910respectively.

Page 383: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Isometric Presentation 20 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________20. Isometric Presentation

ISOGEN’s Presentations feature allows you to customize the presentation of a generatedisometric drawing. ISOMETRIC-DEFINITION is the identifier used when defininginformation for Isometric Presentations.

When using the user-defined formats, it is your responsibility to ensure (by doingtrial runs) that the specified options are practical and produce the requiredisometric presentation before committing to project use.

The drawing definition file (DDF) contains user-defined requirements that determine thefinal plotted isometric presentation. The DDF file is the eleventh entry in the FILES sectionof the options file.

In addition to containing isometric presentation information, the DDF also contains DetailSketch definition data (DETAIL-SKETCH).

Subsection identifiers for user-defined presentation features include:

PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES

PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL

PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED

BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION

FITTINGS-GENERAL

FITTINGS-SPECIAL

FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES

MISC-ITEMS

LAYER-NAMES

An example data definition file is located at the end of this section.

Page 384: Isometric Drawing Extraction

20 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

The DDF uses the following conventions:

Must be an ascii character file.

All identifiers (Main and Sub-section) plus all data attributes must start in position oneon a new line.

No spaces are allowed in any identifier or attribute name.

Use of any of the subsection identifiers is optional. Program defaults will be used asrequired.

Isometric Presentation - Related Information

The following is a list of related elements within the ISOGEN software that may bemanipulated when defining a isometric presentation.

Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix B)

NONE

Related Intergraph Options (Section 7)

NONE

Related Options File Material (Section 7)

NONE

The eleventh entry in the FILES Section of the Options File: Data Definition File (DDF) (SeeChapter 8)

Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (Appendix B)

NONE

Page 385: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Isometric Presentation 20 - 3

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________20.1 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES

The PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES section of the DDF allows you to define the followingcharacteristics for a plotted pipeline (Pipe, Elbows, Bends, Tees, Crosses, etc.):

N.S. (Bore Units)N.S. RangePlotted Pipe ThicknessLayer (Level) number

Attribute/Data Identifiers

Bore Units N.S. Data Data = inches or mm

N.S. Range N.S.RANGE minand max bore

min/max bores may be stated in eitherInteger or Real (such as, 1 1.0 1.5 1010.0)

Thickness THICKNESS data1 data 2

data 1 = Integer number representingrequired thickness.data 2 = Actual Thickness (width) ofplotted line in mm (Real Number).

Layer LAYER data data is an Integer identifying therequired Layer (Level) to which thePipeline is to be assigned.

Example PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES Input:

PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTESN.S. INCHN.S.RANGE 0 2 THICKNESS 2 1.0 LAYER 10N.S.RANGE 2.5 6 THICKNESS 4 2.0 LAYER 10N.S.RANGE 8 * THICKNESS 6 2.5 LAYER 10

Guidelines for Defining PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES Input:

Any number of Spaces are allowed between the attribute identifier and data items.

All lines must start in position one.

Allow space for a maximum of five N.S. RANGE records.

Use of LAYER is optional. If LAYER is not set, the ISOGEN default LAYER set will beused.

An * is allowed in last maximum bore position to signal that there is no maximum borelimit.

Page 386: Isometric Drawing Extraction

20 - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

THICKNESS data 1 attribute is used to define required line weight in plotfile output.

THICKNESS data 2 is used by the ISOPLOT module of ISOGEN when positioningMessages along the pipeline.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________20.2 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL

The PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL section of the DDF is used in the same way as thePIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES feature except that the attributes set only apply to pipelinesections designated Special Status.

Special Status is recognized when attribute status is set to DOTTED or NO-MTO.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________20.3 PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED

The PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED section of the DDF allows you to define thicknessand layer attributes for the following three categories of dotted representation.

Dotted Special Status (SPECIAL-STATUS; such as Dotted, NO-MTO Items)

Dotted Pipeline Continuations (PIPELINE-CONTINUATION)

Dotted items at isometric Split Points (DRAWING-SPLIT-POINTS)

Example PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED Input:

PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTEDSPECIAL-STATUS THICKNESS 3 1.75 LAYER 15PIPELINE-CONTINUATION THICKNESS 3 1.75 LAYER 16DRAWING-SPLIT-POINTS THICKNESS 3 1.75 LAYER 17

Guidelines for Defining PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED Input:

The SPECIAL-STATUS, PIPELINE-CONTINUATION or DRAWING-SPLIT-POINTidentifiers may be included in any order following the main section identifier.

Use the THICKNESS and LAYER data as described for PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES.

N.S.RANGE or Bore Units are not allowed in this section. Dotted representation is thesame for all bores.

If a PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL section is included in the file, any setting forSPECIAL-STATUS found in this section will be ignored.

Use of LAYER is optional. If LAYER is not set, the ISOGEN default LAYER settingwill be used.

Page 387: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Isometric Presentation 20 - 5

Care should be taken when specifying the THICKNESS data for any of these Dottedcategories. All three categories can involve the plotting of Dotted Fittings that maylook unacceptable if thickness for Dotted representation is too thick.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________20.4 BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION

The BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION section of the DDF allows you to define Elbowsand Bends to be either Round or Square when displayed on the isometric drawing.

Example BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION Input:

BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATIONBEND dataELBOW data

Where:

data can be set to either SQUARE or ROUND

If no setting is defined, ROUND is used as the default.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________20.5 FITTINGS-GENERAL

The FITTINGS-GENERAL section of the DDF allows you to define attributes for all Fittings.These attributes include:

N.S. (Bore Units)

N.S. Range

Plotted Fitting (Component) Thickness

Layer (Level) number

Fitting Scale (Plotted size of fittings) (to be applied to standard ISOGEN symbols)

Attribute/Data Identifiers Include:

Bore Units N.S. data

N.S. Range N.S. RANGE min bore max bore

Thickness THICKNESS data 1 data 2

Layer LAYER data

Scale SCALE data

Where:

Page 388: Isometric Drawing Extraction

20 - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

data is a two- or three-digit Integer that represents an

increase or decrease to the basic 100% standardsymbol size for all types of fittings.

Example FITTINGS-GENERAL Input:

FITTINGS-GENERALN.S. INCHN.S.RANGE 0 2 THICKNESS 2 1.5 LAYER 20 SCALE 100N.S.RANGE 2.5 6 THICKNESS 3 1.75 LAYER 20 SCALE 150N.S.RANGE 8 * THICKNESS 4 2.0 LAYER 20 SCALE 200

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________20.6 FITTINGS-SPECIAL

This FITTINGS-SPECIAL section of the DDF allows you to define Thickness, Layer or Scaleattributes for specific types of components.

The settings presented in this section will override the Fittings-General settings for theselected types of components.

Definable Attributes Include:

THICKNESSLAYERSCALE

Data requirements for the previous attributes are the same as the datarequirements for FITTINGS-GENERAL.

Any of the previous attributes can be set for a specific type of component. But, if FITTINGS-SPECIAL attributes are not defined, ISOGEN defaults to the FITTINGS-GENERAL.

For example:

If LAYER 40 was the only special attribute set for INSTRUMENTS, it would be used for allINSTRUMENTS (all bores), but any Thickness and / or Scale attributes would be used fromthe FITTINGS-GENERAL section.

Whenever a Scale attribute is set in this section, the Scale factor will not be used as a directscale to the standard symbol. It will instead be used as a Multiplier to any Scale set in theFITTINGS-GENERAL section.

For example:

Scale 150 set in Fittings-GeneralScale 75 set in Fittings-SpecialScale to be used on nominal Fitting type is 150 x 0.75 = 113 (to nearest whole number).

Page 389: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Isometric Presentation 20 - 7

Example FITTINGS-SPECIAL Input:

FITTINGS-SPECIALINSTRUMENTS LAYER 30 (Put all Instruments on Layer 30)OLETS SCALE 75 (Olets to be scaled down)SUPPORTS THICKNESS 4 2.0 (All Supports to be plotted)

Fitting type identifiers

OLETSINSTRUMENTSSUPPORTSWELDSCOUPLINGSCAPSUNIONSFLANGESFILTERSPIPE-BLOCKSSAFETY-DISCTRAPSREDUCERSVALVESVALVES-ANGLEVALVES-3WAYVALVES-4WAYNOZZLEEND-CONNECTORSHYGENIC-CONNECTORSMISC-COMPONENTSMISC-COMPONENT-PLUGMISC-COMPONENT-RESTRICTORMISC-COMPONENT-SLIPPLATEMISC-COMPONENT-SLIPRINGMISC-COMPONENT-SPECBLIND

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________20.7 FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES

The FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES of the DDF section allows you to vary theThickness, Layer and Scale of any component that is included in any Undimensioned Branch.

Attributes/Data identifiers are the same as the attributes/data identifiers for FITTINGS-GENERAL.

Example FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES Input:

FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHESN.S. INCHN.S.RANGE 0 1 THICKNESS 1 1.0 LAYER 10 SCALE 60N.S.RANGE 1.5 2 THICKNESS 2 1.5 LAYER 10 SCALE 75

These parameters should only be used when the Branch Dimension Suppressionfacility is being used (ISOGEN option switch 81). It will be up to you to verify thatany N.S.RANGE set in the FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES sectionmatches the Bore range set in Option Switch 81.

Page 390: Isometric Drawing Extraction

20 - 8 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

All Pipe fittings (Elbows, Tees, etc.) are plotted the same thickness as a tube.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________20.8 MISC-ITEMS

The MISC-ITEMS section in the DDF allows you to set the Thickness and Layer data for thefollowing types of miscellaneous items that appear on an isometric drawing:

DIMENSION-TEXTDIMENSION-LINESISO-TEXTFRAME-TEXTSKEWSHATCHINGLAGGINGTRACINGFRAMEWELD-BOXSPEC-BREAKSMATERIAL-LIST (Styles 1 nd 2 only)

Example MISC-ITEMS Input:

MISC-ITEMSDIMENSION-TEXT THICKNESS 2 0.8 LAYER 22DIMENSION-LINES THICKNESS 1 0.6 LAYER 23SKEWS THICKNESS 2 0.8 LAYER 25HATCHING THICKNESS 1 0.6 LAYER 25

Any undefined attribute uses the ISOGEN defaults.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________20.9 LAYER-NAMES

The LAYER-NAMES section in the DDF allows you to issue standard Names to any layernumber used in any of the other sections.

Example LAYER NAMES Input:

LAYER-NAMES10 ’10’12 ’12’ Where 10 is the Layer Number and the text22 ’22’ within the ’’ is the Layer Name.

10 is the layer number

’10’ is the layer name.

Because Microstation LAYERS are numbers, NAMES must be the same as theLAYER. Up to 50 names can be defined.

Page 391: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Isometric Presentation 20 - 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________20.10 Program Defaults

The table below shows the program default settings for THICKNESS and LAYER for thevarious elements that are used in the generation of a plotted isometric drawing.

Element________ Default DefaultThickness__________ Layer______

Pipeline 3 (0.6 mm) 1(including Elbows, Tees, etc.)

All Fittings 2 (0.25 mm) 2

All drawing Text and othermiscellaneous items

1 (0.1 mm) 3

Drawing Frame, 1 (0.1 mm) 4Frame text,Weld Box, etc.

Dotted items 1 (0.1 mm) 5

Material List 1 (0.1 mm) 6

Page 392: Isometric Drawing Extraction

20 - 10 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________20.11 Example Drawing Definition File

ISOMETRIC-DEFINITION

PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTESN.S. INCHN.S.RANGE 0 2 THICKNESS 2 0.65 LAYER 7N.S.RANGE 2.5 6 THICKNESS 2 0.95 LAYER 29N.S.RANGE 8 * THICKNESS 4 1.25 LAYER 30

PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTEDDRAWING-SPLIT-POINTS THICKNESS 2 0.35 LAYER 19SPECIAL-STATUS THICKNESS 2 0.65 LAYER 8PIPELINE-CONTINUATION THICKNESS 2 0.35 LAYER 9

FITTINGS-GENERALN.S. INCHN.S.RANGE 0 2 THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 7 SCALE 105N.S.RANGE 2.5 * THICKNESS 2 0.35 LAYER 7 SCALE 110

FITTINGS-SPECIALINSTRUMENTS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 10 SCALE 115NOZZLE THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 11CAPS THICKNESS 3 0.85 LAYER 38COUPLINGS THICKNESS 3 0.65 LAYER 37VALVES THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 12 SCALE 180FLANGES THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 31 SCALE 120UNIONS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 35 SCALE 110OLETS THICKNESS 4 0.70 LAYER 34 SCALE 110WELDS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 32 SCALE 130REDUCERS THICKNESS 3 0.60 LAYER 33 SCALE 120VALVES-ANGLE THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 13 SCALE 180VALVES-3WAY THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 14 SCALE 150VALVES-4WAY THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 15 SCALE 150SUPPORTS THICKNESS 4 0.90 LAYER 36 SCALE 130PIPE-BLOCKS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 39SAFETY-DISC THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 40FILTERS THICKNESS 2 0.60 LAYER 41 SCALE 280TRAPS THICKNESS 2 0.60 LAYER 42 SCALE 180END-CONNECTORS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 50 SCALE 120HYGENIC-CONNECTORS THICKNESS 4 0.70 LAYER 50 SCALE 300MISC-COMPONENTS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 49 SCALE 180MISC-COMPONENT-RESTRICTOR THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 44MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPPLATE THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 45MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPRING THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 46 SCALE 250MISC-COMPONENT-SPECBLIND THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 47MISC-COMPONENT-PLUG THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 48

FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHESN.S. INCHN.S.RANGE 0 2 THICKNESS 2 0.65 LAYER 43 SCALE 300

BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATIONBEND ROUNDELBOW ROUND

MISC-ITEMSDIMENSION-TEXT LAYER 16DIMENSION-LINES LAYER 17ISO-TEXT LAYER 20

Page 393: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Isometric Presentation 20 - 11

FRAME-TEXT LAYER 21SKEWS LAYER 22HATCHING LAYER 23LAGGING LAYER 24TRACING LAYER 25FRAME LAYER 26WELD-BOX LAYER 27SPEC-BREAKS LAYER 28MATERIAL-LIST LAYER 18

LAYER-NAMES1 ’1’2 ’2’3 ’3’4 ’4’5 ’5’6 ’6’7 ’7’8 ’8’9 ’9’10 ’10’11 ’11’12 ’12’13 ’13’14 ’14’15 ’15’16 ’16’17 ’17’18 ’18’19 ’19’20 ’20’21 ’21’22 ’22’23 ’23’24 ’24’25 ’25’26 ’26’27 ’27’28 ’28’29 ’29’30 ’30’31 ’31’32 ’32’33 ’33’34 ’34’35 ’35’36 ’36’37 ’37’38 ’38’39 ’39’40 ’40’41 ’41’42 ’42’43 ’43’44 ’44’45 ’45’46 ’46’47 ’47’48 ’48’49 ’49’50 ’50’

Page 394: Isometric Drawing Extraction

20 - 12 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Page 395: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Isometric Types 21 - 1

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________21. Isometric Types

Isometric Type definitions allow more flexibility with the line name definition. By usingTypes feature, you can track drawing records more accurately and efficiently.

Isometric Types also allow you to store the same line name multiple times in the database,each time as a different Type. For example, line ABC can be stored twice, once asFabrication Type and once as Spool Type. The Type attribute creates a unique databaseentry.

Isometric Types and Code List 1900

Isometric Types are supported by Code List 1900. Code List 1900, as delivered, contains 3types. These types include:

Fabrication

Spool

Stress

The following is an example of Code List 1900.

C1900; 1900, Iso Type; NOTE: In editing this codelist set, do not change the meaning; of existing codelist values. Some data displays require that only; values to the left of the "=" sign be shown; other reports require; that only values to the right of the "=" sign be displayed.1 = ’Fabrication’ (Default Setting)2 = ’Spool’3 = ’Stress’

You can add more options, if needed, to Code List 1900. For an example of setting isometrictypes, refer to Bulk Load Lines, page 5 - 57 .

The Isometric Type is a new column in pdtable_185 of the Project Database. Allrecords MUST have an Isometric Type, or they will not extract.

Batch Input files contain Type information when they are created on ISOGENsoftware version 5.0 or later. Batch Input files created prior to 5.0 will extract,but a error message will be output that states that the batch input file is out ofdate, and needs to be replaced.

Page 396: Isometric Drawing Extraction

21 - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Page 397: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 1

Appendix A__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Warning and Error Messages

Page 398: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 2 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Page 399: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 3

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Appendix A

Warning and Error Messages

This section lists the warning and error messages that are issued by the various componentsof the iso extraction software and suggested corrective action when that is possible. Pleaserefer to the section entitled Software Organization for a discussion of the each of thecomponents and how they are related.

Page 400: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 4 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A.1 Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN

The messages that are issued by the Intergraph interface to ISOGEN are, for the most part,recorded in an error message file that is created along with the intermediate data file (theinput file to ISOGEN) when errors occur. If no errors occur, then an error file is not created.Some messages generated in the file are not written to the screen as they only containadditional data on a reported error.

There are three categories of messages issued by the software:

Information - An error occurred that can result in other errors later on.

Warning - An error occurred that can result in a problem on the drawing. The drawingshould be checked.

Error - An error occurred that is serious enough to cause extraction to abort. Thedrawing is not produced.

Page 401: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 5

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A.1.1 Information Messages

I1 - The Graphic Commodity Library does not exist or an error occurred when itwas opened.

This message indicates a problem with the graphic commodity library. Make surethat it is properly attached to the primary (the first) model design file. If there isdoubt then you should enter the file in graphics and try to place any component. Isoextraction requires read access to the file.

I3 - Error opening Material Descriptions Library.

This message indicates a problem with the material description library. The properfile should be attached to the primary (first) model file via the RDB software. Isoextraction requires read access to the file.

I4 - Error opening Specialty Material Descriptions Library.

This message is the same as I3 except that it pertains to the piping specialty andinstrument material descriptions library. Note that if this library is not successfullyopened then specialty items will NOT receive material descriptions in the iso bill-of-material. If the file exists and is properly attached make sure that your process hasread access to it.

I5 - Error accessing the Label Descriptions Library.

The label description library should be properly attached to the primary (first) modelfile via the RDB software. If this has been done, then a quick test using the drawingannotation commands might uncover the problem. Make sure that your process hasread access to the file.

I6 -Note file not defined

I8 - Unrecognized key read from MTO Neutral File record map.

This message occurs when the software encounters an unexpected record in theneutral file map. Usually, this indicated that the number of table entries to follow(the number following each keyword) is incorrect.

I9 - Unrecognized key read from options file.

This message occurs when the software encounters an unexpected record in theoptions file. All keywords are followed by a number that indicates the number ofrecords to follow until the next keyword. If this number is incorrect then thismessage will result.

Page 402: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 6 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

I10 - An error occurred while reading the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.

Some difficulty occurred while the PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map file was being readin. Check the symbol map file that is defined in the options file for mistakes.

I11 - Error reading in complete PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.

The internal buffer used for holding the PDS to ISOGEN map has been filled byentries from the map file and some have thus been ignored. Contact Intergraph withthis problem.

I13 - Physical data library not read.

This message indicates that the physical data library for the current component couldnot be read by the mto software for generating bolts and gaskets. If bolt/gasketgeneration has failed on the current component then this message indicates that themost likely reason is that an error occurred while trying to read the physical datalibrary. If no bolts/ gasket generation failure occurred then the message might beignored.

I14 - Unrecognized key read from title block tables file

This message indicates that an unexpected record was encountered in the title blocktables file. It will usually indicate that the number of entries to follow value (on arecord following a keyword) is incorrect.

I16 - Intergraph option 34 reset to zero

Intergraph option 34 applies only to batch extraction. When interactive extraction isrun, this option is ignored.

I17 - Intergraph option 16 reset to 0

I18 - Check number of lines entry in the options file.

I19 - Error accessing specialty material descriptions library

I20 - Error accessing the specified material description library

I21 - Error accessing the specified label description library

I22 - Error opening the label description library

Page 403: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 7

I23 - The last start point is chosen to be the traversal start point

Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194661

I24 - Alternate index is used to read material description library.

The material description is not found with the default primary key, item code. Thealternate index, defined in the ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX table in theoption file, is used to find the material description.

I25 - No existing sheet and no last start point for section 1

Iso extraction will continue as the first time

Page 404: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 8 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A.1.2 Warning Messages

W1 - Error computing valve oper or reducer orientation.

An error occurred in the calculations to orient a valve operator or an eccentricreducer. In both cases the connect point orientations should be checked in graphicsto confirm that they are correct.

W2 - Segment column is undefined.

In checking for an attribute change at a segment endpoint the attribute beingchecked has gone from being defined with a value to being undefined (blank). Theattributes defined in the PIPELINE_HEADER table in the options file should bechecked and defined with a value as needed.

W3 - Error forming label from label library.

An error has occurred in creating a note or label using the label description library.The label (whose label number is also printed in the message) should be checkedusing the label description library software.

W4 - Invalid LINE ID format - LINE ID ignored.

A line ID that is either incorrect in format or contains invalid data has been input.Check the format of the line ID against the definition in the options file. Rememberthat each attribute that is part of the line ID must be separated from the others by adash ( - ). An example of invalid data in the line ID might be a fluid code that doesnot exist in the fluid code codelist.

W5 - Error reading in extraction criteria.

An error has occurred reading in the line identification inputs from the input file.This might indicate a problem in the software that creates the input file.

W6 - Model design file not found.

This message indicates that the model design file read in from the input file eitherdoes not exist or that your process does not have read access to it.

W7 - Error reading the Label Description Library.

This message probably indicates that the label definition for a specific label does notexist in the label description library opened by the software. Make sure that theprimary (first) model design file has the proper library attached or that the properlibrary is defined in the options file.

Page 405: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 9

W8 - ISOGEN key is undefined in PDS - ISOGEN map.

This message indicates that an entry in the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map exists forthe PDS component but that the ISOGEN symbol name in the table does not. Makesure that the table contains the ISOGEN symbol name for the component inquestion.

W9 - Could not locate item in PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.

This message indicates that the PDS symbol in question could not be located in thePDS to ISOGEN symbol map.

W10 - No-mto attribute has illegal value.

The no-mto attribute on a component, pipe, or instrument has a value other than 0 or1. Set the attribute to a legal value.

W11 - Error forming nozzle note.

An error has occurred forming the nozzle connection note generated at equipmentnozzles. Check the label description library labels in the library if you are using theNOZZLE_NOTE table in the options file. Also review the nozzle entity to make surethat everything looks fine. If the failure occurs with the default nozzle note thenreport the problem to Intergraph.

W12 - The coordinate system option is invalid. Coordinate system is set to PLANT.

The coordinate system defined in the options file is incorrect so it was set to a defaultvalue. Check the option specified in the options file.

W13 - Material description has been truncated.

The material description generated from the material description library and thelabel description library has exceeded the maximum size allowed for in the softwareand was truncated. Contact Intergraph.

W14 - Error reading Specialty Material Description Library.

An error occurred retrieving the material description for a piping specialty,instrument or support from the specialty description library. An error message isgenerated in the iso bill-of-material.

W15 - Error reading the Material Description Library.

An error occurred retrieving the material description for a commodity item. An errormessage is generated in the iso bill-of- material.

Page 406: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 10 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

W16 - Error attaching the design file .

W17 - Error accessing A/N Commodity Library.

An error has occurred searching the alphanumeric commodity library either for animplied material item or for a size dependent commodity code. Check the library tosee whether or not the item that is being searched on exists.

W20 - Header record attribute is undefined.

Each entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table in the options file defines a "Headerrecord" for ISOGEN. These header records simply define the initial value for certainattributes at the start of the line (that is, spec name, insulation type, and so on).This message is warning you that for some header record defined in thePIPELINE_HEADER table the value for it from the database is undefined.

You must either define the attribute in the database or remove the header recordentry from the table.

W23 - An error occurred while generating implied materials. Bolts, a gasket, or aweld will NOT be generated in the drawing and/or the mto neutral file.

Some error resulted in no implied materials. Check the error message file for detailsof the problem.

W25 - Error loading spec attributes for implied component.

An error has occurred while attempting to overlay attributes from the spec for a stubonto the database record for a lap-joint flange. This overlaying must be performedjust prior to generation of the material description so that attributes embedded in thematerial description for the stub can be generated properly. Make sure that the speccontains a valid entry for the stub. The spec search is performed by using the samedata as for the lap joint flange except that the option code is set to the flange optioncode plus 5000.

W26 - Maximum number of implied items exceeded.

A component generates too many implied items from the Material DescriptionLibrary and an internal buffer has overflowed. Contact Intergraph to have the buffersize increased.

W27 - The Material Description Library is required in order to generate impliedmaterials. Some materials might be missing from the MTO neutral file.

A component indicates that implied material should be generated from the MaterialDescription Library but the library is either not attached to the model or the librarythat is attached does not exist.

Page 407: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 11

W28 - Error accessing the Material Description Library for implied materials.

A component indicates that implied material should be generated from the MaterialDescription Library but none was found. Check to make sure that the librarycontents are correct.

W29 - Title block tables file not found.

The title block tables file identified in the FILES section of the options file does notexist. This file identifies those attributes that are to be placed in the drawing titleblock. When this file does not exist no text can be placed in the title block.

W30 - Error opening title block tables file.

This message indicates that the title block tables file exists, but that for some reasonit could not be opened. Check that your process has proper VMS access to the file.

W31 - Error opening segment data file. File will not be created.

The file holding title block attributes generated from the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE(in the title block tables file) could not be opened. No title block data will begenerated.

W32 - Error opening STIB input file. File will not be created.

The file holding title block attributes generated from the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE(in the title block tables file) could not be opened. No attributes generated by thistable will appear in the title block.

W33 - Error opening sheet specific title block data file.

The file holding title block attributes generated from the SHEET_DATA_TABLE (inthe title block tables file) could not be opened. No attributes generated by this tablewill appear in the title block.

W34 - Error opening MTO Neutral File - file will not be created.

A UNIX error occurred when creating a new mto neutral file. Make sure that yourprocess has write access to the default directory.

W35 - MTO record map not found.

The mto record map, specified in the options file, cannot be located. Check the filespec in the options file and make sure that your process has read access to the file.

Page 408: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 12 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

W36 - Valve/Operator file does not exist.

A valve/ operator table has been specified in the options file, but it could not be foundwhile attempting to open it.

W37 - Notes File not found.

A Notes File has been specified in the options file, but it could not be located when anattempting to open it.

W38 - Error opening the Notes Table.

An error occurred while attempting to open the Notes Table. Make sure that yourprocess has read access to the file.

W39 - Notes Table lookup failed.

A Notes Table record whose input matches the current one could not be located. Thecurrent key is printed out. Check the Notes Table to ensure that the input has acorresponding record.

W40 - The number of components exceeds the limit of the maximum allowednumber of components in a multiple bolt-through.

W41 - Error retriving component from linkage. Cannot determine secondorientation for operator.

An error has occurred while scanning the design file for a valve operator thatrequires a second orientation. This is probably an Intergraph software problem.

W42 - User Symbol Library not found.

The user symbol library, specified in the options file, cannot be found or the currentextraction process does not have privilege to access it.

W43 - Bolt-thru component encountered at a loop closure

W44 - The last start point is chosen to be the traversal start point

The segment occurrence is different with that of the last start point

Old - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194661

New - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194662

Page 409: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 13

W45 - Error locating segment for logical pipe support

W46 - Error computing pipe support orientation.

An error occurred in the calculation to pipe support. The connect point orientationsshould be checked in graphics to confirm that they are correct.

W47 - Detail sketch directory not found

W48 - Detail Drawing definition file not found

W49 - Weld Definition Format file not found

W50 - Error retrieving weld numbers

W51 - Very short pipe encountered

W52 - Enclosure type is invalid

W53 - Label: $1 in triangle box exceeds maximum length of two

W54 - Label: $1 in diamond box exceeds maximum length of three

W55 - Overlapping components were detected. Refer to the HITS report fordetails.

W56 - Two end points match the last start point segment occurrence

The end closest to the last start point is the chosen start point

Old - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194661

New - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195334 Segment Occ: 4194661

W57 - Only one end point matches the last start point segment occurrence

This end point is chosen to be the traversal start point

Old - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194661

New - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195334 Segment Occ: 4194661

Page 410: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 14 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

W58 - No end point matches the last start point segment occurrence

The end closest to the last start point is the chosen start point

Old - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194661

New - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195334 Segment Occ: 4194661

W59 - Components from spool 1 on sheet 2 were deleted

Refer to sheet 4 for the updated spool 3

W60 - Cannot access material listing definition file

W61 - Intergraph option 15 is 0

Spool number generation will be based on ISOGEN switch 39

W62 - The last component on sheet 1 was added prior to this extraction

Partition: 8 Table: 3 Occ: 32 120

W63 - Cannot access Bending Parameters file <file name>

W64 - Error in rotation matrix for pipe support. Pipe support <OccuranceNumber> in Model attachment number <Model number>.

W65 - Error opening PDME neutral file. File will not be created. <File name>.

W66 - No component was encountered. The start point will be referenced forStructural Dimension.

W67 - FrameWork Ascii file not found in the project directory. <File name>

Page 411: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 15

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A.1.3 Error Messages

E2 - Error reading type 63 element from design file.

The primary model file (the first model file input) does not contain the proper type 63elements. Check the file with EDG and/or attempt to work in it in graphics.

E3 - Error opening input data file - pdsidf.dat.

An error occurred when attempting to open the input file to the ISOGEN interface.Check to make sure that file pdsidf.dat exists in the default VMS directory.

E4 - Error retrieving project information

E5 -Invalid primary model file - file does not exist

E6 - No valid model design file specified.

Of the list of design files input to the ISOGEN interface none were considered valid.Refer to error messages generated previous to this one for more detail.

E7 - Invalid extraction criteria is defined in Intergraph options block word 22.

Valid values are 0 or 1. The extraction criteria defined in the options fileINTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK is invalid. Correct the options file.

E8 - No extraction criteria defined.

No extraction criteria specified in the input file to the ISOGEN interface was found tobe valid. Correct the inputs for identification of the lines to extract.

E9 - First header record must be a line name id (-6) record. Modify thePIPELINE_HEADER table in the extraction options file.

The first entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table in the options file must always be a-6 record for the line name or line id. Correct the table in the options file.

E10 - Error opening intermediate data file.

An error has occurred in creating an output file in the default directory. Make sureyou have write access to it.

Page 412: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 16 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

E11 - Broken pipes exceed the maximum allowed 100 occurrences.

There are more than 100 pipes broken with the branch weld or pipe support for theextracted pipeline. Reduce the number of pipes broken and contact Intergraph to getthe maximum allowed broken pipes increased.

E12 - Error retrieving type 63 elements.

An error has occurred in retrieving the primary (first) model file type 63 elements.Check the file with EDG and make sure that you can work in the file in graphics.

E13 - Error opening Standard Notes Library.

An error has occurred in opening the standard notes library that is specified in theprimary model file type 63 data. Check that the library is properly attached with theRDB software.

E14 - Error opening spec database.

An error has occurred initializing the spec database. Make sure that it is properlyattached to the primary (first) model file using the RDB software.

E15 - Number of connect points exceeded internal limit of 2000 connect points.

The maximum number of connect points per extraction is 2000. Break the line intotwo separate line names and re-extract the line as two separate isometrics.

E17 - Attempted to pop nonexistent tap stack entry.

This message indicates an internal software problem that should be reported toIntergraph. When it does occur it should only be in connection with lines thatcontain tapped components.

E18 - Internal stack limit exceeded.

This message indicates an internal software problem that should be reported toIntergraph. When it does occur it should only be in connection with lines thatcontain tapped components.

E19 - Error opening mto tables file.

An error has occurred while trying to open the mto neutral file map that is specifiedin the options file. Check the file specification in the options file and make sure youhave read access to the file.

Page 413: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 17

E20 - Error reading mto tables file.

An error has occurred while trying to read an entry in the mto neutral file map.Check that the table entries have the correct format.

E21 - Error reading database occurrence.

An error has occurred in trying to read a record from the database base on a designfile linkage. This error indicates potentially serious problems in the model. It isstrongly recommended that the model be analyzed to determine the extent of theproblem and to correct the situation.

E22 - Internal table lookup error for IDF record numbers.

The record number taken from the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map for a componentdoes not exist in an internal table. Check the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map to makesure that it contains only those record numbers allowed by ISOGEN.

E23 - Environment variable ISOOPTION not defined or file does not exist

E24 - Error opening ISOGEN options file.

The options file exists but it could not be opened. Make sure that proper access to thefile exists.

E25 - Error reading iso extraction options file.

An error has occurred while reading an entry in the options file. Make sure thatoptions file entries have the proper format. If the return code is -998 then this errorindicates that a options file table has exceeded the maximum allowable size. In thiscase you should reduce the number of table entries and contact Intergraph to get thetable size increased.

E26 - Error opening PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.

An error has occurred while opening the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map. Check theoptions file entry to make sure that the file is properly specified.

E27 - Error reading the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map - No valid entries defined inthe table.

The PDS to ISOGEN symbol was successfully read but no valid entries were found inthe table.

E28 - Error opening valve/operator file.

An error has occurred while opening the valve / valve operator symbol map. Checkthe options file to make sure that the file is properly specified.

Page 414: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 18 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

E29 - Error reading size of valve/operator table.

The first entry in the valve / valve operator table is a record that contains thenumber of rows and columns in the table. An error has occurred while attempting toread these values. Check that the format of the table is correct.

E30 - Valve/operator table is too large.

The valve / valve operator table is larger than the maximum currently allowed by thesoftware. Reduce the table size and contact Intergraph to get the maximum sizeincreased.

E31 - Error reading valve/operator table values.

An error has occurred while reading the body of the valve / valve operator table. Thisusually indicates that the table sizes defined in the first record of the file areincorrect.

E32 - Error initializing the piping design database

E33 - No components were found that match the database search criteria.

Either the line name substrings or line ID’s that were specified in the input do notidentify any lines that exist in the input model files. Check the inputs to make surethat they are correct and agree with the line name or attributes that make up theline id.

E34 - Invalid node or path for iso design file

E35 - Internal error generating material pointer.

An internal software error has occurred in generating a material pointer for an olettype component. If the software were allowed to continue the bill-of-material wouldbe generated incorrectly. Contact Intergraph if you receive this error.

E36 - Internal error generating material pointer for downstream component.

This error is the same as error number E35.

E37 - Transformed coordinate exceeds the maximum.

This error is caused from a coordinate that is too large to pass to ISOGEN. Allcoordinates are transformed to the output coordinate system (as controlled by theIntergraph options block) and then converted to 1/100’s of millimeters for ISOGEN.This value must fit within a 4 byte integer. This limitation results in a maximumcoordinate value of 21,474 meters, or 70,450 feet or approximately 13.3 miles.

Page 415: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 19

E38 - Internal error generating component item code.

An error occurred while generating the item code for a stub (from a lap joint flange).Contact Intergraph if you get this error message.

E39 - Error accessing spec for implied item.

An occurred while attempting to read the spec database entry for a stub. Check thatthe entry exists in the database. The stub spec entry should have the same lookupparameters as the flange except that the option code should be the flange option codeplus 5000.

E41 - Error title block tables file

E42 - Error opening project database

E43 - Error reading database record

E44 - Error reading database record

E45 - Line is composed of multiple disconnected sections.

This error results from trying to extract a pipeline that is either incomplete orincorrect and exists in the model in multiple unconnected pieces. It is not enough forall the segments to be connected. There must be components on top of the segmentsthat are connected.

E46 - Line does not contain a valid traversal start-point.

This error occurs when the ISOGEN interface finds it impossible to obey ISOGENrules for traversal of the pipeline network. The only work-around is to split thepipeline into two smaller sections and then extract the sections individually.

E47 - Number of sections does not match specified value.

For pipelines that are intentionally disconnected (for example, the line leaves thepiping area, goes into the rack and then re-enters the area somewhere else) then youmust specify the number of disconnected sections for the line in the Batch Data File.When the number of sections you specify does not match the number encountered inthe model, this error occurs. Check the model to determine whether the Batch DataFile or the model is incorrect.

E48 - Invalid section number.

Invalid inputs have been passed to the ISOGEN interface for multi-section pipelinesin pdsidf.dat. Report this error to Intergraph.

Page 416: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 20 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

E49 - Component does not have an entry in the PDS to iso symbol map.

(This error does not apply to ISOGEN.)

E51 - Induction bend stack limit exceeded.

An internal data structure overflowed while processing a line containing inductionbends. Report this error to Intergraph.

E52 - Error initializing DFPI Model number: $1

E53 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot determine cog for mtoneutral file

E54 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot process offset geometrycomponent

E55 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot process offset geometrycomponent

E56 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot process 180 degree turn

E57 - Total number of segments exceeds the maximum number of segments

E58 - Check the number of table entries specified against the actual number oftable entries. Also, check the format of each table entry

E59 - Error retrieving the graphic commodity library name

E60 - Error initializing the piping project database

E61 - Error accessing the standard note library name

E62 - Error accessing the piping specification database name

E63 - An internal table size limit has been exceeded

E64 - No model was found with the specified discipline

E65 - No components were found that match the database search criteria

Page 417: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 21

E66 - Unable to locate component’s user data

E67 - Error initializing the project database

E68 - Error reading model $1 from the database

E69 - Error mounting design file $1$2

E70 - Error reading the last traversal start point

Section Number: 1 Drawing Index Number: 150

E71 - Line extends over the maximum limit of 256 design file.

E72 - The chosen starting point is not the last traversal start point

Stop extraction because Intergraph option 68 is set to 1

Old - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194661

New - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195334 Segment Occ: 4194661

E73 - Error opening piping job specification table library <Library name>.

E75 - Error updating symbol library.

E76 - Error stroking elements to ascii file.

E77 - Error locating drawing file.

E78 - Error locating index file.

E79 - Error locating library path.

E80 - Error - $1 not found.

E81 - Error - Drawing and Index file must be specified.

E82 - Error - Drawing, Index and Library files must be specified.

E83 - Extraction Failed: Possibly caused by Olet owned by branch.

Page 418: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 22 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A.2 ISOGEN

The error messages issued by ISOGEN (through IZOD2) are directed to two places. Errorsissued by ISOGEN proper are directed to the ISOGEN message file. This file is either namedin the options file or has the same name as the output iso file name with an extension of.msg. Errors generated by the Intergraph design file interface are directed to a file namedIZOD2.ERR. When IZOD2 is run through the delivered command procedures thenIZOD2.ERR is appended to any error message file created by the ISOGEN interface - pdsidf.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A.2.1 ISOGEN message file errors

(35:2003) - WELD NUMBERS HAVE CAUSED DATA OVERFLOW

An internal buffer for weld data has overflowed. Try a manual split of the pipelineinto more sections.

(35:2004) - INPUT DATA OVERFLOW

The pipeline is too big. It must be extracted in smaller sections.

(35:2005) - TEE OFF TEE GREATER THAN 20 DEEP

This message indicates that the piping network being extracted contains brancheswhich are too deeply nested for ISOGEN to handle. A branch off from the pipelineheader is level 1. A branch off from the level 1 branch is level 2. A branch off from alevel 2 branch is a level 3 branch. The maximum level branch that ISOGEN canhandle is a level 20 branch.

(35:2007) - TEE IN SKEW

ISOGEN has detected an internal inconsistency. Check the resulting drawing.

(35:2008) - DATA FAULT SKEW

Same as 35:2007

(35:2009) - SKEW WITH NO CONTENTS

Same as 35:2007

Page 419: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 23

(35:2010) - FITTING WITH OFFSET NOT IN LINE WITH PIPE

The offset of a fitting is not in line with an adjacent item. This is possibly a programor input data error. Check the resulting drawing.

(35:2011) - ANGLE FAIL

Unacceptable pipeline direction detected. This is possibly a program or input dataerror. Check the resulting drawing.

(35:2012) - DATA FAULT

ISOGEN detected a problem in some internal data. This is possibly a program orinput data error. Check the resulting drawing.

(35:2012) - DATA FAULT, DOUBLEBACK PIPE

Occasionally, doubleback pipe errors can be erroneously generated. This occurs whenthe extracted pipeline and the grid line or structural column are located in the sameplace. In this case, there will be one dimension to the structural element and theFAIL message will appear on the face of the iso. This can occur regardless if theisometric extracts with no other errors.

In the following graphic, pipeline and Grid Line 3 are coincident with one another.This is interpreted by the ISOGEN software as a pipeline that doubles back on itselfwhich results in the FAIL message on the isometric drawing.

If the reference point on the pipe resides in the same plane as the structuralcomponent or grid line, a FAIL message will appear on the isometric and the .err filewill report a doubleback pipe error. This error is a result of the manner in which theISOGEN software interprets the .idf file and should be ignored.

Page 420: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 24 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

(35:2013) - DATA FAULT UP DOWN

Same as 35:2012

(35:2014) - DATA FAULT EAST WEST

Same as 35:2012

(35:2015) - DATA FAULT NORTH SOUTH

Same as 35:2012

(35:2016) - DATA OVERFLOW, DRAWING REJECTED, TOO MUCH DATA, TRYSMALLER SPLIT

Too much data is being put onto too small a sheet. Either insert some manualpipeline splits or use a larger paper size.

(35:2017) - MESSAGE FAIL

An error has occurred positioning messages on the drawing. This is caused by toomany messages. Manually splitting the drawing might get around the problem.

(35:2018) - SHAPE FAIL

Drawing generation has failed. It might succeed if viewed from another direction.

(35:2019) - DRAWING HEIGHT EXCEEDS ALLOWED 999 MM

The maximum drawing height is 999 mm.

(35:2020) - TOO MANY COORDINATES IN FITTINGS

Too many user-defined fittings have caused an internal array to overflow. Reducethe size of the user symbol library.

(35:2021) - TOO MANY FITTINGS

Same as 35:2020.

(35:2023) - WARNING, PAPER SIZE > A1 OR AD - THIS MAY PRODUCEUNACCEPTABLE RESULTS.

Too large a paper size might result in unacceptable drawings.

Page 421: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 25

(35:2025) - CHECK

ISOGEN considers that the drawing layout requires checking to make sure that it issatisfactory.

(35:2026) - FAIL

ISOGEN considers that the drawing has failed in one of the stages of setting it up forplotting.

(35:1001) - OVER 200 ALTERNATIVE TEXT RECS. FOLLOWING DATA IGNORED.MORE THAN 200 TEXT RECORDS - DEFAULT TABLE USED.

ISOGEN allows a maximum of 200 ATEXT’s. Anything more will be ignored.

(35:1002)

Same as 35:1001.

(35:1003)

Same as 35:1001.

(35:1004) - FITTING NOT FOUND - DEFAULT SHAPE USED

A fitting shape key cannot be located. The non-category component is place of theone specified.

(35:1009) - OVERFLOW IN DATA - PIPELINE REJECTED

The pipeline is too big, causing an internal buffer to overflow. Manual splitting of thedrawing or a larger sheet size might solve the problem.

(35:1015) - INVALID ITEM/ DESCRIPTION POINTER

An mto pointer in the intermediate data file points to an item that doesn’t exist. Thisis an Intergraph interface error.

(35:1016) - ITEM CODE WIDTH ERROR - APPENDED TEXT LOST

An item code is larger the value specified in the ISOGEN options block.

(35:1018) - NO FITTING DETAILS EXIST FOR FITTING CODE

An internal table lookup failed. This is an ISOGEN bug.

Page 422: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 26 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

(35:1019) - FITTINGS OVERLAP WHICH CANNOT BE CUT BACK

Coordinates of adjacent components overlap and the fittings can be trimmed (that is,a flanged valve).

(35:1020) - INSUFFICIENT LENGTH ON OVERLAPPING FITTINGS TO ALLOWCUTBACK

Adjacent fittings which can be trimmed overlap, but not enough for the requiredcutback.

(35:1021) - RUN ABORTED. THE WIDTH OR HEIGHT (EXCLUDING BORDERS,MATERIAL LIST, ETC) IS LESS THAN 50 MM. THIS IS NOT ENOUGH ROOM FORTHE ISOMETRIC.

The drawing size is too small or the margins are too large.

(35:1022) - THE MATERIAL CODE IS TOO WIDE AND HAS BEEN CHANGED FROM— TO —

The material code has been trimmed to the maximum allowable length.

(35:1026) - ERROR - UNABLE TO OPEN INTERMEDIATE DATA FILE

Usually this indicates that you have forgotten to execute the ASCII to binaryconversion program. The ASCII output generated by the ISOGEN interface must beconverted to binary (using DATCON.COM) before executing IZOD2.

(35:1027) - WARNING - ILLEGAL SCALE FACTOR FOUND FOR LINE FLOWARROW - DEFAULT SCALE 8 USED

The scale factor used for the pipeline flow arrow was set to an invalid value.

(35:1029) - WARNING - NO POSITION GIVEN FOR RECORD ID. -

This message indicates an error in the ISOGEN interface.

(35:1030) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN TEXT POSITIONING ARRAY

The maximum number of text positioning records has been exceeded in theintermediate data file. Reduce the number of drawing annotations.

(35:1031) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN PIPELINE HEADER ARRAY

The maximum number of pipeline header attributes has been exceeded. Reduce thenumbers of entries in the options file PIPELINE_HEADER_TABLE.

Page 423: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 27

(35:1032) - WARNING - ONLY NEW FORMAT SPEC BREAK ALLOWED ON SYSTEMISOMETRICS. SET SPEC BREAK SWITCH TO NEW FORMAT.

The ISOGEN option controlling the spec break format must be set to 1.

(35:1033) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN PIPELINE HEADER DATA (PIPELINEREJECTED)

An internal array holding pipeline header data has overflowed.

(35:1034) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN USER DEFINED SPOOL NAME ARRAY

Too many spools have been defined in the isometric.

(35:1035) - WARNING - USER DEFINED SPOOL NAME EXCEEDS MAX OF 30 -ONLY FIRST 30 WILL BE OUTPUT AT FRAME POSITION.

A user defined spool name is too large.

(35:1036) - WARNING - USER PREFIXED SPOOL NAME EXCEEDS MAX OF 30 -ONLY FIRST 30 WILL BE OUTPUT AT FRAME POSITION.

A user prefixed spool name is too large.

(35:1037) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN PIPELINE HEADER DATA ON SYSTEM ISO

A system isometric is composed of too many pipelines.

(35:1038) - WARNING - USER DEFINED FITTING NEW KEY ALREADY EXISTS -OLD SHAPE USED.

The new shape key (skey) for a user defined symbol already exists within ISOGEN.Another symbol name must be chosen.

(35:1039) - ERROR - USER DEFINED FITTING OLD KEY NOT FOUND

The old shape key (skey) for a user defined symbol does not exist. An existing symbolkey must be used for the old skey.

(35:1040) - ERROR - USER DEFINED FITTING OLD KEY NOT SET

A user defined symbol does not have an old shape key (skey) defined for it. Userdefined symbols must have an old or existing shape key as part of the definition ofthe new symbol.

Page 424: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 28 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

(35:1041) - WARNING - USER DEFINED FITTING SPINDLE KEY NOT FOUND

The spindle key specified for a user defined ISOGEN fitting cannot be found.

(35:1042) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN USER DEFINED FITTING ARRAY

An internal buffer has overflowed due to too many user defined components.

(35:1043) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN FITTING SHAPE ARRAY

An internal buffer has overflowed due to too many user defined symbols.

(35:1044) - WARNING - OVERFLOW IN USER POSITIONED TABLE FOR RECORDID

An internal buffer has overflowed due to too many user positioned title block records.

(35:1045) - ERROR - USER TEXT POSITIONED OUTSIDE DRAWING FOR RECORDID - TEXT OUTPUT AT DRAWING ORIGIN.

Bad user defined text coordinates have been specified.

(35:1048) - WARNING - ONLY 30 CHARACTERS ALLOWED IN PIPELINE NAME ONCUT PIPE SUMMARY.

The pipeline name in the cut pipe summary report can not exceed 30 characters.

(35:1052) - WARNING - OVERFLOW IN CUT PIPE REPORT ARRAY, ONLY 2000ENTRIES ALLOWED.

The maximum cut pipe report size has been exceeded.

(35:1053) - WARNING - OVERFLOW IN USER DEFINED OFFSET FITTINGS, ONLY100 ENTRIES ALLOWED.

The maximum of 100 user defined offset fittings has been exceeded.

(35:1054) - WARNING - INSTRUMENT NAME RESTRICTED TO TWO LINES.

Instrument tag numbers are restricted to two lines.

(35:1055) - WARNING - INSTRUMENT NAME EXCEEDS BALLOON SIZE.

An instrument tag number is larger than the balloon size specified in the ISOGENoptions block.

Page 425: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 29

(35:1056) - ERROR - UNABLE TO OPEN USER FITTING FILE

ISOGEN is unable to open the user defined symbol library. Check that the file existsand that ISOGEN has read access to it.

(35:1057) - ERROR - UNABLE TO POSITION SUPPORT/COMMENTS FROM CO-ORDINATES GIVEN - ATTA HAS NOT BEEN DIMENSIONED, CHECK POSITIONON DRAWING.

ISOGEN was unable to position a pipe support and its comment.

(35:1058) - WARNING - SPLIT POINT POSITIONED AT LINE/BRANCH END -SPLIT POINT IGNORED.

A user defined split point was placed at an endpoint of the pipeline.

(35:1059) - WARNING - SPLIT POINT HAS BEEN POSITIONED INCORRECTLY -SPLIT POINT HAS BEEN REPOSITIONED.

ISOGEN has rejected a user defined split point and repositioned it.

(35:1060) - WARNING - TAP OFF POINT CONNECTED TO STANDARD FITTING -TAP OFF SHOWN FROM FITTING CENTER.

A tap is called for on a fitting that is not user defined. The tap point is taken to bethe center of the fitting.

(35:1061) - WARNING - NO DIRECTION GIVEN FOR UNDEVELOPED FITTINGTAP - DIRECTION ASSUMED FROM FITTING COORDINATES.

ISOGEN cannot determine a direction of a fitting tap. A default direction isassumed. Cut lengths have been suppressed for pipe not in the material list, checkisometric drawing.

(35:1062) - WARNING - PIPE CONFLICT (PIPE ON/OFF MATERIAL LIST) - CHECKCUT LIST.

ISOGEN is unable to position comments using the given coordinates.

() (NEW) - WARNING - BATCH INPUT FILE CREATED WITH EARLIER VERSIONOF PD_ISO BATCH INPUT FILE VERSION: BATCH DATA VER 4.0

Iso types are not represented in a batch input file created prior to PD_ISO version5.00.00.05. You should recreate all batch input files using a PD_ISO version greaterthan 5.00.00.05.

Page 426: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 30 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

(35:1099) (New) - ERROR - UNABLE TO POSITION COMMENT USING CO-ORDINATES GIVEN COMMENT RECORD CO-ORDS ARE ***** ***** ***** CHECKLOCATION OF COMMENT ON DRAWING

ISOGEN is unable to position ’skey’ using the given coordinates.

(35:1101) (New) - ERROR - UNABLE TO POSITION ’skey’ USING CO-ORDINATESGIVEN ’skey’ RECORD CO-ORDS ARE ***** ***** ***** CHECK POSITION ONDRAWING

ISOGEN has received an unacceptable position for ’skey’ symbol.

(35:1104) (New) - ERROR - UNACCEPTABLE POSITION FOR ’skey’ SYMBOL ’skey’RECORD CO-ORDS ARE ***** ***** ***** SYMBOL NOT ON DRAWING

Page 427: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 31

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A.2.2 Design File Interface Error Messages

E1 - Error opening IZOD2 error file

For some reason the error file created by the design file interface could not be opened.Check to make sure that you have write access to the current default directory.

E2 - Logical name ISOSEED is not defined or the iso seed file does not exist

This error message can only be generated when a wildcard character is used in theoutput design file name. When this is the case then IZOD2 copies the seed file itselffor each sheet that is generated. If the logical name is not defined or the file does notexist then the file cannot be copied.

E3 - Iso design file not found

This error message is issued when the output design file cannot be found. It can onlybe issued when the output design file name does not contain a wildcard character. Inthis case the output file must be created prior to executing IZOD2.

E5 - Error opening the isometric design file

An error has occurred in opening the output iso design file for block i/o. Verify thatthe file is not already open, that you have write access to the file and that the file is adesign file.

E6 - Error creating new iso design file

An error has occurred in copying the seed iso file to a new iso design file. This errorcan only be issued when the output iso file name contains a wild card character.

E8 - Error opening the isometric design file

This message is the same as E5, except that it is only issued when the iso design filename contains a wild card character.

E9 - Error writing graphics to design file

This message indicates that a write operation to the design file could not becompleted successfully.

Page 428: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 32 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________A.3 Batch Extraction Software Error Messages

The following error codes may be reported in the batch extraction log file:

1 - Cannot Mount Batch Input File

When this error is encountered, verify the following:

1. Check if the Node/path/file exists.

2. Find out if the remote node is up.

3. Check if the /etc/exports file of the remote node contains the path to bemounted.

2 - Error Initializing Project DBS

Verify that you have access the Database Server.

3 - Error Initializing Piping DBS

Verify that you have access the Database Server.

4 - Error Initializing Job Spec DBS

Verify that you have access the Database Server.

5 - Error Reading Project Options (Default Set)

System was trying to read the Project Options from the database server.

6 - Error Mounting Working Directory

Probable Reason:

1. Check if the Node/path/file exists.

2. Find out if the remote node is up.

3. Check if the /etc/exports file of the remote node contain the path to be mounted.

Page 429: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 33

7 - Error Changing To Working Directory

Check Your directory privileges.

8 - Error Creating Temp Sub-Directory in

Check Your directory privileges.

9 - Error Opening Batch Input file

An error occurred when the batch command procedure attempted to open the batchjob input file. Make sure that the file protections on the file are such that thecommand procedure can open the file.

10 - Record Too Long In Batch Input File

See the log files for the specific record (line) is causing the problem.

11 - Batch Input File Version Invalid:

The batch input file was created with a previous software version and the format isno longer valid.

12 - Error Reading Batch Input File

An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. Look in thebatch log file to determine the cause of the problem.

13 - Error Writing To Batch Input File

The command procedure does not have write access to the output file directory thatwas specified by the selected default set. The process under which batch iso’s areexecuting must have write access to the output file directory.

The line may have been successfully processed. See the log files to verify successfulprocessing.

14 - Invalid Default Set Line In Batch Input file

Refer to the logs file to determine cause of this problem.

15 - Error Changing To Master Work Directory

Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the /usr/tmp directory.

Page 430: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 34 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

16 - Work Directory:<directory name>

Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the /usr/tmp directory.

17 - Error Changing To Working Sub-directory

Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the /usr/tmp directory.

18 - Cannot Mount Output Iso Directory (ISOPATH)

Most common reasons for this error:

1. Check if the Node/path/file exists.

2. Find out if the remote node is up.

3. Check if the /etc/exports file of the remote node contain the path to be mounted.

Also,for interactive extraction, verify that the Environment variable ISOPATH, incontrol.sh is set to a valid directory.

19 - Error Moving To Output ISO Directory

Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the output path specified by theselected default set.

20 - Error Changing To Directory

Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the /usr/tmp directory.

21 - Error Deleting Temp Sub-Directory

Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the /usr/tmp directory.

22 - Error Renaming pdsidf.dat Or pdsidf.err

One or both of these files could not be renamed to isoname.dat or isoname.err.

23 - Error Starting ’Iso Interface’ Process

When this error is encountered, check the following:

1. Verify that the ISO software has been downloaded by keying in dates PD_ISOat the UNIX prompt.

2. Verify that there are not too many process running on the workstation.

3. Verify that the system has enough memory.

Page 431: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 35

24 - Error Returned From batch.sh

See the log files for more information.

25 - Error Copying/Adding To pdsidf.dat

The command procedure does not have write access to the output file directoryspecified in the selected default set. The process under which batch iso’s is executingmust have write access to the output file directory.

26 - Error Opening/Reading/Closing sheets.tmp

An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. Look in thebatch log file to determine the cause of the problem.

27 - Invalid Options String

Check the default set through ’Revise Default Set’. There might have been an errorsetting up the Default Set when it was first defined.

28 - Error Writing To Batch Log

The command procedure does not have write access to the output file directoryspecified in the selected default set. The process under which batch iso’s is executingmust have write access to the output file directory.

29 - Error Opening/Closing Batch Log

An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. Look in thebatch log file to determine the cause of the problem.

30 - MTO File Name > 14 characters

Filename in Unix are limited to 14 characters

31 - Fatal Error In batch.sh

When this error is encountered, check the following:

1. Verify that the ISO software has been downloaded.

2. Verify that there are not too many process running on the workstation.

3. Verify that the system has enough memory.

Page 432: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 36 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

32 - Unable To Obtain Local Node Name

Check to see if the workstation’s node name has been correctly set up. Consult yoursystem administrator.

33 - Error Creating Directory In <directory name>

Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the /usr/tmp directory.

34 - Unable To Save Previous Files In <directory name>

Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the /usr/tmp directory.

35 - Unable To Create Error Directory

Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the /usr/tmp directory.

36 - Unable To Save In Error Directory

Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the /usr/tmp directory.

37 - Serious Interface Error

Refer to the log files to determine the cause of the problem. The Problem Line shouldbe run with Debug & Verify turned on. Contact Intergraph system support and sendthem all of the generated files.

38 - Error Returning From ’Iso Interface’

See the log files for more information.

39 - Iso Interface - Abnormal Exit (Unix Error): Due To Signal

This is a UNIX internal error. Check the Unix Signal returned error code todetermine the problem.

40 - Batch.sh - Abnormal Exit (Unix Error): Due To Signal

This is a UNIX internal error. Check the Unix Signal returned error code todetermine the problem.

41 - Batch.sh - returned invalid error code

The ksh has detected a possible UNIX error.

Page 433: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 37

42 - Error Starting batch.sh

This error is usually caused by either a memory or input/output problem.

When this error is encountered, check the following:

1. Verify that the ISO software has been downloaded.

2. Verify that there are not too many process running on the workstation.

3. Verify that the system has enough memory.

43 - Error in starting (exec call) batch.sh

The batch.sh cannot be found. Verify that the PD_ISO environment variable in thecontrol.sh has beed defined properly. This file should be located in/usr#/ip32/pdiso/bin.

45 - Project Name Format Invalid In Batch Input file

Check if the Project Name in Batch Input File is present or a valid one.

46 - Error In Executing Ksh Command

An error occurred when starting another process.

When this error is encountered, check the following:

1. Verify that the ISO software has been downloaded.

2. Verify that there are not too many process running on the workstation.

3. Verify that the system has enough memory.

48 - Run Aborted - Job Log May Have More Info

See the log files for more information.

49 - Problem Line Not Processed After Restart of Iso Interface

There was a problem with a line. The Iso Interface was re-executed to avoid a crash,the problem line was not processed after restarting the Iso Interface

50 - Error in calling system

An error occurred when starting another process.

When this error is encountered, check the following:

1. Verify that the ISO software has been downloaded.

Page 434: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 38 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

2. Verify that there are not too many process running on the workstation.

3. Verify that the system has enough memory.

51 - Could Not Open pdsidf.dat

An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. First, verifythat the file exists. If the file exists, look in the batch log file to determine the causeof the problem.

52 - Could Not Open seed.dat

An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. First, verifythat the file exists. If the file exists, look in the batch log file to determine the causeof the problem.

53 - Area Not Found In Project

When this error is encountered, verify that:

1. the database server is running.

2. the area name has been altered in the batch input file.

3. the project area was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.

54 - Area/Line Not Found In ISO Database

When this error is encountered, verify that:

1. the database server is running.

2. the line ID has not been altered in the Batch Input file.

3. the line was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.

55 - No Model Found for Area

When this error is encountered, verify that:

1. the database server is running.

2. the model name has not been altered in the Batch Input file.

3. the model was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.

Page 435: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 39

56 - Project Defaults Not Set

When this error is encountered, verify that:

1. the database server is running.

2. the default set name has not been altered in the Batch Input file.

3. the default set was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.

57 - Error Reading Project Option File Names

When this error is encountered, verify that:

1. the database server is running.

2. the default set name has not been altered in the Batch Input file.

3. the default set was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.

58 - Cannot Close File

An error, possibly a UNIX error, was encountered in closing a file.

59 - Unable To Process Area/Line

Refer to the log files for more detailed information.

60 - Error Reading Drawing Revision Records

When this error is encountered, verify that:

1. the database server is running.

2. the line ID has not been altered in the Batch Input file.

3. the line ID name was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.

61 - Error Updating Drawing Record

Verify that the database server is running.

62 - Defaults Set Not Found

When this error is encountered, verify that:

1. the database server is running.

2. the default set name has not been altered in the Batch Input file.

Page 436: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 40 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

3. the default set was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.

64 - Error Updating Drawing Revision Record

Verify that the database server is running.

65 - Error Writing to file

The command procedure does not have write access to the output file directoryspecified in the selected default set. The process under which batch iso’s is executingmust have write access to the output file directory.

66 - Error Mounting Iso Seed Design File (ISOSEED)

When this error is encountered, verify the following:

1. Check if the Node/path/file exists.

2. Find out if the remote node is up.

3. Check if the /etc/exports file of the remote node contain the path to be mounted.

68 - Error Initializing Microstation message

The First Design File in the Current Area being processed could not be initialized byMicrostation.

69 - Error Mounting Iso Plot File (ISOPLOT)

When this error is encountered, verify the following:

1. Check if the Node/path/file exists.

2. Find out if the remote node is up.

3. Check if the /etc/exports file of the remote node contain the path to be mounted.

70 - Error Exporting Environment Variable

Unix Error: check the amount of available workstation memory.

71 - Error Mounting Output Directory

When this error is encountered, verify the following:

1. Check if the Node/path/file exists.

2. Find out if the remote node is up.

Page 437: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 41

3. Check if the /etc/exports file of the remote node contain the path to be mounted.

72 - Error Mounting Border File (ISOBORDER)

When this error is encountered, verify the following:

1. Check if the Node/path/file exists.

2. Find out if the remote node is up.

3. Check if the /etc/exports file of the remote node contain the path to be mounted.

73 - Unexpected Error From JOBCTL

An error has occurred in creating input for the ISOGEN interface using data from thebatch job input file. This error should only occur if the batch job input file is out ofsync with the Batch Data File. The two files can get out of sync if lines are deletedafter they have been added to a batch job input file.

75 - Abnormal Database Error (See System Log)

See the Log files for more information.

99 - Fatal Error while running the Batch Job: batch.sh

See the Log files for more information.

101 - Intermediate File Does Not Exist

A fatal error has occurred in the generating the intermediate file from the ISOGENinterface. Look in the error log produced by the interface to determine the cause ofthe problem.

102 - Error Generating Binary IDF File

An error has occurred in converting the intermediate data file produced by theISOGEN interface to binary. This usually indicates an earlier problem in theISOGEN interface. Look at the error log produced by the interface to determine thecause of the problem.

103 - Isometric Seed File Does Not Exist

The isometric seed file specified in the Batch Data File does not exist. Either createthe seed file or change the file specification in the Batch Data File.

Page 438: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 42 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

104 - Error Running ISOGEN Interface (ISOGEN)

A fatal error running ISOGEN has occurred. Look at the error log produced by theISOGEN interface and also at the ISOGEN message file. Error messages generatedby the Intergraph design file interface will be written to the error log. Errormessages generated by ISOGEN will be written to the message file.

110 - Error Splitting The MTO Neutral File

When the ISOGEN interface produces an mto neutral file, the batch softwareautomatically splits it into several files, each containing the mto data for a singlesheet. This error is generated when splitting up the neutral file fails. Make surethat your MTO record map maps component occurrence numbers into the neutralfile.

115 - Error Generating Title Block Text

An error has occurred while attempting to determine which segment attributesshould be placed in the title block of each isometric sheet. Make sure that you haveproperly set your Title Block Table File. Contact Intergraph for help if you cannotsolve the problem.

120 - Iso Sheets File Not Found or Unreadable

An error occurred when the batch command procedure tried to open the file thatcontains the number of isometric sheets generated by ISOGEN. This error indicatesan Intergraph software problem.

121 - Error Reading Iso Sheets File

An error occurred while trying to read the number of iso sheets from a file producedby ISOGEN. This error indicates an Intergraph software problem.

122 - Error Updating Number Of Sheets

Error updating number of sheets An error occurred while updating the number ofdrawing sheets for a multi-section pipeline. Refer to the batch (DCL) log file todetermine the cause of the problem.

123 - Error Opening STIB Input File

An error occurred while trying to create an input file for STIB. This error probablyindicates an Intergraph software error.

124 - Error Filling Out Title Block By STIB

An error has occurred while STIB was attempting to fill out the drawing title block.Make sure that your seed iso design file has plenty of space for both the drawinggraphics and the text that is inserted by STIB. Also make sure that the disk holdingthe batch run directory has plenty of contiguous space. STIB creates a 500 blocktemporary work file that must be contiguous.

Page 439: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 43

125 - Error Getting Previous Manual Details

An error occurred while attempting to move manual details from a previous versionof a drawing to the latest. Refer to the batch (DCL) log file to determine the cause ofthe problem.

130 - Plot Software Does Not Exist

Could not find the Plot Software (IP_IPLOT). If the plotting software is not loaded,set the plot option to No and rerun the iso.

If attempting to perform a batch process, this error could also indicate that you donot have access to the requested queue. Verify that the requested queue name isavailable to the processing node’s batch login.

131 - Plot Seed File Does Not Exist

The isometric seed file specified in the Batch Data File does not exist. Either createthe seed file or change the file specification in the Batch Data File.

132 - Error Opening Or Writing Plot Job File

An error has occurred creating a command procedure to launch an IPLOT plot job.This error is probably due to an Intergraph software problem. Refer to the batch(DCL) log file to determine the cause.

Error occurred while creating the Plot Meta File: Check if there is enough memoryspace.

133 - Error Generating Plot Meta File

Error occurred while creating the Plot Meta File. Verify that the system has enoughmemory.

134 - Error Submitting A Job To ISO_PLOT

An error occurred submitting a job to launch an IPLOT plot. Make sure that the plotqueue ISO_PLOT is properly set up.

135 - Batch Submitting Error Code: 0x10000XXX

An error has occurred in submitting a batch job where XXX is an error return codelisted in the ˜0batch0batchapi0batchapi.h file. For example, the return code0x10000025 is defined as BATCH_ERROR_NO_ACCOUNT_MAPPING (025) INTHE ntbatchapi.h file. In this case, you would verify that your account is mappedcorrectly in the Intergraph Batch Manager.

If the account password has been changed and the password in Account Mapping hasnot been updated since the account was mapped to the valid user, the batch job willstill be reported as, Batch Job Submitted Successfully. The invalid password is not bedetected by NTBATCH until the batch job is started.

Page 440: Isometric Drawing Extraction

A - 44 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Page 441: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-1

Appendix B

Alias ISOGEN Tables

Page 442: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-2 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Page 443: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-3

Tables of Intermediate File Records

Record ID. No. Purpose Remarks

-1 Overflow text record(Used with all types of text records)

-3 Text for Isometric Title Block-4 Special key input

(That is, in-line items given a -4 key is treated in the specialway that Alias instruments are.)

-5 Spare-6-7-8-9

-10-11-12-13-14-15-16-17

Pipeline ReferenceSpareRevision IdentifierProject Identification (Code Number)Batch Reference (Zone Name)Piping Specification NameNominal Pressure Rating (Class)Line Type IdentifierDate of Data TransferInsulation SpecificationTracing SpecificationPainting Specification

PipelineHeaderInformation

-18-19

SpareSpare

-20-21-22-23

Item CodeItem DescriptionTag Number and Hanger NameHanger Tail Reference (ATTA CREF)

-24 Spare-25

-26

New Pipeline Reference(Used to indicate start of new pipeline on multi-pipelineplot.)Specification Change Identifier

Page 444: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-4 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Tables of Intermediate File Records

Record ID. No. Purpose Remarks

-27-28-29

SpareSpareSpare

-30-31-32-33

-34-35-36

-37-38-39-40

Connection Comment - Continued ONConnection Comment - Connected TOHCON/TCON = OPEN (Not used by PDS)HCON/TCON = CLOSEnd Connection Type (such as a cap, blind plug, etc.)HCON = VENT (Not used by PDS)HCON = DRAN (Not used by PDS)Unset HREF or IREF Indicator(But only when HCON or TCON is not set to OPEN, CLOS,VENT, DRAN or SCRD)-36 is used to disable “No Connection ...” notes from beingdisplayed. (See also Intergraph Option 6)Comment on spool, fitting, or hangerDrawing Split Point Indicator ( + + + + )SpareSkewed spindle directions or skewed ecc reducer flatdirections

-51-52-53-54-55-56-57-58-59-60

This block (-51 to -60)is reserved for internalIsodat processing.

-67-80 to -90

-100-101-102-103-104-105

-106

-107

-108

Intergraph Weld Number Record KeyUser-defined Bill of Material RecordsIntermediate data transfer file nameSchema plot file name (For drug frame)Isometric plot file prefixNew/alternative symbol file namesMaterial Control file nameMessage file name(Error and plot confirmation messages)PDMS error system file name(This is not user-definable)PDMS > ISOGEN

(This is not user-definable)Printed Parts List file name

Page 445: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-5

Tables of Intermediate File Records

Record ID. No. Purpose Remarks

-109to

-200

Spare

-201

-500

Reserved for ATEX - foreign language or other alternativetext on isometric(Title Information, End Conditions, etc.)(Full details are available on a separate list)

-501

-502

Reserved for new or alternative to fitting shape definitions.(Full details to be provided later.)

Page 446: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-6 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Record Identification NumbersSpool and In-Line Fitting Records

Please refer to Appendix E, ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions, for further details.

Spool / Fitting Type Record ID Numbers Remarks

InLeg

FirstBranch

Leg

SecondBranch

Leg

OutLeg

Bend 30 - - 31Elbow 35 - - 36O’let 40 41 - 42 Plus a 0 recordTee 45 46 - 47 Plus a 0 recordCross 50 51 52 53 Plus a 0 recordReducer (Con/Ecc) 55 - - - Plus a 0 recordTee Reducer (Con/Ecc) 60 61 - 62 Plus a 0 recordReducing Flange 65 - - - Plus a 0 recordTee Bend/Elbow 70 71 - 72 Plus a 0 recordAngle Valve 75 - - 763 Way Valve 80 81 - 82 Plus a 0 record4 Way Valve 85 86 87 88 Plus a 0 recordInstrument 90 91 92 93 A straight through type

instrument only has 90 &93 record ID Numbers.Instrument Dials only havea 90 record.

Pcom (Misc. PipeComponent)

95 - - 96

Pipe (Tube) 100 - - -Fixed Length Pipe 101 - - -Pipe Block(Fixed Length)

102 - - -

Pipe Block(Variable Length)

103 - - -

Flange 105 - - -Lap Joint Stub End 106 - - -Blank Flange (Blind) 107 - - -Gasket 110 - - -Bolt 115 - - -Weld 120 - - -Cap 125 - - -Coupling 126 - - -Union 127 - - -Valve 130 - - -Trap 132 - - -Vent 134 - - -

Page 447: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-7

Spool and In-Line Fitting Records (continued)

Spool / Fitting Type Record ID Numbers Remarks

InLeg

FirstBranch

Leg

SecondBranch

Leg

OutLeg

Filter 136 - - -User PositionedComment

149 - - - Used to define position

Pipe Hanger/Support 150 - - -180 to 199

inc.- - - Reserved for internal

ISODAT processingBore Record 0 - - -End of File Marker 999 - - -

Page 448: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-8 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Option Switches

This is a brief summary of the option switches operated by the 140-word options block. Recommended default values for eachoption are shown, together with either a list of alternatives or an indication of appropriate data values. Full details (whereappropriate) can be found in Chapters 3 or 4.

Any standard settings (Std. is =) indicated on the following pages are default settings from Alias; these settings are required toproduce a ’STANDARD’ isometric drawing. You can make various alternative settings to meet specific project requirements.

For any switch with multiple switch settings−such as A, B, C, D, E−the switches read from right to left, as shown below.Leading 0s (zeros) can be omitted, but trailing 0s must be included.

Page 449: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-9

Option Switches

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

Cutting List 2 A

B

C

D

0

1

2

0

1

0

1

0

1

Suppress cut pipe list and cut pipe numbers.(default)

Generate cut piece numbers and a cut pipe list.

Cut piece numbers start at 1 on each sheet.

Use old style (limited information) cut piecelist. (default)

Use new style (full information) cut piece list.

Generate numeric cut piece identifiers. (default)

Generate alphabetic cut piece identifiers.

Generate standard cut lengths only. (default)

Generate supplementary output of cut lengths indecimal inches format in the REMARKScolumn of the new style cut piece list. Thissetting only applies when using Imperial Units.

Cut Marks 3 0

1

Std. is = 0 for no cut marks.or set:

For plotted cut marks. (Position relative todrawing frame to be based upon margindimension.)

Character Size(Only controlstext onisometricdrawing)

4 0

1

2

3

4

5

For characters 2.5 mm high (default setting).

For characters 2.1 mm high.

For characters 2.8 mm high.

For characters 3.5 mm high.

For characters 4.2 mm high.

For characters 4.9 mm high.

Page 450: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-10 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

SuppressOutput Of EndCoordinates

5 0

data

Std. = 0 for normal end coordinates to be outputfor -30 to -36 type records.

Optionally set each of the 7 digits in the word to1 or 0 for selective output or suppression of theend coordinates.1101101 = suppress all end coordinates exceptfor the -31 and –34 types records.

Date in TitleBlock

6 A

B

C

0

1

2

3

01

01

Std. is = 0 for date plotted in the form 14 APR88.

EUR for date plotted in the format: 14/04/88

USA for date plotted in the format: 04/14/88

For no plotted date.

Use the date from the IDF file record (-14).Use the computer system date (taken at run time).

Output 2-digit year.Output 4-digit year.

Page 451: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-11

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

DimensionLine StandoutDistance

8 Data < 11

Data ≥ 11

Default to use Standard Dimension LineStandouts (see below). Only used if options 40and 118 are not set

Where a value is set to the required basicstandout distance in whole mm’s.

Standard Dimension Line Standouts:

For SMALL drawing text, set ISOGEN Word 4to 1.A) String/Composite Dimension Standout =12mm.B) Messages/Support & Reference DimensionStandout = 6mmC) Overall Dimension Standout = 18mm

For MEDIUM text, set Word 4 to 0.A) String/Composite Dimen. Standout = 14mm.B) Messages/Support & Reference DimensionStandout = 7mmC) Overall Dimension Standout = 21mm

For LARGE text, set ISOGEN Word 4 to 2.A) String/Composite Dimen. Standout = 16mm.B) Messages/Support & Reference DimensionStandout = 8mmC) Overall Dimension Standout = 24mmFor EXTRA LARGE text, set Word 4 to 3.A) String/Composite Dimen. Standout = 18mm.B) Messages/Support & Reference DimensionStandout = 9mmC) Overall Dimension Standout = 27mm

For EXTRA LARGE text, set Word 4 to 4.A) String/Composite Dimen. Standout = 20mm.B) Messages/Support & Reference Dimen.Standout = 10mmC) Overall Dimen. Standout = 30mm

For EXTRA LARGE text, set Word 4 to 5.A) String/Composite Dimen. Standout = 22mm.B) Messages/Support & Reference DimensionStandout = 11mmC) Overall Dimension Standout = 33mm

Page 452: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-12 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

DimensionLine StandoutDistance(continued)

For EXTRA LARGE text, set Word 4 to 3.A) String/Composite Dimen. Standout = 18mm.B) Messages/Support & Reference DimensionStandout = 9mmC) Overall Dimension Standout = 27mm

For EXTRA LARGE text, set Word 4 to 4.A) String/Composite Dimen. Standout = 20mm.B) Messages/Support & Reference Dimen.Standout = 10mmC) Overall Dimen. Standout = 30mm

For EXTRA LARGE text, set Word 4 to 5.A) String/Composite Dimen. Standout = 22mm.B) Messages/Support & Reference DimensionStandout = 11mmC) Overall Dimension Standout = 33mm

DimensionsOn Drawing

9 A

B

C

0

1

2

3

4

0

1

0

1

Std. is = 0 for isometric with dimensions.

For isometric without any dimensions.

For Support dimensions only.

For COMPOSITE dimensions.

FULL STRING dimensioning, ALLcomponents dimensioned

Do not include gasket thickness in flangedcomponent dimension

Include gasket thickness in flanged component dimension.

Dimension displayed in a broken dimension line.

USA-style dimensioning, dimension displayed above dimension line.

Page 453: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-13

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

DrawingMargin

10

11

12

13

5

data

5

data

5

data

5

data

Std. is = 5 mm for left hand margin dimension.or set:

Alternative value for left margin.

Std. is = 5 mm for right hand margin dimension.or set:

Alternative value for right margin.

Std. is = 5 mm for top margin dimension.or set:

Alternative value for top margin.

Std. is = 5 mm for bottom margin dimension.or set:

Alternative value for bottom margin.

Drawing Size 14

15

16

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

data

data

Std. is = A2 paper size (420 x 594 mm)Or set:

For A1 paper size (594 x 841 mm)

For A3 paper size (297 x 420 mm)

For A4 paper size (210 x 297 mm)Or set:

For AD paper size (22” x 34”)

For AC paper size (17” x 22”)

For AB paper size (11”x17”)

For AA paper size (8.5” x 11”)

For AE size drawings (33” x 44”)

For AO size drawings (841 mm x 1189 mm)Or set:

New value for drawing height in mms

New value for drawing width in mms

Page 454: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-14 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

Flow Arrows 17 0

1

Std. is = 0 for fluid flow arrows on selected in-linecomponents.or set:

To suppress fluid flow arrows.

Frame Control 18 0

1

Std. is = 0 for standard Isoplot drawing frame.or set:

To suppress standard Isoplot drawing frame.

Falling Lines(Slope)

19

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Used to control how falling sections of pipeline areactually to be defined on the iso.

Std. is = 0 to define falling sections of pipeline interms of an angle (i.e., FALL 1.5°.or set:

To define falling sections in terms of a falls ration(i.e., FALL 1:60).

To define falling sections in terms of a fallspercentage (i.e., FALL 1.7%).

To define falling sections in terms of grads(i.e., FALL 1 GRAD).

To define falling sections in terms of an incline (i.e.,FALL 3/16’ PER FT).

To define falling sections interms of an incline (i.e., FALL 16 MM PER M).

To suppress falling line indication.

SlopingPipelineIndicationLimit

20 5

data

Used to define the falls definition cut off point(i.e., to control what degree of steepness shouldbe treated as a fall and what should not). In thiscase, the section concerned is surrounded by thenormal box enclosure.

Std. is = 5 degrees or ratio of 1:11 or 9 percentor 5 gradients or 1" per ft (Imperial) or 88 mmper meter depending upon which key word is setas the first parameter. (All these are approx. =to 5 degrees.)or set:

Page 455: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-15

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

SlopingPipelineIndicationLimit(continued)

20 data To the required value for the desired cut-offvalue of the previous switch (19). If the correctparameter for Switch 19 is set then:-For 9 degree. cut-off, enter 9.For 1:6 cut-off, enter 6.For 16% cut-off, enter 16.For 10 grad. cut-off, enter 10.

For 2" per foot cut-off, enter 2.For 166 mm per cut-off, enter 166.

NOTE:The default cut-off value is 5 degree or itsequivalent as indicated above.

IsometricType

21 0

1

2

6

7

Std. is = 0 for combined isometrics (Fab andErec information.).or set:

For Erection isometrics only.

For Fabrication isometrics only.

For individual Spool isometrics.

For no isometrics from an ISOGEN run.

Loose FlangeAnd Field FitWeldAllowance

22

A/B/C

D/E.F

data

data

Used to control the amount of extra pipe that isadded to both the Cut Length dimensions andthe Material List at Loose Flange and Field FitWeld (FFW) positions.

NOTE:Intergraph Option Switch 62 (Weld NumberDisplay), position C, must be set to 1 forISOGEN 22 to work properly.

Value used for field weldsStandard is 150 mm.Values are in mm.

Value used for offshore weldsStandard is 0 mm.Values are in mm.

Page 456: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-16 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

PlottedMaterial ListControl

23

A

B

C

D

E

0

1

Blank or 0

1

2

Blank or 1

2

3

Blank or 0

1

Blank or 0

1

This option allows control of the material list onthe iso and the style of the material control file.(Material control file generation controlled byIntergraph Option 1.)

Material list plotted

Material list not plotted

No action

This is a sorted STYLE 1 list.Individual part numbers and Pulled Bends aregiven a ‘U’ number . (See ATEXT -356)Gaskets and Bolts are accumulated. Welds aregiven W or B numbers. (See ATEXT -357 & -358)

This is a sorted STYLE 2 list . Individual partnumbers and Pulled Bends are given a ‘U’number. (See ATEXT -356) Gaskets and Boltsare accumulated. Welds are given W or Bnumbers. (See ATEXT -357 & -358)

STYLE 1 Material list (default)

STYLE 2 Material list

STYLE 3 Material list

Old Style of Material Control File (default)

New Style of Material Control File.

Sectionalized form of Material List with title foreach group of components (default).

Continuous form of Material List. No headingsother than those set in the Material Definitionfile by the user.

Page 457: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-17

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

PlottedMaterial ListControl(continued)

E 1 (No separate FAB / EREC sections. Nocomponent subgroup headings.)Components are continued to be sorted intoGroups. Horizontal list is drawn across theMaterial List after each group of components.Category identifiers (ATEXT -376, -377, -378)and Group identifiers (ATEXT -307, -308, -309, -311 through -315) are both available foruse in any user-specified column position.

Material ListType/LengthUnits

24

A

B

0

1

0

1

2

Metric or Imperial Units used with this optionare goverened by ISOGEN option 41,Dimensional Units.

Produce a material list on a per drawing basiswith length units to the nearest 1/10 meter or1/10 foot (default).

Produce a material list on a per pipeline basiswith length units to the nearest 1/10 meter or1/10 foot

Output pipe length in a x.xM or x.x’ format. (forexample, 10.4M or 10.4’) (default)

Output pipe length in a x MM or x’ x" format.(for example, 1040 MM or 10’ 5")

Output pipe length in a x.xxx M or x.xxx’ format.(for example, 1.040 M or 10.510’)

Material ListPosition &Title BlockPosition

25 A

B

0

1

0

1

Material List on left side of isometric drawing.The title block is located in the bottom rightcorner of the drawing area.

Material List on right side of isometric drawing.The title block is located in the bottom rightcorner of the drawing area.

Place title block in the bottom right corner ofthe drawing area. (default)

Place Title block at the bottom of the materiallist.

Page 458: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-18 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

Material ListPosition &Title BlockPosition

(continued)

25 2 Do not place a title block.

Note:Check ATEXTs -317 and -318. If they are notblank and have not been positioned by the user, theCut List SUMMARY is positioned above the titleblock.

Material ListDescriptions

26 0

1

Std. is = 0 to have item descriptions listedor set:

To suppress item descriptions.

Material ListText Size

27 0

1

2

3

4

5

For characters 2.5 mm high (default setting).

For characters 2.1 mm high.

For characters 2.8 mm high. (Only controls texton isometric picture.)

For characters 3.5 mm high.

For characters 4.2 mm high.

For characters 4.9 mm high.

NOTE:Setting 5 is not recommended.

Page 459: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-19

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

Material ListItem CodeLength

28

data

Controls number of characters in item code.

The minimum item code length is 1 character.

Material ListLine Spacing

29100

data

Controls line spacing on material list.Std. is = 100.or set:

Alternative value to increase/decrease in theratio data/100/ (i.e., 105 to obtain 105/100increase).

Material ListOutput

30

0

1

2

10

11

12

Controls how overflow material list are split.

For automatic overflow onto a second materiallist width plotted alongside the normal one.(default)

Creates an isometric that contains only thematerial list extension.

Creates an overflow iso for the material list.The second iso is given the same number as thefirst sheet, but appends a suffix (A, B, C, etc.).

Same as 0 except that DRG 1 of 1 is added tosingle sheet isometrics.

Same as 1 except that DRG 1 of 1 is added tosingle sheet isometrics.

Same as 2 except that DRG 1 of 1 is added tosingle sheet isometrics.

Picture Scale 34

100

data

Used to enlarge or diminish the isometricpicture image size while keeping the frame sizeconstant. Size alters in proportion to thenumber entered and 100.Std. is = 100.or set:

Alternative value to increase/ decrease picturescale in the ratio to data/100.

Page 460: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-20 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

Drawing andMaterial ListReserved Area

35

A/B/C

D/E/F

Data

Data

Used to define a section along the bottom of theisometric sheet that is to be reserved for useruse in both the Drawing Area and Material ListArea.

Enter a value in mms equal to the depth ofreserved area that is required along the bottomof the iso above the lower frame line in thedrawing area. When specified, this area alwaysis left blank.

Enter a value in mms equal to the depth ofreserved area that is required along the bottomof the iso above the lower frame line in theMaterial List area.

When specified, this area is always left blank.(Measured from the same place as DrawingReserve Area)

Checks to make on ATEXT -317 and -318. Ifthey are not blank and have not been positionedby the user, the CL SUMMARY is positionedabove the Material List Reserve Area.

DrawingStackingArrangement

36

37

1

data

0

1

Std. is = 1 for 1 frame high stacking.

Alternative value for variations on this (i.e., 2for 2 frame high stacking, or 3 for 3 frame highstacking , etc.).

Std. is = 0 for plotting along the paper.

For plotting across the paper.

Drawing SplitControl

38

100

data

Controls drawing. splitting (i.e., the averageamount of information to be shown on onedrawing).Std. is = 100 for 100%.

A number >100 to increase content or <100 todecrease.

Page 461: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-21

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

SpoolNumbers

39 A

B

C

0

1

2

0

1

0 or blank

1

2

3

4

5

Spool numbering On.(use consecutive numbering - 1, 2, 3...)

Spool numbering Off.

Spool numbering On,(use consecutive lettering - A, B, C...)

Spool numbering is consecutive and does notreset to 1 for new sheets.

Spool numbering is consecutive, but resets to 1for new sheets.

Spool numbers are enclosed in a double box.(default)

Spool numbers are enclosed in a diamond-endedbox.

Spool numbers are enclosed in a round-endedbox.

Spool numbers are enclosed in a triangle.

Spool numbers are enclosedin a diamond.

Spool numbers are enclosed in a square.

Pipe Supports 40

A 0

1

2

3

Controls pipe support dispaly and dimensioning.

STRING type support dimensioning. (default)

OVERALL type support dimensioning

Support pipe supports on the isometric and onthe material list.

Use undimensioned pipe supports on theisometric.

Page 462: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-22 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

Pipe Supports 40 B

C

C/D

E

0

1

0 or Blank

data

0 or Blank1234

Support dimensions are on the same side of thepipeline as normal pipe dimensions.

Support dimensions are opposite of the pipelinefrom normal pipeline dimensions. Standoutdistance set in positions C/D of this switch areignored

No support dimension standout set. Programdefault is used.

Support dimension standout in whole mm units.

Dimension all supports.Dimension Fabrication-type supports only.Dimension Erection-type supports only.Dimension Offshore-type supports only.Dimension Erection & Offshore-type supportsonly.

DimensionalUnits

41

A

B

C

D

0

1

2

0

1

0

1

2

0

1

2

Controls the output units for bore dimensions,coordinate, weight and what weight information isoutput , if any, for an isometric.

Inch bores with metric (mm) linear dimensions.

Inch bores with imperial (ft/in) dimensions.

Metric (mm) bores with metric (mm) dimensions.

Metric co-ordinates are output as mm.

Metric co-ordinates are output as M.mm.

Standard output in feet and inches. (6’ 10.1/4”)

Same as value 0, but with an added dash. (6’-10.1/4”)

Same as value 1, but a blank space replaces thedot. (6’-10 1/4”)

Do not output weight info. to the isometric(includes material lists, drawing frame, etc.).(default)

Output weight in kilograms.

Output weight in pounds.

Page 463: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-23

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

Dimensional Units(continued)

41 E

F/G

H

0

1

2

0 or blank

value

blank

1

Suppress weight output.Individual component weights do not appear inthe materials list. Only weight sub-totals andtotals appear.

Component Weight is output as total componentweight. (quantity x unit weight).

Output component weight as individual weight ofeach component type. (not multiplied byquantity).

Change output format from inches to feet/inchesat 24.

A number (in whole inches) where the outputformat changes from inches to feet/inches. Theminimum valid value is 12.

Output NPD at branches and reducers as normal.

Suppress NPD at branches and reducers.

View PointControl

42 3

1

2

4

7

5

6

8

N arrow points top left. (default)

N arrow points bottom right.

N arrow points top right.

N arrow points bottom left.

N arrow points top left (boxed in).

N arrow points bottom right (boxed in).

N arrow points top right (boxed in).

N arrow points bottom left (boxed in).

Page 464: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-24 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

Spare 52

WeldNumbers

53 A

B

C

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Blank or 0

1

Blank or 0

1

Weld Numbers OFF

Weld Numbers ON(small characters)

Weld Numbers ON(medium characters)

Weld Numbers ON(large characters)

Weld Numbers ON(small characters)Only number fabrication welds

Weld Numbers ON(medium characters)Only number fabrication welds

Weld Numbers ON(large characters)Only number fabrication welds

Weld Numbers ON(small characters)Only number erection welds

Weld Numbers ON(medium characters)Only number erection welds

Weld Numbers ON(large characters)Only number erection welds

Values 1-9 number welds consecutively, startingat 1, for the entire pipeline.

Do not generate a weld box.

Generate a weld box.

Welds numbers run consecutively, starting at 1,for the entire pipeline.

Weld numbers start at 1 on each new sheetgenerated for a pipeline.

Page 465: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-25

Option Switches (continued)

IsometricFacility

WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

WeldNumbers(continued)

D

E

0

1

0 or blank

1

Generate weld numbers for offshore welds

Generate weld numbers for offshore weldsONLY

Single sequence for all welds.

Individual sequence for each weld type

Weld Control 54 0

1

2

3

4

Std. is = 0 to have all welds plotted.or set:

To have all welds suppressed.

To have only Site welds plotted.

To have only Fabrication welds plotted.

To change Site welds to Fabrication welds.This setting will not change User Inserted SiteWelds.

Spare 56-57

InstrumentIdentification

59

0

1

Controls which 3D system parameter is used onthe isometric for the identification ofinstruments.

Std. is = 0 for instrument NAME output.or set:

To output the specification reference (ItemCode/Tag Number) .

Tag Numbers 60 0

1

Std. is = 0 for no tag numbers on in-line items.or set:

To plot tag numbers

InsulationControl

61 0

1

2

Std. is = 0 to have the insulation line plottedalongside the pipe.Or set:

To suppress insulation lines.

To have insulation on for tube and all insulatedcomponents

Page 466: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-26 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Option Switches (continued)

Isometric Facility WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

Tracing Control 62 0

1

2

Std. is = 0 to have the Tracing lines plottedalongside the pipe, or set:

To suppress the Tracing lines.

To have Tracing on for tube and all tracedcomponents.

Printed MaterialList LengthControl

63 55

data

Std. is = 55 (for 55 lines per page), or set:

Alternative value (for example, 62)

Pipe SupportInformation OnIsometricDrawing

64 0

1

2

Std. is = 0 for no Support Names on drawing [Usestandard specification reference (Item Code) onparts list.],or set:

Support Names are output on Iso and are used in theparts list.

Boxed support Names are output on Iso andspecification references are used on the parts list.

Bolting Lengthsand BoltingDiameters in theAlias MaterialControl FileOnly

65

A

0

0

1

2

3

This option allows bolt diameters and bolt lengths tobe reported in different units in the printed materialcontrol file. (See ATEXT -359, -330, and -331.)Always output in Bolt Diameter X Bolt Lengthorder.

When set to 0, bolt diameters and lengths should betreated as per the setting of option switch 41.

This position controls the bolt length indicator.

Imperial diameters -- Metric Lengths

Imperial diameters -- Imperial Lengths

Metric Diameters -- Metric Lengths

No bolts to be included in this file.

Page 467: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-27

Option Switches (continued)

Isometric Facility WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

Bolting Lengthsand BoltingDiameters in theAlias MaterialControl FileOnly(continued)

65 B

0 or Blank

1

2

This position controls the bolt diameter indicator.

Defaults units as set in option switch 41

Imperial bolt diameters

Metric bolt diameters

CoordinateOutput Control

66 A

B

C

0

1

0

1

2

3

0

1

2

3

Control of elevations/ coordinate output on extendedwitness line at bend/elbow and branch intersectionpositions.

Arrowed message type

New style of output using extended witness line.

Control of coordinate output at bend/elbowpositions.

Default setting. Only output elevations whenchanged.

No elevations/coordinates output at any bend/elbowpositions

Only elevations/ coordinates that have changed to beoutput at bend/elbow positions

Full set of coordinates to be output at any bend/elbow positions.

Control of coordinate output at branch intersectionpositions.

Default setting. Only output elevations whenchanged.

No elevations/coordinates at all branch intersectionpositions.

Only elevations/ coordinates that have changed to beoutput at branch intersection positions.

Full set of coordinates to be output at all branchintersection positions.

Page 468: Isometric Drawing Extraction

B-28 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999

Option Switches (continued)

Isometric Facility WordNumber

SwitchPosition

File Markeror Data

Parameter Value Options

CoordinateOutput Control

(continued)

D

0

1

Control of output of coordinates at isometric splitpoint positions.

No coordinate output.

Full set of coordinates to be output at all isometricsplit point positions.

3D SkewsDrawn As 2DSkews With FallIndication

67 0

1

Std. is = 0 for boxes to be put on 3D Skewed fallingpipelines, or set:

For 3D Skews to be drawn as 2D Skews with fallindication.

Zero LengthBends

68

0

1

Where Zero Length bends are positioned betweenvertical branches and connection points on Fallingpipelines.

Std. is = 0 for skewed branch connectionpresentation on Falling pipelines, or set:

For vertical branch connection presentation onFalling pipelines.

Spare 69

Suppress SkewBoxes/Triangleson Branch Legs

70

0

data

This switch is only available for use on straightthrough Branches. Any change in direction alongthe Branch automatically causes this option todefault to 0.

Default setting. All branches are drawn with normalSkew Box/Triangle depiction.

Suppress Skew Box/Triangle depiction on BranchLegs whose number of components is less than orequal to the data value set. An orientation messageis output as a result.

Detail Sketch 71 8000 This option must be set to 8000 for the DetailSketch facility (Intergraph option 66) to operate.

Spare 72

Page 469: Isometric Drawing Extraction

Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-29

Option Switches (continued)

Isometric Fa